Document:

Series 2013-1 Indenture Supplement

 EXHIBIT 4.1 
 SERIES 2013-1 
 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT 

BETWEEN 

ALLY MASTER OWNER TRUST 
 ISSUING ENTITY 
 AND 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 INDENTURE TRUSTEE 
 DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 21, 2013 

SERIES 2013-1 ASSET BACKED NOTES, 
 CLASS A-1, CLASS A-2, CLASS B, CLASS C AND CLASS D 
 AND 

SERIES 2013-1 ASSET BACKED EQUITY NOTES 
 CLASS E 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 ARTICLE I CREATION OF SERIES 2013-1 NOTES
	  	 	2	  
			
	 Section 1.01
	 	Designation	  	 	2	  
	 Section 1.02
	 	Reopening of Class or Tranche of Notes	  	 	3	  
		
	 ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS
	  	 	3	  
	 Section 2.01
	 	Definitions	  	 	3	  
	 Section 2.02
	 	Other Definitional Provisions	  	 	22	  
		
	 ARTICLE III SERVICING FEE
	  	 	22	  
			
	 Section 3.01
	 	Servicing Compensation	  	 	22	  
		
	 ARTICLE IV RIGHTS OF SERIES 2013-1 NOTEHOLDERS AND ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS
	  	 	22	  
			
	 Section 4.01
	 	Collections and Allocations	  	 	22	  
	 Section 4.02
	 	Determination of Monthly Interest	  	 	23	  
	 Section 4.03
	 	Determination of Monthly Principal Amount	  	 	24	  
	 Section 4.04
	 	Application of Available Funds on Deposit in Note Defeasance Account, Collection Account and Other Sources	  	 	24	  
	 Section 4.05
	 	Series Charge-Offs	  	 	30	  
	 Section 4.06
	 	Reallocated Principal Collections	  	 	31	  
	 Section 4.07
	 	Excess Interest Collections	  	 	32	  
	 Section 4.08
	 	Shared Principal Collections	  	 	32	  
	 Section 4.09
	 	Reinstatement of Invested Amount	  	 	33	  
	 Section 4.10
	 	Note Distribution Account	  	 	33	  
	 Section 4.11
	 	Reserve Fund	  	 	34	  
	 Section 4.12
	 	Determination of LIBOR	  	 	35	  
	 Section 4.13
	 	Accumulation Period Reserve Account	  	 	36	  
	 Section 4.14
	 	Transfer Restrictions	  	 	38	  
	 Section 4.15
	 	Note Defeasance Account	  	 	40	  
		
	 ARTICLE V DELIVERY OF SERIES 2013-1 NOTES; DISTRIBUTIONS; REPORTS TO SERIES 2013-1 NOTEHOLDERS
	  	 	42	  
			
	 Section 5.01
	 	Delivery and Payment for Series 2013-1 Notes	  	 	42	  
	 Section 5.02
	 	Distributions	  	 	42	  
	 Section 5.03
	 	Reports and Statements to Series 2013-1 Noteholders	  	 	44	  
	 Section 5.04
	 	Other Information to be Provided by the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee	  	 	44	  
		
	 ARTICLE VI SERIES 2013-1 EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS AND SERIES 2013-1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
	  	 	45	  
			
	 Section 6.01
	 	Series 2013-1 Early Amortization Events	  	 	45	  
	 Section 6.02
	 	Series 2013-1 Events of Default	  	 	47	  

  
 i 

							
	 Section 6.03
	 	Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment	  	 	48	  
		
	 ARTICLE VII REDEMPTION OF SERIES 2013-1 NOTES; SERIES LEGAL MATURITY; FINAL DISTRIBUTIONS
	  	 	49	  
			
	 Section 7.01
	 	Optional Redemption of Series 2013-1 Notes	  	 	49	  
	 Section 7.02
	 	Series Legal Maturity	  	 	50	  
		
	 ARTICLE VIII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
	  	 	51	  
			
	 Section 8.01
	 	Ratification of Agreement	  	 	51	  
	 Section 8.02
	 	Form of Delivery of Series 2013-1 Notes	  	 	51	  
	 Section 8.03
	 	Counterparts	  	 	51	  
	 Section 8.04
	 	Governing Law	  	 	52	  
	 Section 8.05
	 	Effect of Headings and Table of Contents	  	 	52	  
	 Section 8.06
	 	Notices	  	 	52	  
			
	 EXHIBIT A
	 	Form of Note	  	 	A-1	  
	 EXHIBIT B
	 	Form of Monthly Statement	  	 	B-1	  

  
  

  
 ii 

 SERIES 2013-1 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT, dated as of February 21, 2013, by and between ALLY
MASTER OWNER TRUST, a Delaware statutory trust, as Issuing Entity, and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Indenture Trustee. 
 RECITALS 
 A. Section 2.1 of the Indenture provides, among other
things, that the Issuing Entity and the Indenture Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into an Indenture Supplement to authorize the issuance by the Issuing Entity of Notes in one or more Series. 

B. The parties to this Indenture Supplement, by executing and delivering this Indenture Supplement, are providing for the creation of the
Series 2013-1 Notes and specifying the Principal Terms thereof. 
 In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
contained in this Indenture Supplement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows: 

GRANTING CLAUSES 
 In addition to the grant of the Indenture, the Issuing Entity hereby grants to the Indenture Trustee, for the exclusive benefit of the Holders of the Series 2013-1 Notes, all of the Issuing Entity’s
right, title and interest (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) in, to and under the following (collectively, the “Series Collateral”) with respect to the Series 2013-1: 

(i) all Collections on the Receivables allocated to the Series 2013-1 Notes; 

(ii) all Eligible Investments and all monies, instruments, securities, security entitlements, documents, certificates of
deposit and other property from time to time on deposit in or credited to the Series Accounts (including any subaccount thereof) and in all interest, proceeds, earnings, income, revenue, dividends and other distributions thereof (including any
accrued discount realized on liquidation of any investment purchased at a discount) other than Investment Proceeds with respect to the Note Defeasance Account; and 

(iii) all present and future claims, demands, causes of action and choses in action regarding any of the foregoing and all
payments on any of the foregoing and all proceeds of any nature whatsoever regarding any of the foregoing, including all proceeds of the voluntary or involuntary conversion thereof into cash or other liquid property and all cash proceeds, accounts,
accounts receivable, notes, drafts, acceptances, chattel paper, checks, deposit accounts, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, rights to payment of any kind and other forms of obligations and receivables, instruments and other property that at
any time constitute any part of or are included in the proceeds of any of the foregoing. 

 The foregoing grants are made in trust to secure (a) the Issuing Entity’s
obligations under the Series 2013-1 Notes equally and ratably without prejudice, priority or distinction between any Series 2013-1 Note and any other Series 2013-1 Notes, other than as expressly provided in this Indenture Supplement, (b) the
payment of all other sums payable under the Series 2013-1 Notes, the Indenture and this Indenture Supplement and (c) the compliance with the terms and conditions of the Series 2013-1 Notes, the Indenture and this Indenture Supplement, all as
provided herein or therein. 
 The Indenture Trustee, as indenture trustee on behalf of the Noteholders, hereby acknowledges the
foregoing grants, accepts the trusts under this Indenture Supplement in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture Supplement, and agrees to perform the duties herein required to the end that the interests of the Noteholders may be adequately
protected. 
 ARTICLE I 
 CREATION OF SERIES 2013-1 NOTES 
 SECTION 1.01
Designation. 
 (a) There is hereby created a Series of Notes to be issued by the
Issuing Entity on the Closing Date pursuant to the Indenture and this Indenture Supplement to be known as the “Series 2013-1 Asset Backed Notes” or the “Series 2013-1 Notes.” The Series 2013-1 Notes shall be issued
in five Classes, the first shall be known as the “Series 2013-1 Asset Backed Notes, Class A,” the second shall be known as the “Series 2013-1 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes, Class B,” the third shall be known as
the “Series 2013-1 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes, Class C,” the fourth shall be known as the “Series 2013-1 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes, Class D,” and the fifth shall be known as the “Series 2013-1
Asset Backed Equity Notes, Class E.” The Series 2013-1 Asset Backed Notes, Class A, shall be issued in two Tranches. The first shall be known as the “Series 2013-1 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes, Class A-1” and
the second shall be known as the “Series 2013-1 Fixed Rate Asset Backed Notes, Class A-2.” The Series 2013-1 Notes shall be due and payable on the Series 2013-1 Legal Maturity Date. 

(b) Series 2013-1 shall be a Nonoverconcentration Series. Series 2013-1 shall be in Excess Interest Sharing Group One and in Principal
Sharing Group One. Series 2013-1 shall not be a Shared Enhancement Series or in an Interest Reallocation Group. Series 2013-1 shall not be subordinated to any other Series. 
 (c) The Series 2013-1 Notes are “Notes” and this Indenture Supplement is an “Indenture Supplement” for all purposes under the Indenture. If any provision of the Series 2013-1 Notes or
this Indenture Supplement conflicts with or is inconsistent with any provision of the Indenture, the provisions of the Series 2013-1 Notes or this Indenture Supplement, as the case may be, control. 

(d) Each term defined in Section 2.01 of this Indenture Supplement relates only to Series 2013-1 and this Indenture
Supplement and to no other Series or Indenture Supplements. 
 (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture,
the Series 2013-1 Notes, other than the Class E Note, shall be issued in fully registered form in minimum amounts of $100,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (except that one Note from each such class may be issued in a
different amount so long as such amount exceeds $1,000); provided that the minimum amounts of the Series 2013-1 Notes, other than the Class E Note, shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 4.14. The Class E Note shall be
issued in fully registered form in a principal amount equal to the Class E Note Principal Balance. The Class E Note will be issuable in a minimum denomination of 100% of the Class E Note Principal Balance. 

  
 2 

 SECTION 1.02 Reopening of Class or Tranche of Notes. 

The Depositor may from time to time, with notice to the Rating Agencies but without notice to, or the consent of, the holders of a Class
or Tranche of Series 2013-1 Notes, create and issue additional Series 2013-1 Notes equal in rank to any Class or Tranche of Series 2013-1 Notes previously offered in all respects or in all respects, except for the payment of interest accruing prior
to the Issuance Date of such additional Series 2013-1 Notes in a Class or Tranche of Series 2013-1 Notes or except for the first payment of interest following the Issuance Date of such additional Series 2013-1 Notes in a Class or Tranche of Series
2013-1 Notes. This is called a “reopening.” When issued, the additional Series 2013-1 Notes of a Class or Tranche shall be equally and ratably entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and this Indenture Supplement applicable to
those Series 2013-1 Notes with the other Outstanding Notes of that Class or Tranche without preference, priority or distinction. These additional Series 2013-1 Notes may be consolidated and form a single Class or Tranche with the previously issued
Series 2013-1 Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the previously issued Series 2013-1 Notes. 
 ARTICLE II 
 DEFINITIONS 

SECTION 2.01 Definitions. 
 Whenever used in this Indenture Supplement, the following words and phrases have the following meanings, and the definitions of such terms are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of
such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms. 
 Accumulation Period
Factor: With respect to any Collection Period, a fraction: 
 (a) the numerator of which is equal to the sum
of the invested amounts of all outstanding Series in Principal Sharing Group One (including the Invested Amount for Series 2013-1) as of the last day of the Revolving Period; and 

(b) the denominator of which is equal to the sum of (i) the Invested Amount as of the last day of the Revolving
Period, plus (ii) the invested amounts as of the last day of the Revolving Period of all outstanding Series in Principal Sharing Group One (other than the Invested Amount for Series 2013-1) that are expected to be paying or accumulating
principal during the period from such Collection Period to the Collection Period immediately preceding the Series 2013-1 Expected Maturity Date; 

  
 3 

 provided, however, that this definition may be changed at any time upon
receipt by the Indenture Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate from the Servicer that such change shall not have an Adverse Effect. 
 Accumulation Period Length: Has the meaning specified in Section 4.04(h). 
 Accumulation Period Reserve Account: Has the meaning specified in Section 4.13(a). 
 Accumulation Period Reserve Account Available Amount: With respect to each Distribution Date beginning on the Accumulation Period Reserve Account Funding Date and until termination of the
Accumulation Period Reserve Account pursuant to Section 4.13(e), the lesser of: 
 (a) the amounts on
deposit in the Accumulation Period Reserve Account on such Distribution Date (before giving effect to any (i) deposits made or to be made therein pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(xi) and Section 4.04(b)(i) on such
Distribution Date or (ii) any withdrawals made or to be made therefrom pursuant to Section 4.13(c) on such Distribution Date); and 
 (b) the Accumulation Period Reserve Account Required Amount for such Distribution Date. 
 Accumulation Period Reserve Account Deposit Amount: With respect to each Distribution Date beginning on the Accumulation Period Reserve Account Funding Date and until termination of the
Accumulation Period Reserve Account pursuant to Section 4.13(e), the excess of (a) the Accumulation Period Reserve Account Required Amount for such Distribution Date, over (b) the Accumulation Period Reserve Account Available
Amount for such Distribution Date. 
 Accumulation Period Reserve Account Funding Date: The Distribution Date occurring
in the third Collection Period preceding the scheduled commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period (or such earlier or later date as may be directed by the Servicer; provided, however, that, if the Accumulation Period Reserve
Account Funding Date occurs on a later date, the Servicer expects the Accumulation Period Reserve Account to be fully funded by the commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period). 

Accumulation Period Reserve Account Required Amount: With respect to each Distribution Date beginning on the Accumulation Period
Reserve Account Funding Date and until the Accumulation Period Reserve Account is terminated pursuant to Section 4.13(e), an amount equal to the product of (a) 0.0% (or a lower percentage upon satisfaction of the Series 2013-1
Rating Agency Condition with respect to the Series 2013-1 Notes) and (b) the Investor Note Principal Balance of the Investor Notes as of the Accumulation Period Reserve Account Funding Date. 

  
 4 

 Accumulation Period Reserve Draw Amount: With respect to any Distribution Date
relating to the Controlled Accumulation Period or the first Distribution Date relating to the Early Amortization Period, the excess, if any, of (a) the Covered Amount determined as of such Distribution Date, over (b) the portion of the
Available Series Interest Collections for such Distribution Date constituting Investment Proceeds from the Note Distribution Account and the Accumulation Period Reserve Account. 

Additional Available Series Principal Collections: With respect to any Distribution Date and the related Collection Period, an
amount equal to the sum of (i) upon the termination of the Reserve Fund pursuant to Section 4.11(e), all remaining amounts on deposit in the Reserve Fund (excluding amounts representing Investment Proceeds and after giving effect to
Section 4.04(b)(ii)), plus (ii) any Available Series Interest Collections, Reserve Fund Available Amounts and Excess Interest Collections from other Series in the same Excess Interest Sharing Group as the Series 2013-1 Notes that,
as provided in Sections 4.04(a) and (b), are to be treated as Additional Available Series Principal Collections with respect to that Distribution Date. 
 Available Series Interest Collections: With respect to any Distribution Date, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Series Interest Collections with respect to such Distribution Date, plus
(b) all interest and Investment Proceeds on Eligible Investments credited to the Reserve Fund, the Note Distribution Account and the Accumulation Period Reserve Account (net of losses and investment expenses) during the related Collection
Period, plus (c) all withdrawals from the Accumulation Period Reserve Account pursuant to Section 4.13(c), plus (d) on the termination of the Accumulation Period Reserve Account pursuant to Section 4.13(e), all
remaining amounts on deposit in the Accumulation Period Reserve Account (excluding amounts representing Investment Proceeds and after giving effect to Section 4.13(c)). 

Available Series Principal Collections: With respect to any date, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Series Principal
Collections for such date, plus (ii) any Shared Principal Collections with respect to other Series in Principal Sharing Group One (including any amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account that are allocated to Series 2013-1 pursuant to
the Indenture for application as Shared Principal Collections) for such date, plus (iii) if such date is also a Distribution Date, the amount of any Additional Available Series Principal Collections remaining after application thereof pursuant
to Section 4.04(f) being treated as Available Series Principal Collections on such date plus (iv) the amounts, if any, withdrawn from the Excess Funding Account and applied pursuant to Section 4.04(g), minus (v) the
amount of any Series Principal Collections being treated as Reallocated Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.06. 
 Average Class A-1 Note Principal Balance: For any period, an amount equal to the result of (a) the aggregate of the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance for each day during that period
divided by (b) the number of days in that period. 

  
 5 

 Average Class A-2 Note Principal Balance: For any period, an amount equal to the
result of (a) the aggregate of the Class A-2 Note Principal Balance for each day during that period divided by (b) the number of days in that period. 
 Average Class B Note Principal Balance: For any period, an amount equal to the result of (a) the aggregate of the Class B Note Principal Balance for each day during that period divided by
(b) the number of days in that period. 
 Average Class C Note Principal Balance: For any period, an amount equal to
the result of (a) the aggregate of the Class C Note Principal Balance for each day during that period divided by (b) the number of days in that period. 
 Average Class D Note Principal Balance: For any period, an amount equal to the result of (a) the aggregate of the Class D Note Principal Balance for each day during that period divided by
(b) the number of days in that period. 
 Average Net Invested Amount: For any period, an amount equal to the result
of (a) Net Invested Amount for each day during that period divided by (b) the number of days in that period. 

Back-up Servicing Fee Rate: 0.009% per annum or such other percentage (not to exceed 0.009% without satisfaction of the
Series 2013-1 Rating Agency Condition) as may be specified as such in the Back-up Servicing Agreement. 
 Bloomberg Screen
BTMM Page: The display page currently so designated on the Bloomberg Screen BTMM Page (or such other page as may replace such page in that service for the purpose of displaying comparable rates or prices). 

Class A Invested Amount: As of any date, the sum of the Class A-1 Invested Amount and the Class A-2 Invested
Amount, in each case, as of such date. 
 Class A Monthly Interest: With respect to any Interest Period and the
related Distribution Date, the sum of the Class A-1 Monthly Interest and the Class A-2 Monthly Interest for such Interest Period and Distribution Date. 
 Class A Note: Any one of the Class A-1 Notes or the Class A-2 Notes. 
 Class A Note Initial Principal Balance: The sum of the Class A-1 Note Initial Principal Balance and the Class A-2 Note Initial Principal Balance. 

Class A Note Principal Balance: As of any date, the sum of the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance as of such date and the
Class A-2 Note Principal Balance as of such date. 
 Class A Noteholder: The Person in whose name a
Class A Note is registered in the Note Register. 

  
 6 

 Class A-1 Invested Amount: As of any date, an amount equal to (a) the
Class A-1 Note Principal Balance as of such date, minus (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the cumulative amount of Reallocated Principal Collections allocable to the Class A-1 Notes immediately before such date pursuant to
Section 4.06 over (ii) the cumulative amount of reimbursements thereof pursuant to Section 4.09 before that date, but limited to an amount that would reduce the Class A-1 Invested Amount to zero, minus (c) the
excess, if any, of (i) the cumulative amount of Series Charge-Offs allocable to the Class A-1 Notes immediately before such date pursuant to Section 4.05(b) over (ii) the cumulative amounts of reimbursements thereof
pursuant to Section 4.09 before that date, but limited to an amount that would reduce the Class A-1 Invested Amount to zero. 
 Class A-1 Monthly Interest: Has the meaning specified in Section 4.02(a). 
 Class A-1 Notes: Any one of the Series 2013-1 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes, Class A-1 executed by the Issuing Entity and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A. 
 Class A-1 Note Initial Principal Balance: $650,000,000.

 Class A-1 Note Interest Rate: With respect to any Interest Period, LIBOR for such Interest Period plus
0.45% per annum. 
 Class A-1 Note Principal Balance: As of any date, the Class A-1 Note Initial Principal
Balance, minus the aggregate amount of any principal payments made to the Class A-1 Noteholders on or prior to such date. 

Class A-2 Invested Amount: As of any date, an amount equal to (a) the Class A-2 Note Principal Balance as of such
date, minus (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the cumulative amount of Reallocated Principal Collections allocable to the Class A-2 Notes immediately before such date pursuant to Section 4.06 over (ii) the cumulative
amount of reimbursements thereof pursuant to Section 4.09 before that date, but limited to an amount that would reduce the Class A-2 Invested Amount to zero, minus (c) the excess, if any, of (i) the cumulative amount of
Series Charge-Offs allocable to the Class A-2 Notes immediately before such date pursuant to Section 4.05(b) over (ii) the cumulative amounts of reimbursements thereof pursuant to Section 4.09 before that date, but
limited to an amount that would reduce the Class A-2 Invested Amount to zero. 
 Class A-2 Monthly Interest:
Has the meaning specified in Section 4.02(b). 
 Class A-2 Notes: Any one of the Series 2013-1 Fixed
Rate Asset Backed Notes, Class A-2 executed by the Issuing Entity and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A. 

Class A-2 Note Initial Principal Balance: $350,000,000. 

Class A-2 Note Interest Rate: With respect to any Interest Period, 1.00% per annum. 

  
 7 

 Class A-2 Note Principal Balance: As of any date, the Class A-2 Note
Initial Principal Balance, minus the aggregate amount of any principal payments made to the Class A-2 Noteholders on or prior to such date. 
 Class B Invested Amount: As of any date, an amount equal to (a) the Class B Note Principal Balance as of such date, minus (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the cumulative amount of
Reallocated Principal Collections allocable to the Class B Notes immediately before such date pursuant to Section 4.06 over (ii) the cumulative amount of reimbursements thereof pursuant to Section 4.09 before that date,
but limited to an amount that would reduce the Class B Invested Amount to zero, minus (c) the excess, if any, of (i) the cumulative amount of Series Charge-Offs allocable to the Class B Notes immediately before such date pursuant to
Section 4.05(b) over (ii) the cumulative amounts of reimbursements thereof pursuant to Section 4.09 before that date, but limited to an amount that would reduce the Class B Invested Amount to zero. 

Class B Monthly Interest: Has the meaning specified in Section 4.02(c). 

Class B Note: Any one of the Series 2013-1 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes, Class B executed by the Issuing Entity and
authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A. 
 Class B Note
Initial Principal Balance: $74,830,000. 
 Class B Note Interest Rate: With respect to any Interest Period, LIBOR for
such Interest Period plus 0.70% per annum. 
 Class B Note Principal Balance: As of any date, the Class B Note
Initial Principal Balance, minus the aggregate amount of any principal payments made to the Class B Noteholders on or prior to such date. 
 Class B Noteholder: The Person in whose name a Class B Note is registered in the Note Register. 
 Class C Invested Amount: As of any date, an amount equal to (a) the Class C Note Principal Balance as of such date, minus (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the cumulative amount of
Reallocated Principal Collections allocable to the Class C Notes immediately before such date pursuant to Section 4.06 over (ii) the cumulative amount of reimbursements thereof pursuant to Section 4.09 before that date,
but limited to an amount that would reduce the Class C Invested Amount to zero, minus (c) the excess, if any, of (i) the cumulative amount of Series Charge-Offs allocable to the Class C Notes immediately before such date pursuant to
Section 4.05(b) over (ii) the cumulative amounts of reimbursements thereof pursuant to Section 4.09 before that date, but limited to an amount that would reduce the Class C Invested Amount to zero. 

Class C Monthly Interest: Has the meaning specified in Section 4.02(d). 

  
 8 

 Class C Note: Any one of the Series 2013-1 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes, Class C
executed by the Issuing Entity and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A. 
 Class C Note Initial Principal Balance: $54,422,000. 
 Class C Note
Interest Rate: With respect to any Interest Period, LIBOR for such Interest Period plus 1.10% per annum. 
 Class C
Note Principal Balance: As of any date, the Class C Note Initial Principal Balance, minus the aggregate amount of any principal payments made to the Class C Noteholders on or prior to such date. 

Class C Noteholder: The Person in whose name a Class C Note is registered in the Note Register. 

Class D Invested Amount: As of any date, an amount equal to (a) the Class D Note Principal Balance as of such date, minus
(b) the excess, if any, of (i) the cumulative amount of Reallocated Principal Collections allocable to the Class D Notes immediately before such date pursuant to Section 4.06 over (ii) the cumulative amount of
reimbursements thereof pursuant to Section 4.09 before that date, but limited to an amount that would reduce the Class D Invested Amount to zero, minus (c) the excess, if any, of (i) the cumulative amount of Series Charge-Offs
allocable to the Class D Notes immediately before such date pursuant to Section 4.05(b) over (ii) the cumulative amounts of reimbursements thereof pursuant to Section 4.09 before that date, but limited to an amount that
would reduce the Class D Invested Amount to zero. 
 Class D Monthly Interest: Has the meaning specified in
Section 4.02(e). 
 Class D Note: Any one of the Series 2013-1 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes, Class D
executed by the Issuing Entity and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A. 
 Class D Note Initial Principal Balance: $40,816,000. 
 Class D Note
Interest Rate: With respect to any Interest Period, LIBOR for such Interest Period plus 1.60% per annum. 
 Class D
Note Principal Balance: As of any date, the Class D Note Initial Principal Balance, minus the aggregate amount of any principal payments made to the Class D Noteholders on or prior to such date. 

Class D Noteholder: The Person in whose name a Class D Note is registered in the Note Register. 

Class E Invested Amount: 

  
 9 

 (a) With respect to the Closing Date, $190,476,218, and 

(b) with respect to any subsequent date, an amount equal to 

(i) the Class E Invested Amount determined as of the immediately preceding Distribution Date (or, with respect to the
initial Distribution Date, the Class E Invested Amount as of the Closing Date); 
 (ii) minus (A) the
amount of Reallocated Principal Collections allocable to the Class E Notes pursuant to Section 4.06, if any, since the Distribution Date immediately preceding such date, but limited to an amount that would reduce the Class E Invested
Amount to zero, plus (B) the amount of reimbursements of Reallocated Principal Collections allocable to the Class E Notes pursuant to Section 4.09, if any, since the Distribution Date immediately preceding such date;

 (iii) minus (A) the amount of Series Charge-Offs allocable to the Class E Notes pursuant to
Section 4.05(b), if any, since the Distribution Date immediately preceding such date, but limited to an amount that would reduce the Class E Invested Amount to zero, plus (B) the amount of reimbursements of Series Charge-Offs
allocable to the Class E Notes pursuant to Section 4.09, if any, since the Distribution Date immediately preceding such date; 
 (iv) minus an amount equal to the product of (A) the Subordination Percentage and (B) the increase, if any, in the Series 2013-1 Excess Funding Amount since the Distribution Date
immediately preceding such date; 
 (v) plus an amount equal to the product of (A) the Subordination
Percentage and (B) the decrease, if any, in the Series 2013-1 Excess Funding Amount since the Distribution Date immediately preceding such date (to the extent that the Required Nonoverconcentration Pool Balance would not exceed the
Nonoverconcentration Pool Balance, any such excess to become Class E Invested Amount on the date and to the extent that such additions would not result in the Required Nonoverconcentration Pool Balance exceeding the Nonoverconcentration Pool
Balance); 
 (vi) plus an amount equal to the increase, if any, in the Required Class E Invested Amount as
a result of a change in the Subordination Factor since the Distribution Date immediately preceding such date (to the extent that the Required Nonoverconcentration Pool Balance would not exceed the Nonoverconcentration Pool Balance, any such excess
to become Class E Invested Amount on the date and to the extent that such additions would not result in the Required Nonoverconcentration Pool Balance exceeding the Nonoverconcentration Pool Balance); 

  
 10 

 (vii) minus an amount equal to the decrease, if any, in the Required
Class E Invested Amount as a result of a change in the Subordination Factor since the Distribution Date immediately preceding such date; 
 (viii) plus the amount of any Available Series Interest Collections treated as Additional Available Series Principal Collections on such date to ensure that the Class E Invested Amount as of such
date is not less than the Required Class E Invested Amount pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(ix); 
 (ix)
minus the aggregate amount of any principal payments made to the Class E Noteholders since the Distribution Date immediately preceding such date; 
 provided, however, that in no event shall the Class E Invested Amount as of any date be more than the Required Class E Invested Amount as of such date; provided that the Depositor may at any
time and from time to time increase the Class E Invested Amount by allocating a portion of the Nonoverconcentration Certificate Interest thereto; provided such increase shall not cause the Required Nonoverconcentration Pool Balance to exceed the
Nonoverconcentration Pool Balance or cause the Nonoverconcentration Certificate Amount to be less than the Required Nonoverconcentration Certificate Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Depositor shall not be permitted to increase the Class E
Invested Amount without satisfaction of the Series 2013-1 Rating Agency Condition with respect to each Class of Series 2013-1 Notes in connection therewith if such increase would result in the aggregate amount of all such increases, together with
all amounts resulting from a discretionary increase in the Series 2013-1 Subordination Factor and the Reserve Fund, exceeding 5.0% of the Note Principal Balance as of the date of such increase. 

Class E Note: Any one of the Series 2013-1 Asset Backed Equity Notes, Class E executed by the Issuing Entity and authenticated by
or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A. 
 Class E Note Initial Principal
Balance: $190,476,218. 
 Class E Note Principal Balance: As of any date, the Class E Note Initial Principal Balance,
minus the aggregate amount of any principal payments made to the Class E Noteholders before such date; provided, however, that the Depositor, at any time and from time to time, may (A) in connection with an increase in the Class E
Invested Amount increase the Class E Note Principal Balance, but not in excess of the increase in the Class E Invested Amount or (B) decrease the Class E Note Principal Balance upon satisfaction of the Series 2013-1 Rating Agency Condition and
obtaining written consent of all of the Class E Noteholders. 
 Class E Noteholder: The Person in whose name a Class E
Note is registered in the Note Register. 
 Closing Date: February 21, 2013. 

  
 11 

 Consent Rating Agency: Has the meaning set forth in the Ratings Free Writing
Prospectus. 
 Controlled Accumulation Amount: The result of (a) the Note Principal Balance as of the last day of
the Revolving Period (less the aggregate amount, if any, already on deposit in the Note Distribution Account and the Note Defeasance Account to pay principal of the Series 2013-1 Notes as of the close of business on the last day of the Revolving
Period) divided by (b) the number of months in the Controlled Accumulation Period. 
 Controlled Accumulation
Period: Unless an Early Amortization Event has occurred prior thereto, the period beginning on the first day of the August 2015 Collection Period or such later date as is determined in accordance with Section 4.04(h) and ending on
the earlier to occur of (a) the close of business on the day immediately preceding the commencement of the Early Amortization Period and (b) the end of the Collection Period immediately preceding the Distribution Date on which the Note
Principal Balance shall be paid in full. 
 Controlled Deposit Amount: For any Collection Period with respect to the
Controlled Accumulation Period, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Controlled Accumulation Amount for such Collection Period and (b) any Deficit Controlled Accumulation Amount for the immediately preceding Collection Period. 

Covered Amount: As of any Distribution Date on which the Servicer calculates the Accumulation Period Reserve Draw Amount pursuant
to Section 4.13(c), an amount equal to the product of (a) (i) the actual number of days in the related Collection Period divided by (ii) 360, times, (b) the product of (i) the aggregate amount on deposit in the
Note Distribution Account and the Note Defeasance Account being accumulated to pay the principal on the Series 2013-1 Notes as of the immediately preceding Distribution Date (excluding amounts representing Investment Proceeds and after giving effect
to any deposit or withdrawals therein on such preceding Distribution Date), times (ii) 0.0% (or a lower percentage upon satisfaction of the Series 2013-1 Rating Agency Condition with respect to the Series 2013-1 Notes). 

Deficit Controlled Accumulation Amount: (a) for the Collection Period immediately preceding the Controlled Accumulation
Period, zero, and (b) for any Collection Period in the Controlled Accumulation Period, the excess, if any, of the Controlled Deposit Amount for such Collection Period over the aggregate amount deposited into the Note Distribution Account or the
Note Defeasance Account with respect to such Collection Period. 
 Determination Date: The tenth day of each calendar
month, or if such tenth day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day. 
 Distribution Date: March 15,
2013, and the 15th day of each calendar month thereafter, or if such 15th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day. 

  
 12 

 Early Amortization Period: The period beginning on the first day on which an Early
Amortization Event with respect to Series 2013-1 occurs and ending on the earlier to occur of (a) the end of the Collection Period immediately preceding the Distribution Date on which the Note Principal Balance shall be paid in full and
(b) the Series 2013-1 Legal Maturity Date. 
 Excess Interest Collections: With respect to Series 2013-1, the
meaning specified in Section 4.07. 
 Fixed Series Percentage: With respect to any date, the percentage
equivalent (not to exceed 100%) of a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the Net Invested Amount as of such date or, if the Revolving Period is no longer in effect, as of the close of business on the last day of the Revolving Period and
(b) the denominator of which is the greater of (i) the Adjusted Nonoverconcentration Pool Balance as of the close of business on the last day of the immediately preceding Collection Period (or, in the case of the first Collection Period,
the Closing Date) and (ii) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the applicable fixed series percentages for allocating Nonoverconcentration Principal Collections to all outstanding Series (including Series 2013-1) with respect to such
date. 
 Floating Series Percentage: With respect to any Collection Period, the percentage equivalent (not to exceed
100%) of a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the Average Net Invested Amount for that Collection Period and (b) the denominator of which is the greater of (i) the average of the Adjusted Nonoverconcentration Pool Balance for each
day during such Collection Period and (ii) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the applicable floating series percentages for allocating Nonoverconcentration Interest Collections to all outstanding Series (including Series 2013-1) with
respect to such Collection Period. 
 Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of February 12, 2010, between the Issuing
Entity and the Indenture Trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. 

Indenture Supplement: This Series 2013-1 Indenture Supplement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time. 
 Initial Invested Amount: With respect to the Series 2013-1 Notes, the Initial Note Principal Balance.

 Initial Note Principal Balance: The sum of (a) the Class A Note Initial Principal Balance, plus (b) the
Class B Note Initial Principal Balance, plus (c) the Class C Note Initial Principal Balance, plus (d) the Class D Note Initial Principal Balance, plus (e) the Class E Note Initial Principal Balance. 

Insolvency Event of Default: With respect to the Series 2013-1, any Event of Default specified in Sections 6.02(e)
or (f). 

  
 13 

 Interest Collections Shortfall: Has, with respect to Series 2013-1, the meaning
specified in Section 4.07. 
 Interest Period: With respect to any Distribution Date, the period from and
including the Distribution Date immediately preceding such Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, from and including the Closing Date) to but excluding such Distribution Date. 

Invested Amount: The sum of the Investor Invested Amount and the Class E Invested Amount. 

Investor Invested Amount: As of any date, the sum of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C
Invested Amount and the Class D Invested Amount, in each case, as of such date. 
 Investor Note Principal Balance: As of
any date of determination, the sum of the Class A Note Principal Balance, the Class B Note Principal Balance, the Class C Note Principal Balance and the Class D Note Principal Balance, in each case, as of such date. 

Investor Notes: The Class A Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes. 

LIBOR: With respect to any Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate for one-month United States dollar deposits
determined by the Indenture Trustee for such Interest Period pursuant to Section 4.12. 
 LIBOR Determination
Date: With respect to any Interest Period, the second London Business Day before the commencement of such Interest Period. 

London Business Day: Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banks in London are required or authorized to
be closed for business. 
 Majority of Manufacturers: Two or more Manufacturers that the aggregate amount of all Eligible
Principal Receivables held by the Issuing Entity as of that date for which the related Vehicle Collateral Security is a Vehicle manufactured by one of those Manufacturers is 50.0% or more of the Pool Balance. 

Monthly Back-up Servicing Fee: With respect to any Distribution Date on which the Back-up Servicing Agreement is in effect, an
amount equal to the greater of (a) one-twelfth (or, with respect to the first Distribution Date, 30/360) of the product of (i) the Back-up Servicing Fee Rate, (ii) the Floating Series Percentage for the related Collection Period and
(iii) the Nonoverconcentration Pool Balance as of the close of business on the last day of the immediately preceding Collection Period and (b) $4,000. 
 Monthly Interest: With respect to any Distribution Date, the sum of (a) the Class A Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date, plus (b) the Class B Monthly Interest for such
Distribution Date, plus (c) the Class C Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date, plus (d) the Class D Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date. 

  
 14 

 Monthly Nonoverconcentration Defaulted Amount: With respect to any Collection Period,
the aggregate of Nonoverconcentration Defaulted Amounts for each day in that Collection Period. 
 Monthly Payment
Rate: For any Collection Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the Principal Collections for such Collection Period with respect to Principal Receivables arising under the Scheduled Accounts and
(b) the denominator of which is the average daily aggregate principal balance of all Principal Receivables arising under the Scheduled Accounts during such Collection Period.  

Monthly Principal Amount: With respect to any Collection Period, the aggregate amount required to be deposited into the Note
Distribution Account or the Note Defeasance Account with respect to that Collection Period in respect of the Series 2013-1 Notes as determined pursuant to Section 4.03. 

Monthly Servicing Fee: With respect to any Distribution Date, an amount equal to one-twelfth (or, with respect to the first
Distribution Date, 30/360) of the product of (a) the Servicing Fee Rate, (b) the Floating Series Percentage for the related Collection Period and (c) the Nonoverconcentration Pool Balance as of the close of business on the last day of
the immediately preceding Collection Period. 
 Monthly Statement: Has the meaning specified in
Section 5.03(b). 
 Net Invested Amount: With respect to the Series 2013-1 Notes as of any date of
determination, the sum of (a) the Net Investor Invested Amount as of such date and (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the Class E Invested Amount as of such date over (ii) the sum of (1) the Note Distribution Account Amount
allocated to pay principal of the Class E Notes, if any, on such date and (2) the amount on deposit in the Note Defeasance Account (excluding amounts representing Investment Proceeds) on that date allocated to pay principal of the Class E
Notes, if any, on such date. 
 Net Investor Invested Amount: With respect to the Investor Notes as of any date of
determination, the excess, if any, of (i) the Investor Invested Amount as of such date over (ii) the sum of (1) Note Distribution Account Amount allocated to pay principal of the Investor Notes, if any, on such date and (2) the
amount on deposit in the Note Defeasance Account (excluding amounts representing Investment Proceeds) on that date allocated to pay principal of the Investor Notes, if any, on such date. 

Note Defeasance Account: Has the meaning specified in Section 4.15(a). 

Note Distribution Account: Has the meaning specified in Section 4.10(a). 

  
 15 

 Note Distribution Account Amount: On any date, an amount equal to the sum of
(a) the amount on deposit in the Note Distribution Account (excluding amounts representing Investment Proceeds) on that date and (b) the aggregate amount of outstanding Permitted Delayed Remittances with respect to the Note Distribution
Account. 
 Note Principal Balance: As of any date of determination, the sum of the Investor Note Principal
Balance on such date and the Class E Note Principal Balance on such date. 
 Notice Rating Agency: Has the meaning set
forth in the Ratings Free Writing Prospectus. 
 Principal Sharing Group One: Series 2013-1 and each other Series
specified in the related Indenture Supplements to be included in Principal Sharing Group One. 
 Principal Shortfall:
With respect to Series 2013-1, the meaning specified in Section 4.08. 
 Rating Agency: Has the meaning set
forth in the Ratings Free Writing Prospectus. 
 Ratings Free Writing Prospectus: The issuer free writing prospectus, as
defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act, filed by the Depositor on February 8, 2013, relating to the Series 2013-1 Notes. 
 Reallocated Principal Collections: With respect to any Distribution Date, the amounts applied in accordance with Section 4.06 in an amount not to exceed: 

(a) with respect to amounts to be applied to pay Monthly Servicing Fees, Monthly Back-up Servicing Fees, and Class A
Monthly Interest, the sum of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, Class C Invested Amount, Class D Invested Amount and Class E Invested Amount for that Distribution Date (in each case, after giving effect to any change in
that amount on that date); 
 (b) with respect to amounts to be applied to pay Class B Monthly Interest, the sum
of the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount, the Class D Invested Amount and the Class E Invested Amount (in each case, after giving effect to any change in that amount on that date, including clause (a) above); 

(c) with respect to amounts to be applied to pay Class C Monthly Interest, the sum of the Class C Invested Amount, the
Class D Invested Amount and the Class E Invested Amount (in each case, after giving effect to any change in that amount on that date, including clauses (a) and (b) above); and 

(d) with respect to amounts to be applied to pay Class D Monthly Interest, the sum of the Class D Invested Amount and the
Class E Invested Amount (in each case, after giving effect to any change in that amount on that date, including clauses (a), (b) and (c) above). 

  
 16 

 Reassignment Amount: With respect to any Distribution Date, after giving effect to
any deposits and distributions otherwise to be made on such Distribution Date, the sum of (a) the Note Principal Balance on such Distribution Date, plus (b) the Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date, together with any Monthly
Interest previously due but not paid to the Series 2013-1 Noteholders on prior Distribution Dates. 
 Required Accumulation
Factor Number: A fraction, rounded upwards to the nearest whole number, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is equal to the lowest Monthly Payment Rate on the Accounts, expressed as a decimal, for the 12 months preceding
the date of such calculation; provided, however, that this definition may be changed at any time upon receipt by the Indenture Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate from the Servicer that such change shall not have an Adverse
Effect. 
 Required Class E Invested Amount: As of any Distribution Date, the product of (i) the Subordination
Percentage and (ii) the excess, if any, of (A) (1) with respect to any Distribution Date occurring during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, the Net Investor Invested Amount as of the last day of the
Revolving Period, and (2) with respect to any Distribution Date occurring during the Revolving Period, the Net Investor Invested Amount as of such Distribution Date, over (B) the Series 2013-1 Excess Funding Amount on such date (after
giving effect to any changes in such amount on such date). 
 Required Pool Percentage: 102%, except that the Depositor
may reduce this percentage so long as the Series 2013-1 Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to the Series 2013-1 Notes, but without the consent of any Noteholder or any other Person. 

Reserve Fund: Has the meaning specified in Section 4.11(a). 

Reserve Fund Available Amount: With respect to any Distribution Date, the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Reserve
Fund on such date (excluding any Investment Proceeds on amounts on deposit therein and before giving effect to any (i) deposit made or to be made therein pursuant to Section 4.04(a) on such date or (ii) any withdrawal made or
to be made therefrom pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(ii) on such date) and (b) the Reserve Fund Required Amount for such Distribution Date. 
 Reserve Fund Deposit Amount: With respect to any Distribution Date, the excess, if any, of (a) the Reserve Fund Required Amount for such Distribution Date, over (b) the Reserve Fund
Available Amount for such Distribution Date. 
 Reserve Fund Initial Amount: $13,605,442. 

Reserve Fund Required Amount: With respect to any Distribution Date, an amount equal to the product of Reserve Fund Required
Percentage and the Invested Amount as of such Distribution Date (after giving effect to any changes therein on such Distribution Date); provided, however, that the Depositor may, in its discretion, increase or, upon satisfaction of the

  
 17 

 
Series 2013-1 Rating Agency Condition, decrease the Reserve Fund Required Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Depositor shall not be permitted to increase the Reserve Fund Required Amount
in its discretion without satisfaction of the Series 2013-1 Rating Agency Condition if such increase would result in the aggregate amount of all such increases, together with all amounts added to the Class E Invested Amount and all amount resulting
from a discretionary increase in the Class E Invested Amount or in the Subordination Factor, exceeding 5.0% of the Note Principal Balance as of the date of such increase. 
 Reserve Fund Required Percentage: As of any date, 1.00%; provided, however, that in the event the Subordination Factor would otherwise be required to increase as a result of a decrease in the
Monthly Payment Rate in accordance with the definition of Subordination Factor, the Depositor may by delivering an Officer’s Certificate to the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies prior to the date such increase was to become effective,
elect to increase the Reserve Fund Required Percentage in an amount in percentage points equal to (i) an additional 2.20% rather than increasing the Subordination Factor by 2.57% pursuant to clause (i) of the first proviso of the
definition of Subordination Factor, (ii) an additional 2.40% rather than increasing the Subordination Factor by 2.81% pursuant to clause (ii) of the first proviso of the definition of Subordination Factor or (iii) an additional 2.65%
rather than increasing the Subordination Factor by 3.10% pursuant to clause (iii) of the first proviso of the definition of Subordination Factor. In the event that the Depositor shall elect to so increase the Reserve Fund Required Percentage
rather than the Subordination Factor, any increase in the Monthly Payment Rate that otherwise would have resulted in a decrease in the Subordination Factor will alternatively result in corresponding decrease in the Reserve Fund Required Percentage
to the extent that the Reserve Fund Required Percentage had been increased rather than making the corresponding increase in the Subordination Factor. The election of the Depositor to increase the Reserve Fund Required Percentage rather than
increasing the Subordination Factor shall be deemed not to be a discretionary increase. 
 Reserve Fund Trigger Amount:
As of any date, an amount equal to the product of 1.00% and the Invested Amount on such date (after giving effect to any changes therein on such date); provided, however, that, if the Reserve Fund Required Amount has been increased solely as a
result of the decrease in the Three Month Average Payment Rate, then with respect to that Distribution Date and each Distribution Date thereafter until the amount on deposit in the Reserve Fund equals the Reserve Fund Required Amount, the Reserve
Fund Trigger Amount will equal $0. 
 Revolving Period: The period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the
earlier of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the date on which the Controlled Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period commences. 
 Series 2013-1: The Series of Notes, the Principal Terms of which are specified in this Indenture Supplement. 
 Series 2013-1 Early Amortization Event: Has the meaning specified in Section 6.01. 

  
 18 

 Series 2013-1 Excess Funding Amount: As of any date of determination, the product of
(a) the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account (excluding amounts representing Investment Proceeds) on such date, times (b) a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the Net Invested Amount as of such date and (ii) the
denominator of which is the sum of the net invested amounts of each outstanding Nonoverconcentration Series (including Series 2013-1) being allocated a portion of the funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Account. 

Series 2013-1 Event of Default: Has the meaning specified in Section 6.02. 

Series 2013-1 Expected Maturity Date: The February 2016 Distribution Date. 

Series 2013-1 Insolvency Event of Default: The Series 2013-1 Events of Default set forth in clauses (e) or
(f) of Section 6.02. 
 Series 2013-1 Issuing Entity Insolvency Event of Default: The Series
2013-1 Event of Default set forth in clause (f) of Section 6.02. 
 Series 2013-1 Legal Maturity
Date: The February 2018 Distribution Date. 
 Series 2013-1 Note: A Class A Note, a Class B Note, a Class C
Note, a Class D Note or a Class E Note. 
 Series 2013-1 Noteholder: A Class A Noteholder, a Class B Noteholder, a
Class C Noteholder, a Class D Noteholder or a Class E Noteholder. 
 Series 2013-1 Noteholders’ Collateral: The
Noteholders’ Collateral for the Series 2013-1. 
 Series 2013-1 Private Notes: The Series 2013-1 Class B Notes, the
Series 2013-1 Class C Notes, the Series 2013-1 Class D Notes and the Series 2013-1 Class E Notes. 
 Series 2013-1 Rating
Agency Condition: The condition that each of the Consent Rating Agencies with respect to the Series 2013-1 Notes shall have notified the Depositor, the Servicer and the Issuing Entity in writing that such action shall not result in a downgrade,
suspension or withdrawal of the then current rating of the Series 2013-1 Notes then rated by such Rating Agency; provided, however, that with respect to each Notice Rating Agency, it shall be sufficient that such Notice Rating Agency shall be given
prior written notice thereof. 
 Series Accounts: With respect to Series 2013-1, the Note Distribution Account, the Note
Defeasance Account, the Reserve Fund and the Accumulation Period Reserve Account. 
 Series Charge-Offs: Has the meaning
specified in Section 4.05. 
 Series Collateral: Has the meaning specified in the granting clauses of this
Indenture Supplement. 
 Series Cut-Off Date: The close of business on February 1, 2013. 

  
 19 

 Series Defaulted Amount: With respect to any Distribution Date, the amount of the
Nonoverconcentration Defaulted Amount for the related Collection Period allocated to the Series 2013-1 pursuant to Section 4.01(d). 
 Series Defaulted Percentage: With respect to any Collection Period, the Floating Series Percentage. 
 Series Interest Collections: With respect to any Distribution Date, the amount of Nonoverconcentration Interest Collections for the related Collection Period (and, in the case of the initial
Distribution Date, the prior Collection Period) allocated to the Series 2013-1 pursuant to Section 4.01(b). 

Series Interest Percentage: With respect to any Collection Period, the Floating Series Percentage. 

Series Principal Collections: With respect to any date, the amount of the Nonoverconcentration Principal Collections for that date
allocated to the Series 2013-1 pursuant to Section 4.01(c). 
 Series Principal Percentage: For any date, the
Fixed Series Percentage. 
 Series Required Certificate Amount: On any date, the product of (a) the excess, if any,
of (i) the Required Pool Percentage over (ii) 100% and (b) the Net Invested Amount on that date. 
 Shared
Principal Collections: With respect to Series 2013-1, has the meaning specified in Section 4.08. 

Significant Manufacturer: As of any date, a Manufacturer that the aggregate amount of all Eligible Principal Receivables held by
the Issuing Entity as of that date for which the related Vehicle Collateral Security is a Vehicle manufacturer by such Manufacturer is 35.0% (or, in the case of Chrysler, 25.0%) or more of the Pool Balance. 

Special Pass-Through Entity: A grantor trust, S corporation, or partnership where more than 50% of the value of a beneficial
owner’s interest in such pass through entity is attributable to the pass-through entity’s interest in the Class B Note, Class C Note, and/or Class D Note, as applicable. 

Subordination Factor: As of any date, 14.00%; provided, however, that if on any Distribution Date, the Three Month
Average Payment Rate is (i) less than 25.00% but greater than or equal to 22.50%, (ii) less than 22.50% but greater than or equal to 20.00%, or (iii) less than 20.00%, then on the next Distribution Date, the Subordination Factor shall
be increased by (i) 2.57% over what it would have been had the Three Month Average Payment Rate been greater than or equal to 25.00%, (ii) 2.81% over what it would have been had the Three Month Average Payment Rate been less than 25.00%
but greater than or equal to 22.50%, or (iii) 3.10% over what it would have been had the Three Month Average Payment Rate been less than 

  
 20 

 
22.50% but greater that or equal 20.00%, respectively; provided, however, that if after any such increase in the Subordination Factor, on any Distribution Date the Three Month
Average Payment Rate as of such Distribution Date is, and the Three Month Average Payment Date with respect to each of the two prior Distribution Dates was, (i) greater than or equal 20.00% but less than 22.50%, (ii) greater than or equal
to 22.50% but less than 25.00% or (iii) greater than or equal to 25.00%, then on the next Distribution Date, the Subordination Factor shall be decreased by (i) 3.10% over what it would have been had the Three Month Average Payment Rate
been less than 20.00%, (ii) 2.81% over what it would have been had the Three Month Average Payment Rate been less than 22.50% but greater than or equal to 20.00% or (iii) 2.57% over what it would have been had the Three Month Average
Payment Rate been less than 25.00% but greater than or equal to 22.50%, respectively; provided, further, that the Depositor may, by delivering an Officer’s Certificate to the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies prior to the
date such increase was to become effective, elect to increase the Reserve Fund Required Percentage by an additional amount in percentage points equal to 2.20%, 2.40%, or 2.65%, as applicable, pursuant to the proviso in the definition of
“Reserve Fund Required Percentage” rather than increasing the Subordination Factor by an additional 2.57%, 2.81%, or 3.10%, respectively. In addition, the Depositor may (a) in its discretion increase the Subordination Factor,
increasing the Subordination Percentage and thereby increasing the Class E Invested Amount and the Class E Principal Amount by an amount equal to the product of (i) the increase in the Subordination Percentage and (ii) the excess, if any,
of (A) the Net Invested Amount over (B) the Series 2013-1 Excess Funding Amount on such date (after giving effect to any changes in such amount on such date); provided such increase shall not cause the Required Nonoverconcentration Pool
Balance to exceed the Nonoverconcentration Pool Balance or cause the Nonoverconcentration Certificate Amount to be less than the Required Nonoverconcentration Certificate Amount or (b) upon satisfaction of the Series 2013-1 Rating Agency
Condition with respect to each Class of Series 2013-1 Notes in connection therewith, decrease the Subordination Factor, with corresponding decreases in the Subordination Percentage, the Class E Invested Amount and the Class E Principal Amount.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Depositor shall not be permitted to increase the Subordination Factor in its discretion without satisfaction of the Series 2013-1 Rating Agency Condition with respect to each Class of Series 2013-1 Notes in
connection therewith if such increase would result in the aggregate amount of all such increases, together with discretionary increases in the Class E Invested Amount and the Reserve Fund, exceeding 5.0% of the Note Principal Balance as of the date
of such increase. 
 Subordination Percentage: As of any date, an amount (expressed as a percentage) equal to
(a) the Subordination Factor divided by (b) the result of 100% minus the Subordination Factor. 
 Three Month
Average Payment Rate: As of any Distribution Date, the arithmetic average of the Monthly Payment Rate determined with respect to each of the three Collection Periods immediately preceding such Distribution Date. 

  
 21 

 SECTION 2.02 Other Definitional Provisions. 

(a) Certain capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Indenture Supplement shall have the respective meanings assigned to
them in Part I of the Appendix A to the Trust Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2010 (the “Trust Sale and Servicing Agreement”), among Ally Master Owner Trust, Ally Wholesale Enterprises LLC,
Ally Bank, and Ally Financial Inc. (formerly GMAC Inc.) (including any successors or assigns thereto, “Ally Financial”), as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time. 

(b) All references herein to “this Indenture Supplement” are to this Indenture Supplement as it may be amended, supplemented or
modified from time to time, and all references herein to Articles, Sections, subsections and exhibits are to Articles, Sections, subsections and exhibits of this Indenture Supplement unless otherwise specified. 

(c) All terms defined in this Indenture Supplement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate, notice, Note or other
document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. 
 (d) The rules of construction set forth in
Part II of Appendix A to the Trust Sale and Servicing Agreement shall be applicable to this Indenture Supplement. 

ARTICLE III 

SERVICING FEE 
 SECTION 3.01 Servicing Compensation. 
 The share of the Servicing Fee
and the Back-up Servicing Fee, respectively, allocable to the Series 2013-1 Noteholders with respect to any Distribution Date is equal to the Monthly Servicing Fee and the Monthly Back-up Servicing Fee, respectively. The portion of the Servicing Fee
and Back-up Servicing Fee that is not allocable to the Series 2013-1 Noteholders shall be paid by the holders of the Certificate Interest or the Noteholders of other Series (as provided in the related Indenture Supplements) and in no event shall the
Issuing Entity, the Indenture Trustee or the Series 2013-1 Noteholders be liable for the share of the Servicing Fee or the Back-up Servicing Fee to be paid by the holders of the Certificate Interest or the Noteholders of any other Series.

 ARTICLE IV 
 RIGHTS OF SERIES 2013-1 NOTEHOLDERS 
 AND ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF
COLLECTIONS 
 SECTION 4.01 Collections and Allocations. 

(a) Allocations to Series 2013-1. As provided in Section 8.4(a) of the Indenture, Nonoverconcentration Interest
Collections, Nonoverconcentration Principal Collections and Nonoverconcentration Defaulted Amounts shall be allocated to Series 2013-1 and then applied in accordance with this Article IV. No Overconcentration Interest Collections,
Overconcentration Principal Collections or Overconcentration Defaulted Amounts shall be allocated to the Series 2013-1. 

  
 22 

 (b) On each Determination Date beginning on the Determination Date in March 2013, the
Servicer shall allocate to the Series 2013-1 an amount of Nonoverconcentration Interest Collections for the related Collection Period (and, in the case of the initial Distribution Date, the prior Collection Period) equal to the product of
(i) the Series Interest Percentage for the related Collection Period, and (ii) the Nonoverconcentration Interest Collections for such Collection Period; provided, however, that for purposes of calculating the Series Interest
Percentage for this Section 4.01(b), the Series 2013-1 Notes shall be deemed to have been outstanding since the Series Cut-Off Date. 
 (c) On each Business Day beginning on the Closing Date, the Servicer shall allocate to the Series 2013-1 an amount of Nonoverconcentration Principal Collections for that date equal to the product of
(i) the Series Principal Percentage for that date and (ii) the Nonoverconcentration Principal Collections for such that date. 
 (d) On each Determination Date beginning on the Determination Date in March 2013, the Servicer shall allocate to the Series 2013-1 an amount of the Nonoverconcentration Defaulted Amount for the related
Collection Period equal to the product of (i) the Series Defaulted Percentage for the related Collection Period and (ii) the Monthly Nonoverconcentration Defaulted Amount for the related Collection Period. 

SECTION 4.02 Determination of Monthly Interest. 
 (a) The amount of monthly interest due with respect to the Class A-1 Notes for any Distribution Date and the related Interest Period (the “Class A-1 Monthly Interest”) shall be
calculated by the Servicer and shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360, times (ii) the Class A-1
Note Interest Rate, times (iii) the Average Class A-1 Note Principal Balance for the related Interest Period. 
 (b)
The amount of monthly interest due with respect to the Class A-2 Notes for any Distribution Date and the related Interest Period (the “Class A-2 Monthly Interest”) shall be calculated by the Servicer and shall be an amount
equal to the product of (i) one-twelfth (or, in the case of the March 2013 Distribution Date, a fraction, the numerator of which is 22 and the denominator of which is 360), times (ii) the Class A-2 Note Interest Rate, times
(iii) the Average Class A-2 Note Principal Balance for the related Interest Period. 
 (c) The amount of monthly
interest due with respect to the Class B Notes for any Distribution Date and the related Interest Period (the “Class B Monthly Interest”) shall be calculated by the Servicer and shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360, times (ii) the Class B Note Interest Rate, times (iii) the Average Class B Note Principal Balance for the
related Interest Period. 

  
 23 

 (d) The amount of monthly interest due with respect to the Class C Notes for any
Distribution Date and the related Interest Period (the “Class C Monthly Interest”) shall be calculated by the Servicer and shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number
of days in the related Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360, times (ii) the Class C Note Interest Rate, times (iii) the Average Class C Note Principal Balance for the related Interest Period. 

(e) The amount of monthly interest due with respect to the Class D Notes for any Distribution Date and the related Interest Period (the
“Class D Monthly Interest”) shall be calculated by the Servicer and shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Period and the
denominator of which is 360, times (ii) the Class D Note Interest Rate, times (iii) the Average Class D Note Principal Balance for the related Interest Period. 
 SECTION 4.03 Determination of Monthly Principal Amount. 
 The
aggregate amount of monthly principal to be deposited into the Note Defeasance Account or the Note Distribution Account with respect to any Collection Period in the Controlled Accumulation Period or, if earlier, any Collection Period or portion
thereof in the Early Amortization Period (the “Monthly Principal Amount”), shall be equal to the least of (a) the sum of (i) the Available Series Principal Collections for each Business Day during such Collection Period,
(ii) Additional Available Series Principal Collections for the related Distribution Date and (iii) any Series 2013-1 Excess Funding Amount with respect to such period, (b) for each Collection Period with respect to the Controlled
Accumulation Period, the Controlled Deposit Amount for such Collection Period, and (c) the Net Invested Amount (after taking into account any adjustments to be made on the related Distribution Date pursuant to Sections 4.05 and
4.06). 
 SECTION 4.04 Application of Available Funds on Deposit in Note Defeasance Account, Collection
Account and Other Sources. 
 (a) On each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall apply, or direct the Indenture Trustee to
apply by written instruction to the Indenture Trustee, Available Series Interest Collections with respect to such Distribution Date, (x) on deposit in the Collection Account, and (y) solely to make the allocations, distributions or
deposits specified in clauses (ii) through (v) below, in the manner and order set forth therein, on deposit in the Note Defeasance Account (excluding amounts representing Investment Proceeds), in the following priority: 

(i) first, an amount equal to the Monthly Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date, together with any Monthly Servicing
Fees previously due but not paid to the Servicer on prior Distribution Dates, shall be distributed to the Servicer (unless such amount has been netted against deposits into the Collection Account in accordance with Section 8.4 of the
Indenture); second, pro rata, an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid fees, expenses and indemnities owed to the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Administrator and any other fees or expenses of the Issuing Entity payable by the Servicer
or the Administrator (to the extent not paid by the Servicer or the Administrator) 

  
 24 

 
shall be distributed to the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Administrator, or the Person to whom such payment is owed, as applicable, provided that the amount distributed
pursuant to this clause second shall not exceed $150,000 in any calendar year; third, an amount equal to the Monthly Back-up Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date, together with any Monthly Back-up Servicing Fees previously due but not paid to
the Back-up Servicer on prior Distribution Dates, shall be distributed to the Back-up Servicer; 
 (ii) an amount
equal to the Class A Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date, together with any Class A Monthly Interest previously due but not paid to the Class A Noteholders on prior Distribution Dates, shall be allocated and set aside from
such funds in the Note Defeasance Account and, to the extent such funds are not sufficient, the remainder shall be deposited into the Note Distribution Account from the Collection Account, for payment to the Class A Noteholders, pro rata,
between the Class A-1 Noteholders and the Class A-2 Noteholders; 
 (iii) an amount equal to the Class
B Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date, together with any Class B Monthly Interest previously due but not paid to the Class B Noteholders on prior Distribution Dates, shall be allocated and set aside from such funds in the Note Defeasance
Account and, to the extent such funds are not sufficient, the remainder shall be deposited into the Note Distribution Account from the Collection Account, for payment to the Class B Noteholders; 

(iv) an amount equal to the Class C Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date, together with any Class C Monthly
Interest previously due but not paid to the Class C Noteholders on prior Distribution Dates, shall be allocated and set aside from such funds in the Note Defeasance Account and, to the extent such funds are not sufficient, the remainder shall be
deposited into the Note Distribution Account from the Collection Account, for payment to the Class C Noteholders; 
 (v) an amount equal to the Class D Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date, together with any Class D Monthly Interest previously due but not paid to the Class D Noteholders on prior Distribution
Dates, shall be allocated and set aside from such funds in the Note Defeasance Account and, to the extent such funds are not sufficient, the remainder shall be deposited into the Note Distribution Account from the Collection Account, for payment to
the Class D Noteholders; 
 (vi) an amount equal to the Series Defaulted Amount for such Distribution Date shall
be treated as Additional Available Series Principal Collections for such Distribution Date; 
 (vii) an amount
equal to the sum of Series Charge-Offs that have not been previously reimbursed shall be treated as Additional Available Series Principal Collections for such Distribution Date; 

  
 25 

 (viii) the amount equal to the sum of Reallocated Principal Collections that
have not been previously reimbursed shall be treated as Additional Available Series Principal Collections for such Distribution Date; 
 (ix) the amount necessary to cause the Class E Invested Amount to not be less than the Required Class E Invested Amount shall be treated as Additional Available Series Principal Collections for such
Distribution Date; 
 (x) an amount equal to the Reserve Fund Deposit Amount for such Distribution Date shall be
deposited into the Reserve Fund; 
 (xi) beginning on the Accumulation Period Reserve Account Funding Date, an
amount equal to the Accumulation Period Reserve Account Deposit Amount for such Distribution Date shall be deposited into the Accumulation Period Reserve Account; 

(xii) the amount required to repay the Servicer for all outstanding Servicer Advances made in respect of the Series 2013-1
Notes shall be distributed to the Servicer (unless such amount has been netted against deposits into the Collection Account in accordance with Section 8.4 of the Indenture); 

(xiii) pro rata, the amounts required to pay any remaining fees, expenses, indemnities or other amounts required to be
paid pursuant to clause second of subsection (i) above but not paid as a result of the proviso thereto, the amount required to reimburse the Back-up Servicer for all unpaid Servicer Transition Costs in excess of the amounts reimbursed by funds
from the Servicer Termination Costs Reserve Account and the amount required to reimburse the Back-up Servicer for all unpaid amounts due to the Back-up Servicer pursuant to the Back-up Servicing Agreement shall be distributed to the applicable
person; 
 (xiv) an amount equal to the Interest Collections Shortfalls for other outstanding Series in Excess
Interest Sharing Group One shall be treated as Excess Interest Collections available from Series 2013-1 and applied to cover the Interest Collections Shortfalls for other outstanding Series in Excess Interest Sharing Group One; and 

(xv) all remaining Available Series Interest Collections for such Distribution Date shall be deposited in the Certificate
Distribution Account for distribution to the holders of the Certificate in accordance with the Trust Agreement (unless such amount has been netted against deposits into the Collection Account in accordance with Section 8.4 of the
Indenture), but only to the extent that such remaining amount is not otherwise required to be deposited into the Excess Funding Account or the Cash Collateral Account pursuant to Section 8.3 of the Indenture. 

(b) If Available Series Interest Collections with respect to any Distribution Date are insufficient to distribute or deposit the full
amounts required under Section 4.04(a), the Servicer shall apply, or direct the Indenture Trustee to apply by written instructions to the Indenture Trustee, on such Distribution Date available funds from the following sources in the
following order to make up any such shortfalls to the extent provided below: 

  
 26 

 (i) first, from Excess Interest Collections available from other outstanding
Series in Excess Interest Sharing Group One, but only to cover shortfalls in the distributions and deposits required under clauses (i) through (xii) of Section 4.04(a) in that order; 

(ii) second, from the Reserve Fund Available Amount, but only to cover shortfalls in the distributions and deposits
required under clauses (i) through (viii) of Section 4.04(a) in that order; 

(iii) third, from the Reallocated Principal Collections for such Distribution Date, but only to cover shortfalls in the
distributions required under clauses (i) through (v) of Section 4.04(a) in that order; and 
 (iv) fourth, from the Servicer to the extent that the Servicer, in its sole discretion, decides to make an advance, but only to cover shortfalls in the distributions and deposits required under clauses
(i) through (xi) of Section 4.04(a) in that order, and only to the extent that the Servicer expects to recover such advances (each, a “Servicer Advance”) pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(xii)
on subsequent Distribution Dates. 
 (c) On each Business Day with respect to the Revolving Period, the Servicer shall apply, or
direct the Indenture Trustee to apply by written instruction to the Indenture Trustee, Available Series Principal Collections for such date as Shared Principal Collections with respect to Principal Sharing Group One and applied in accordance with
Section 4.08 hereof and Section 8.5(c) of the Indenture. 
 (d) On each Business Day with respect to the
Controlled Accumulation Period, the Servicer shall apply, or direct the Indenture Trustee to apply by written instruction to the Indenture Trustee, Available Series Principal Collections for such date to make the following distributions or deposits
in the following priority: 
 (i) first, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the Monthly Principal
Amount for the related Collection Period over (B) the amount previously deposited during that Collection Period for the payment of principal to the Noteholders shall be deposited into the Note Distribution Account or, if elected pursuant to
Section 4.04(k), the Note Defeasance Account, for payment of principal to the Noteholders; and 

(ii) second, any remaining amounts shall be treated as Shared Principal Collections with respect to Principal Sharing
Group One and applied in accordance with Section 4.08 hereof and Section 8.5(c) of the Indenture. 
 (e)
On each Business Day with respect to the Early Amortization Period, the Servicer shall apply, or direct the Indenture Trustee to apply by written instruction to the Indenture Trustee, Available Series Principal Collections for such date to make the
following distributions or deposits in the following priority: 

  
 27 

 (i) first, the amount necessary to reduce the Note Principal Balance to
zero, but not more than the amount that would reduce the Invested Amount to zero, shall be deposited into the Note Distribution Account or, if elected pursuant to Section 4.04(k), the Note Defeasance Account, for payment of principal to
the Noteholders in accordance with Section 5.02(b); and 
 (ii) second, any remaining amounts shall
be treated as Shared Principal Collections with respect to Principal Sharing Group One and applied in accordance with Section 4.08 hereof and Section 8.5(c) of the Indenture. 

(f) On each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall apply, or direct the Indenture Trustee to apply by written instructions to the
Indenture Trustee, Additional Available Series Principal Collections, if any, (i) first, to make the applications of Additional Available Series Principal Collections required pursuant to Section 4.06, (ii) second, to make the
deposits and distributions required to be made during the related Collection Period pursuant to Sections 4.04(c), (d) and (e) that have not otherwise been made as of such Distribution Date, and (iii) third, any remaining
Additional Available Series Principal Collections shall be treated as Available Series Principal Collections for such date. 

(g) On the first Business Day of the earlier to occur of the Controlled Accumulation Period and the Early Amortization Period, the
Indenture Trustee, acting in accordance with written instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw from the Excess Funding Account and apply in accordance with Sections 4.04(d) or (e), as applicable, an amount equal to the lesser of
(i) the Series 2013-1 Excess Funding Amount for such date and (ii) the amount required to be deposited or distributed on that date pursuant to Section 4.04(d)(i) or 4.04(e)(i), as applicable that was not previously
deposited or distributed on that date. 
 (h) The Controlled Accumulation Period is scheduled to commence on the first day of
the August 2015 Collection Period; provided, however, that, if the Accumulation Period Length (determined as described below) is less than six Collection Periods, the date on which the Controlled Accumulation Period actually commences
shall be delayed to the first day of the Collection Period that is the number of whole Collection Periods before the Series 2013-1 Expected Maturity Date at least equal to the Accumulation Period Length and, as a result, the number of Collection
Periods in the Controlled Accumulation Period shall at least equal the Accumulation Period Length. On or before each Determination Date beginning with the Determination Date in the July 2015 Collection Period and ending when the Controlled
Accumulation Period begins, the Servicer shall determine the “Accumulation Period Length” as of such Determination Date, which shall equal the number of whole Collection Periods such that the sum of the Accumulation Period Factors
for each Collection Period during such period shall be equal to or greater than the Required Accumulation Factor Number; provided, however, that the Accumulation Period Length shall not be determined to be less than one Collection
Period. If the number of whole Collection Periods remaining after such Determination Date and before the Series 2013-1 Expected Maturity Date is less than or equal to the Accumulation Period 

  
 28 

 
Length calculated as of such Determination Date, the Controlled Accumulation Period shall commence on the first day of the following Collection Period; provided, however, if such
number of Collection Periods is greater than such Accumulation Period Length, the commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period shall be delayed until at least the next Determination Date, at which time the Accumulation Period Length shall be
recalculated as described above. 
 (i) All distributions that are deposited by the Indenture Trustee into the Certificate
Distribution Account for distribution to the holders of the Certificate pursuant to this Indenture Supplement shall be made in accordance with such written remittance instructions as may be provided to the Indenture Trustee by the Depositor from
time to time. 
 (j) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture Supplement or the Indenture, if any amount is
required to be deposited into any Series Account or other account pursuant to this Indenture Supplement and all or part of the amount of such deposit is to be deposited into another account or otherwise distributed on that date, such amount may be
deposited directly into the applicable subsequent account or distributed directly to the applicable recipient without first being deposited into the initial Series Account or account. 

(k) Note Defeasance Account. With respect to each Collection Period, no later than 10:00 am Central time on any Business Day of such
Collection Period, including pursuant to Section 4.04(d) and (e), the Servicer, at the direction of the Depositor, shall and, the Servicer may (if Ally Financial or an Affiliate of Ally Financial is the Servicer), in its
discretion, specify to the Indenture Trustee an amount of Available Series Interest Collections and Available Series Principal Collections to be withdrawn from the Collection Account or, with respect to any amounts on deposit in the Note
Distribution Account constituting Available Series Principal Collections, the Note Distribution Account, and deposited into the Note Defeasance Account. With respect to any Collection Period, the aggregate of such amounts deposited into the Note
Defeasance Account, as reasonably calculated by the Servicer (i) with respect to each Collection Period (or portion thereof) that does not occur during a Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period, shall not be in excess of the
lesser of (1) Available Series Interest Collections for such Collection Period plus Reallocated Principal Collections for the related Distribution Date less the Monthly Servicing Fee for such Collection Period and (2) the aggregate amount
necessary to make the allocations and distributions required by clauses (ii) through (v) of Section 4.04(a) and (ii) with respect to each Collection Period (or portion thereof) that occurs during a Controlled Accumulation
Period or Early Amortization Period, shall not be in excess of the lesser of (1) the aggregate of the Available Series Interest Collections for such Collection Period, plus the Available Series Principal Collections for such Collection Period,
less the Monthly Servicing Fee for such Collection Period and (2) the aggregate amount necessary to make the allocations and distributions required by (x) clauses (ii) through (v) of Section 4.04(a) and
(y) Section 4.04(d) or 4.04(e), as applicable, during such Collection Period. The Servicer shall not have any liability for any such calculation made in good faith. Any amount on deposit in the Note Defeasance Account on any
Distribution Date (after giving effect to all deposits therein or withdrawals therefrom on such Distribution Date) shall remain on deposit in the Note Defeasance Account for distribution on the next Distribution Date in accordance with this
Indenture Supplement. 

  
 29 

 (l) No later than 10:00 am Central time on each Business Day on which amounts are to be
withdrawn from the Collection Account or the Note Distribution Account and deposited into the Note Defeasance Account pursuant to Section 4.04(k), the Servicer shall notify the Indenture Trustee of the sources and amounts to be deposited
in the Note Defeasance Account on such Business Day and the Indenture Trustee shall transfer such amount from the Collection Account or the Note Distribution Account, as applicable, to the Note Defeasance Account. 

(m) If an increase in the Subordination Factor is to occur on the next Distribution Date, the Required Nonoverconcentration Pool Balance
for purposes of Section 8.3 of the Indenture as of such Distribution Date and on each subsequent date until the Distribution Date on which such increase takes effect shall be calculated as if the increase in the Subordination Factor has
already occurred. 
 SECTION 4.05 Series Charge-Offs. 

(a) On each Determination Date, the Servicer shall calculate the Series Defaulted Amount, if any, for the related Distribution Date. If
the Series Defaulted Amount for any Distribution Date exceeds the sum of: 
 (i) the Available Series Interest
Collections for such Distribution Date applied to fund such Series Defaulted Amount pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(vi); 
 (ii) the Excess Interest Collections available from other outstanding Series in Excess Interest Sharing Group One for such Distribution Date applied to fund such Series Defaulted Amount pursuant to
Section 4.04(a)(vi) in accordance with Section 4.04(b)(i); 
 (iii) the Reserve Fund
Available Amount for such Distribution Date applied to fund such Series Defaulted Amount pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(vi) in accordance with Section 4.04(b)(ii) (after giving effect to the application of such amounts to items
(i) through (v) in Section 4.04(a)); and; 
 (iv) the amount of Servicer Advances for such
Distribution Date applied to fund such Series Defaulted Amount pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(vi) in accordance with Section 4.04(b)(iv); 
 then, a “Series Charge-Off” in the amount of such excess shall exist for such Distribution Date and shall reduce the Invested Amount. 

(b) The reduction in the Invested Amount for such Distribution Date due to such Series Charge-Off shall be allocated as follows:

 (i) first, the Class E Invested Amount shall be reduced by the amount of such reduction until the Class E
Invested Amount is reduced to zero; then 
 (ii) second, the Class D Invested Amount shall be reduced by any
remaining amount until the Class D Invested Amount is reduced to zero; then 

  
 30 

 (iii) third, the Class C Invested Amount shall be reduced by any remaining
amount until the Class C Invested Amount is reduced to zero; then 
 (iv) fourth, the Class B Invested Amount
shall be reduced by any remaining amount until the Class B Invested Amount is reduced to zero; and then 
 (v)
fifth, the Class A Invested Amount shall be reduced, pro rata between the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes, by any remaining amount until the Class A Invested Amount is reduced to zero. 

SECTION 4.06 Reallocated Principal Collections. 
 On each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall apply, or direct the Indenture Trustee by written instruction to the Indenture Trustee to apply the portion of Reallocated Principal Collections specified in
Section 4.04(b)(iii) from the following sources and in the following order of priority, (i) first, Additional Available Series Principal Collections for that Distribution Date available in accordance with
Section 4.04(f), (ii) second, Series Principal Collections for that date, (iii) third, amounts on deposit in the Note Defeasance Account (to the extent such funds are used to cover shortfalls in the distributions required under
clauses (ii) through (v) of Section 4.04(a)), and (iv) fourth, amounts on deposit in the Note Distribution Account for the payment of principal (first for the Class E Notes, then for the Class D Notes, then for the Class C
Notes, then for the Class B Notes and then for the Class A Notes), but not in excess of the amounts specified in the definition of “Reallocated Principal Collections,” in accordance with Section 4.04(b)(iii). If, on any
Distribution Date, Reallocated Principal Collections for such Distribution Date are so applied, then, the Invested Amount shall be reduced by the amount of such application and, if such amounts are from withdrawals from the Note Distribution Account
or the Note Defeasance Account, those amounts shall be deemed not to have been allocated or deposited into the Note Distribution Account or the Note Defeasance Account, as applicable, for purposes of this Indenture Supplement. The reduction in the
Invested Amount for such Distribution Date due to the application of such Reallocated Principal Collections shall be allocated as follows: 
 (a) first, the Class E Invested Amount shall be reduced by the amount of such reduction until the Class E Invested Amount is reduced to zero; then 

(b) second, the Class D Invested Amount shall be reduced by any remaining amount until the Class D Invested Amount is reduced to zero;
then 
 (c) third, the Class C Invested Amount shall be reduced by any remaining amount until the Class C Invested Amount is
reduced to zero; then 
 (d) fourth, the Class B Invested Amount shall be reduced by any remaining amount until the Class B
Invested Amount is reduced to zero; and then 

  
 31 

 (e) fifth, the Class A Invested Amount shall be reduced, pro rata between the
Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes, by any remaining amount until the Class A Invested Amount is reduced to zero. 
 SECTION 4.07 Excess Interest Collections. 
 Subject to
Section 8.05(b) of the Indenture, Excess Interest Collections with respect to the Excess Interest Sharing Series in Excess Interest Sharing Group One for any Distribution Date shall be allocated to Series 2013-1 in an amount equal to the
product of (i) the aggregate amount of Excess Interest Collections with respect to all the Excess Interest Sharing Series in Excess Interest Sharing Group One for such Distribution Date and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Interest Collections Shortfall for Series 2013-1 for such Distribution Date and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Interest Collections Shortfalls for all the Excess Interest Sharing Series in Excess Interest Sharing Group One for
such Distribution Date. The “Interest Collections Shortfall” for Series 2013-1 for any Distribution Date shall equal the excess, if any, of (a) the full amount required to be paid, without duplication, pursuant to clauses
(i) through (xii) of Section 4.04(a) on such Distribution Date, over (b) the Available Series Interest Collections for such Distribution Date. The maximum amount of “Excess Interest Collections”
with respect to Series 2013-1 for any Distribution Date available for other Series in Excess Sharing Group One shall equal the excess, if any, of (a) the Available Series Interest Collections for such Distribution Date over (b) the full
amount required to be distributed, without duplication, pursuant to clauses (i) through (xii) of Section 4.04(a) on such Distribution Date. 
 SECTION 4.08 Shared Principal Collections. 
 Subject to
Section 8.5(c) of the Indenture, the aggregate amount of Shared Principal Collections with respect to the Principal Sharing Series in Principal Sharing Group One for any date shall be allocated to Series 2013-1 in an amount equal to the
product of (i) the aggregate amount of Shared Principal Collections, times (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Principal Shortfall for Series 2013-1 for such date and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Principal
Shortfalls for all the Principal Sharing Series in Principal Sharing Group One for such date. The “Principal Shortfall” for Series 2013-1 shall equal (a) for any date in the Revolving Period, zero, (b) for any date in the
Controlled Accumulation Period, the amount to be deposited or distributed pursuant to Sections 4.04(d) over the amount previously deposited or distributed pursuant to that subsection, and (c) for any date in the Early Amortization
Period, the amount to be deposited or distributed pursuant to Section 4.04(e) over the amount previously deposited or distributed pursuant to that subsection. The “Shared Principal Collections” with respect to Series
2013-1 for any date shall equal the excess, if any, of (a) the Available Series Principal Collections for such date (without giving effect to clause (ii) of the definition thereof) over (b) the full amount required to be
deposited or distributed, without duplication, pursuant to Sections 4.04(c), (d) or (e) on such date. 

  
 32 

 SECTION 4.09 Reinstatement of Invested Amount. 

(a) The Invested Amount shall be reinstated on any Distribution Date by the amount of any Available Series Interest Collections that are
applied pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(vi), (vii), (viii) and (ix). This amount shall be applied as follows: 
 (i) first, if the Class A Invested Amount has been reduced pursuant to Sections 4.05 or 4.06, to the Class A Invested Amount until it equals the Class A Note Principal Balance
minus the aggregate amount on deposit in the Note Distribution Account and the Note Defeasance Account (excluding, in each case, amounts representing Investment Proceeds) allocated to it; then 

(ii) second, if the Class B Invested Amount has been reduced pursuant to Sections 4.05 or 4.06, to the Class
B Invested Amount, pro rata between the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes, until it equals the Class B Note Principal Balance minus the aggregate amount on deposit in the Note Distribution Account and the Note Defeasance Account
(excluding amounts representing Investment Proceeds) allocated to it; then 
 (iii) third, if the Class C
Invested Amount has been reduced pursuant to Sections 4.05 or 4.06, to the Class C Invested Amount until it equals the Class C Note Principal Balance minus the aggregate amount on deposit in the Note Distribution Account and the Note
Defeasance Account (excluding, in each case, amounts representing Investment Proceeds) allocated to it; then 

(iv) fourth, if the Class D Invested Amount has been reduced pursuant to Sections 4.05 or 4.06, to the Class
D Invested Amount until it equals the Class D Note Principal Balance minus the aggregate amount on deposit in the Note Distribution Account and the Note Defeasance Account (excluding, in each case, amounts representing Investment Proceeds) allocated
to it; and then 
 (v) fifth, if the Class E Invested Amount has been reduced pursuant to Sections 4.05 or
4.06, to the Class E Invested Amount until it equals the Required Class E Invested Amount. 
 SECTION 4.10 Note
Distribution Account. 
 (a) The Servicer, for the benefit of the Noteholders, shall establish and maintain with the
Indenture Trustee in the name of the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Issuing Entity, an Eligible Deposit Account (including any subaccounts thereof) bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds and other property credited thereto are
held for the benefit of the Noteholders (the “Note Distribution Account”). The Indenture Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all Eligible Investments and all monies, cash, instruments, securities, securities
entitlements, documents, certificates of deposit and other property from time to time on deposit in or credited to the Note Distribution Account and in all Investment Proceeds with respect 

  
 33 

 
thereto (including any accrued discount realized on liquidation of any investment purchased at a discount) for the benefit of the Noteholders. Except as expressly provided in this Indenture
Supplement and the Trust Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer agrees that it has no right of setoff or banker’s lien against, and no right to otherwise deduct from, any funds and other property held in the Note Distribution Account for
any amount owed to it by the Indenture Trustee, the Issuing Entity, any Noteholder or any Series Enhancer. The Indenture Trustee, at the written direction of the Servicer, shall make deposits and withdrawals from the Note Distribution Account from
time to time, in the amounts and for the purposes set forth in this Indenture Supplement. 
 (b) Funds on deposit in the Note
Distribution Account shall, at the written direction of the Servicer, be invested by the Indenture Trustee (including the Securities Intermediary) in Eligible Investments selected by the Servicer. All such Eligible Investments shall be held by the
Indenture Trustee or its nominee for the benefit of the Noteholders. The Indenture Trustee shall cause each Eligible Investment to be delivered to it (including a securities intermediary) and shall be credited to the Note Distribution Account. Funds
on deposit in the Note Distribution Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments. On each Distribution Date, all Investment Proceeds on deposit in the Note Distribution Account shall be treated as Available Series Interest Collections with
respect to the related Collection Period. The Indenture Trustee shall bear no responsibility or liability for any losses resulting from investment or reinvestment of any funds in accordance with this Section 4.10(b) nor for the selection
of Eligible Investments in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture Supplement, the Indenture or the Trust Sale and Servicing Agreement. 
 SECTION 4.11 Reserve Fund. 
 (a) The Servicer, for the benefit of the
Series 2013-1 Noteholders, shall establish and maintain with the Indenture Trustee or its nominee in the name of the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Issuing Entity, an Eligible Deposit Account (including any subaccounts thereof) bearing a
designation clearly indicating that the funds and other property credited thereto are held for the benefit of the Series 2013-1 Noteholders (the “Reserve Fund”). The Indenture Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in
all Eligible Investments and all monies, cash, instruments, securities, securities entitlements, documents, certificates of deposit and other property from time to time on deposit in or credited to the Reserve Fund and in all interest, proceeds,
earnings, income, revenue, dividends and other distributions thereof (including any accrued discount realized on liquidation of any investment purchased at a discount) for the benefit of the Series 2013-1 Noteholders. Except as expressly provided in
this Indenture Supplement and the Trust Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer agrees that it has no right of setoff or banker’s lien against, and no right to otherwise deduct from, any funds and other property held in the Reserve Fund for
any amount owed to it by the Indenture Trustee, the Issuing Entity, any Noteholder or any Series Enhancer. The Indenture Trustee, at the written direction of the Servicer, shall make deposits to and withdrawals from the Reserve Fund from time to
time in the amounts and for the purposes set forth in this Indenture Supplement. 

  
 34 

 (b) Funds on deposit in the Reserve Fund shall, at the written direction of the Servicer, be
invested by the Indenture Trustee or its nominee (including the Securities Intermediary) in Eligible Investments. All such Eligible Investments shall be held by the Indenture Trustee or its nominee for the benefit of the Series 2013-1 Noteholders.
The Indenture Trustee shall cause each Eligible Investment to be delivered to it or its nominee (including a securities intermediary) and shall be credited to the Reserve Fund. Funds on deposit in the Reserve Fund shall be invested in Eligible
Investments. On each Distribution Date, all Investment Proceeds on deposit in the Reserve Fund shall be treated as Available Series Interest Collections for such Distribution Date. The Indenture Trustee shall bear no responsibility or liability for
any losses resulting from investment or reinvestment of any funds in accordance with this Section 4.11(b) nor for the selection of Eligible Investments in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture Supplement, the Indenture or the
Trust Sale and Servicing Agreement. 
 (c) The Reserve Fund initially shall be funded by the Depositor on the Closing Date in
the amount of the Reserve Fund Initial Amount. After the Closing Date, funds shall be deposited into the Reserve Fund as provided in Section 4.04(a)(x). The Depositor may at any time and from time to time make additional deposits into
the Reserve Fund; provided, however, the Depositor shall not be permitted to make any such discretionary deposit without satisfaction of the Series 2013-1 Rating Agency Condition with respect to each Class of Series 2013-1 Notes in
connection therewith if such deposit, together with any discretionary increases in the Subordination Factor and the Class E Invested Amount, would result in the aggregate amount of all such deposits and increases exceeding 5.0% of the Note Principal
Balance as of the date of such deposit. 
 (d) If on any Distribution Date, after giving effect to all withdrawals from and
deposits to the Reserve Fund, the amount on deposit in the Reserve Fund (excluding amounts representing Investment Proceeds) exceeds the Reserve Fund Required Amount then in effect, the Indenture Trustee shall, at the written direction of the
Servicer, distribute such excess to the Owner Trustee for distribution to the holders of the Certificate Interest in accordance with the Trust Agreement. 
 (e) Upon the earlier to occur of the date on which the Series 2013-1 Notes are paid in full and the Series 2013-1 Legal Maturity Date, any funds remaining in the Reserve Fund, after giving effect to any
deposits and withdrawals made therefrom on such date, shall be treated as Additional Available Series Principal Collections. The Reserve Fund shall thereafter be deemed to have terminated for purposes of this Indenture Supplement. 

SECTION 4.12 Determination of LIBOR. 
 (a) On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Indenture Trustee shall determine LIBOR on the basis of the rate for deposits in United States dollars for a one-month period which appears on Bloomberg Screen
BTMM Page under the heading “LIBOR FIX BBAM” as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such date. If such rate does not appear on such page (or such other 

  
 35 

 
page as may replace that page on that service, or if such service is no longer offered, such other service for displaying LIBOR or comparable rates as may be selected by the Indenture Trustee
after consultation with the Depositor), the rate shall be the One Month Reference Bank Rate. The “One Month Reference Bank Rate” shall be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. dollars are offered by the
reference banks (which shall be four major banks that are engaged in transactions in the London interbank market, selected by the Indenture Trustee after consultation with the Depositor) as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the applicable LIBOR
Determination Date to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period of one month commencing on such preceding Distribution Date in amounts approximately equal to the principal balance of the Series 2013-1 Notes. The Indenture Trustee shall
request the principal London office of each of the reference banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, the rate shall be the arithmetic mean of the quotations, rounded upwards to the nearest
one-sixteenth of one percent. If on any such date fewer than two quotations are provided as requested, the rate shall be the arithmetic mean, rounded upwards to the nearest one-sixteenth of one percent, of the rates quoted by one or more major banks
in New York, selected by the Indenture Trustee after consultation with the Depositor, as of 11:00 a.m., New York time, on such date to leading European banks for U.S. dollar deposits for a period of one month commencing on such applicable date in
amounts approximately equal to the then outstanding principal balance of the Series 2013-1 Notes. If no such quotation can be obtained, the rate shall be LIBOR for the prior Distribution Date. 

(b) On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Indenture Trustee shall send to the Servicer, the Issuing Entity and the Administrator by
facsimile or email transmission, notification of LIBOR for the following Interest Period. 
 (c) The Servicer shall provide, in
the Monthly Statement, the Class A-1 Note Interest Rate, the Class A-2 Note Interest Rate, the Class B Note Interest Rate, the Class C Note Interest Rate and the Class D Note Interest Rate applicable to each Distribution Date. 

(d) Other than the determination of LIBOR as provided for herein, all other determinations and calculations provided for in this
Indenture Supplement shall be made by the Servicer. 
 SECTION 4.13 Accumulation Period Reserve Account. 

(a) If the Accumulation Period Reserve Account Required Amount is greater than zero ($0), the Servicer, for the benefit of the
Noteholders, shall establish and maintain with the Indenture Trustee or its nominee in the name of the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Issuing Entity, an Eligible Deposit Account (including any subaccounts thereof) bearing a designation clearly
indicating that the funds and other property credited thereto are held for the benefit of the Noteholders (the “Accumulation Period Reserve Account”). The Indenture Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all Eligible
Investments and all monies, cash, instruments, securities, securities entitlements, documents, certificates of deposit and other property from time to time on deposit in or credited to the Accumulation Period Reserve Account and in all Investment

  
 36 

 
Proceeds with respect thereto (including any accrued discount realized on liquidation of any investment purchased at a discount) for the benefit of the Noteholders. Except as expressly provided
in this Indenture Supplement and the Trust Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer agrees that it has no right of setoff or banker’s lien against, and no right to otherwise deduct from, any funds and other property held in the Accumulation
Period Reserve Account for any amount owed to it by the Indenture Trustee, the Issuing Entity, any Noteholder or any Series Enhancer. The Indenture Trustee, at the direction of the Servicer, shall make deposits and withdrawals from the Accumulation
Period Reserve Account from time to time, in the amounts and for the purposes set forth in this Indenture Supplement. 
 (b)
Funds on deposit in the Accumulation Period Reserve Account shall, at the written direction of the Servicer, be invested by the Indenture Trustee (including the Securities Intermediary) in Eligible Investments selected by the Servicer. All such
Eligible Investments shall be held by the Indenture Trustee or its nominee for the benefit of the Noteholders. The Indenture Trustee shall cause each Eligible Investment to be delivered to it (including a securities intermediary) and shall be
credited to the Accumulation Period Reserve Account. Funds on deposit in the Accumulation Period Reserve Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments. On each Distribution Date, all Investment Proceeds on deposit in the Accumulation Period
Reserve Account shall be treated as Available Series Interest Collections with respect to the related Collection Period. The Indenture Trustee shall bear no responsibility or liability for any losses resulting from investment or reinvestment of any
funds in accordance with this Section 4.13(b) nor for the selection of Eligible Investments in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture Supplement, the Indenture or the Trust Sale and Servicing Agreement. 

(c) On or before each Distribution Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period and on or before the first Distribution Date
with respect to the Early Amortization Period beginning after the commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period, the Servicer shall calculate the Accumulation Period Reserve Draw Amount; provided, however, that such amount shall
be reduced to the extent that funds otherwise would be available for deposit into the Accumulation Period Reserve Account pursuant to Sections 4.04(a)(xi) and Section 4.04(b)(i) on such Distribution Date. If for any Distribution
Date, the Accumulation Period Reserve Draw Amount is greater than zero, the Accumulation Period Reserve Draw Amount, up to the Available Accumulation Period Reserve Account Amount, shall be withdrawn from the Accumulation Period Reserve Account on
such Distribution Date by the Indenture Trustee (acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Servicer) and deposited into the Collection Account for application as Available Series Interest Collections. 

(d) If on any Distribution Date, after giving effect to all withdrawals from and deposits to the Accumulation Period Reserve Account, the
amount on deposit in the Accumulation Period Reserve Account exceeds the Accumulation Period Reserve Account Required Amount then in effect, the Indenture Trustee shall, at the written direction of the Servicer, distribute such excess to the Owner
Trustee for distribution to the holders of the Certificate Interest in accordance with the Trust Agreement. 

  
 37 

 (e) Upon the earliest to occur of (i) the payment in full of the Series 2013-1 Notes,
(ii) the first Distribution Date relating to the Early Amortization Period and (iii) the Series 2013-1 Legal Maturity Date, any funds remaining in the Accumulation Period Reserve Account, after withdrawal of funds therefrom on such date in
accordance with Section 4.13(c), shall be treated as Available Series Interest Collections. The Accumulation Period Reserve Account shall thereafter be deemed to have terminated for purposes of this Indenture Supplement. 

SECTION 4.14 Transfer Restrictions. 
 (a) The Class E Notes (or interests therein) may not be acquired by or for the account of (i) a Benefit Plan other than an insurance company general account (as defined in Prohibited Transaction
Class Exemption (“PTCE”) 95-60) whose underlying assets include less than 25% “plan assets” and for which the purchase and holding of the Class E Notes is eligible for and satisfied all conditions for relief under PTCE 95-60 or
(ii) an employee benefit plan or plan that is not subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code if such acquisition would result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under, or a non-exempt violation of, any
applicable law that is substantially similar to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. By accepting and holding a Class E Note (or interest therein), the Holder thereof and any related Note Owner shall each be deemed to have represented
and warranted that it is not, nor is it acquiring the Note for the account of either, (i) a Benefit Plan other than an insurance company general account (as defined in Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption (“PTCE”) 95-60) whose
underlying assets include less than 25% “plan assets” and for which the purchase and holding of the Class E Notes is eligible for and satisfied all conditions for relief under PTCE 95-60 or (ii) an employee benefit plan or plan that
is not subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code if such acquisition would result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under, or a non-exempt violation of, any applicable law that is substantially similar to
Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. By accepting and holding a Class A Note, Class B Note, Class C Note or Class D Note (or interest therein), the Holder thereof and any related Note Owner shall be deemed to have represented and
warranted that either (i) it is not, nor is it acquiring the Note for the account of, a Benefit Plan or any other plan that is subject to any law that is substantially similar to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or
(ii) the acquisition and holding of the Note will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a non-exempt violation of substantially similar law. In addition, Benefit
Plans may not acquire (i) a Class A Note, Class B Note, Class C Note, or Class D Note at any time that such Note would not be treated as indebtedness without substantial equity features, or (ii) a Class B Note, Class C Note or Class D
Note at any time that the ratings on such Note are below investment grade. By accepting and holding a Class A Note, Class B Note, Class C Note or Class D Note (or interest therein), the Holder thereof and any related Note Owner shall each be
deemed to have represented and warranted that its acquisition of such note is in compliance with the foregoing restriction. 

  
 38 

 (b) The Series 2013-1 Private Notes will not be registered under the Securities Act or the
securities or blue sky laws of any other jurisdiction. Consequently, the Series 2013-1 Private Notes are not transferable other than pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and satisfaction of certain other
provisions specified herein. No sale, pledge or other transfer of the Series 2013-1 Private Notes (or interest therein) may be made by any Person unless either (i) such sale, pledge or other transfer is made to or by the Depositor, (ii) so
long as the Series 2013-1 Private Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, such sale, pledge or other transfer is made to a person whom the transferor “reasonably believes” within the meaning of Rule
144A under the Securities Act is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act (a “Qualified Institutional Buyer”) acting for its own account (and not for the account of others)
or as a fiduciary or agent for others (which others also are Qualified Institutional Buyers) to whom notice is given that the sale, pledge or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act, or (iii) such sale, pledge
or other transfer is otherwise made in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, in which case (A) the Indenture Trustee shall require that both the prospective transferor and the prospective transferee
certify to the Indenture Trustee and the Depositor in writing the facts surrounding such transfer, which certification shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee and the Depositor, and (B) the Indenture Trustee shall
require a written opinion of counsel (which will not be at the expense of the Issuing Entity, the Seller, the Depositor, the Servicer or the Indenture Trustee) satisfactory to the Depositor and the Indenture Trustee to the effect that such transfer
will not violate the Securities Act. Neither the Depositor nor the Indenture Trustee shall be obligated to register the Series 2013-1 Private Notes under the Securities Act, qualify the Series 2013-1 Private Notes under the securities laws of any
state or provide registration rights to any purchaser or holder thereof. 
 (c) Transfer of a Class E Note may only be made to a
Person who is a United States Person (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code). Any Person acquiring a Class E Note or an interest therein (i) shall not be deemed to have made the representations set forth in
Section 2.14 of the Indenture and (ii) other than the Depositor shall not acquire or hold such Class E Note or interest therein in the form of a Book Entry Note. 

(d) No sale, pledge or other transfer may be made to any one person of a Class E Note with a face amount of less than the amount
determined in accordance with Section 1.01(E) hereof (in order to prevent the Issuing Entity from being treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code), and, in the case of any Person acting on
behalf of one or more third parties (other than a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) acting in its fiduciary capacity), for a Class E Note with a face amount of less than such amount for each such third party. Any
attempted transfer in contravention of the immediately preceding restriction will be void ab initio and the purported transferor will continue to be treated as the owner of the Class E Notes for all purposes. No Class E Note may be
transferred unless the transferor provides to the Indenture Trustee an opinion of independent counsel that the transfer will not cause the Issuing Entity to be treated as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for
federal income tax purposes. 

  
 39 

 (e) (i) A sale, pledge, or transfer of a Class B Note, Class C Note or Class D Note may only
be made to a Person who is a United State Person (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code). A Person other than the Depositor acquiring a Class B Note, Class C Note or Class D Note or an interest therein shall be
deemed to have made the representations set forth in Section 2.14 of the Indenture; and (ii) no sale, pledge, or transfer of a Class B Note, Class C Note or Class D Note shall be made (x) to any one person with a face amount of
less than 100% of the Class B Note Principal Balance, Class C Note Principal Balance or Class D Note Principal Balance, as applicable, or (y) to a Special Pass-Through Entity, in each case, unless (A) an opinion of counsel satisfactory to
the Indenture Trustee and the Depositor that such sale, pledge, or transfer shall not cause the Issuing Entity to be treated as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes shall have been
delivered to the Indenture Trustee and the Depositor and (B) the Depositor shall have provided prior written approval; provided, however, that the restrictions in this Section 4.14(e) shall not apply in the event
counsel satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee and the Depositor has rendered an opinion to the effect that the Class B Note, Class C Note or Class D Note to be sold, pledged, or transferred will be characterized as indebtedness for federal income
tax purposes. Any attempted transfer in contravention of this Section 4.14(e) will be void ab initio and the purported transferor will continue to be treated as the owner of, as applicable, the Class B Note, Class C Note or Class
D Note for all purposes. 
 SECTION 4.15 Note Defeasance Account. 

(a) The Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2013-1 Noteholders, shall establish and maintain in the name of the Indenture
Trustee, an Eligible Deposit Account (including any subaccounts thereof) bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds and other property credited thereto are held for the benefit of the Series 2013-1 Noteholders (the “Note
Defeasance Account”). The Indenture Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all Eligible Investments and all monies, cash, instruments, securities, securities entitlements, documents, certificates of deposit and other
property from time to time on deposit in or credited to the Note Defeasance Account for the benefit of the Series 2013-1 Noteholders (other than Investment Proceeds, which shall be for the benefit of the Indenture Trustee). Except as expressly
provided in this Indenture Supplement, the Servicer agrees that it has no right of setoff or banker’s lien against, and no right to otherwise deduct from, any funds and other property held in the Note Defeasance Account for any amount owed to
it by the Indenture Trustee, the Issuing Entity, any Noteholder or any Series Enhancer. The Indenture Trustee, at the written direction of the Servicer, shall make deposits and withdrawals from the Note Defeasance Account from time to time, in the
amounts and for the purposes set forth in this Indenture Supplement. 
 (b) Funds on deposit in the Note Defeasance Account
shall, at the direction or election of the Indenture Trustee, be invested by the Indenture Trustee (including the Securities Intermediary) in Eligible Investments that mature prior to the next Distribution Date selected by the Indenture Trustee. All
such Eligible Investments shall be held by the Indenture Trustee or its nominee for the benefit of the Series 2013-1 Noteholders. The Indenture Trustee shall cause each 

  
 40 

 
Eligible Investment to be delivered to it (including a securities intermediary) and shall be credited to the Note Defeasance Account. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture,
the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to receive all Investment Proceeds on the Note Defeasance Account when and as paid without any obligation to the Owner Trustee, the Servicer or the Depositor in respect thereof. The Indenture Trustee will have
no obligation to deposit any such amount in any account established hereunder or the Indenture. Notwithstanding Sections 6.1(f) and 8.3(f) of the Indenture, the Indenture Trustee shall be liable for any investment losses with respect
to funds on deposit in the Note Defeasance Account. 
 (c) All payments of amounts due and payable with respect to any Notes
that are to be made from amounts withdrawn from the Note Defeasance Account pursuant to this Indenture Supplement shall be made by the Indenture Trustee or by another Paying Agent from available funds on deposit in the Note Defeasance Account.

 (d) Upon the irrevocable deposit of any amount into the Note Defeasance Account pursuant to this Indenture Supplement, the
Issuing Entity shall have no further liability for, and shall be deemed to be discharged and released from its obligations with respect to, the Series 2013-1 Notes to the extent of the amount so deposited as such amounts are to be applied to the
payments of interest on and principal of the Series 2013-1 Notes in accordance with the priorities specified in this Indenture Supplement, and the Holders of the Series 2013-1 Notes shall have recourse and shall look solely to the Note Defeasance
Account for the payment of such amounts. 
 (e) All monies deposited with the Indenture Trustee in the Note Defeasance Account
pursuant to this Indenture Supplement shall be held in trust in a segregated trust account and (except for Investment Proceeds thereon) applied by the Indenture Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of the Series 2013-1 Notes and this Indenture
Supplement, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent, as the Indenture Trustee may determine, to the Holders of Series 2013-1 Notes for payment on or redemption of the Series 2013-1 Notes, and no amounts so withdrawn from the Note
Defeasance Account for payments of Notes shall be paid over to the Issuing Entity. 
 (f) The Indenture Trustee may, at such
time as there are no Notes Outstanding, notify the Issuing Entity thereof in writing and withdraw and retain any funds then on deposit in the Note Defeasance Account. 
 (g) Sections 8.3(f) and (g) of the Indenture shall not apply to the Note Defeasance Account. 
 (h) The Note Defeasance Account shall constitute a “Note Distribution Account” solely for purposes of Sections 2.7, 3.1, 3.3(b), and 10.1 of the Indenture.

  
 41 

 ARTICLE V 
 DELIVERY OF SERIES 2013-1 NOTES; 
 DISTRIBUTIONS; REPORTS TO SERIES 2013-1
NOTEHOLDERS 
 SECTION 5.01 Delivery and Payment for Series 2013-1 Notes. 

The Indenture Trustee shall authenticate the Series 2013-1 Notes in accordance with Section 2.2 of the Indenture. The
Indenture Trustee shall deliver the Series 2013-1 Notes to the Issuing Entity when so authenticated. 
 SECTION 5.02
Distributions. 
 (a) On each Distribution Date, based solely on the information contained in the Monthly Statement, the
Indenture Trustee shall distribute to each Class A-1 Noteholder, Class A-2 Noteholder, Class B Noteholder, Class C Noteholder and Class D Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (other than as provided in Section 11.2
of the Indenture) such Class A-1 Noteholder’s, Class A-2 Noteholder’s, Class B Noteholder’s, Class C Noteholder’s and Class D Noteholder’s, respectively, pro rata share of the amounts allocated and available in the
Note Distribution Account and the Note Defeasance Account on such Distribution Date to pay interest on the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes, respectively, pursuant to this
Indenture Supplement. 
 (b) On the Series 2013-1 Expected Maturity Date and on each Distribution Date with respect to the Early
Amortization Period, based solely on the information contained in the Monthly Statement, from the amounts allocated during the related or any prior Collection Period or, with respect to Additional Available Series Principal Collections, on such or
any prior Distribution Date and available in the Note Distribution Account and the Note Defeasance Account on such Distribution Date to pay principal of the Series 2013-1 Notes pursuant to this Indenture Supplement, the Indenture Trustee shall
distribute: 
 (i) first, pro rata to each Class A-1 Noteholder of record and each Class A-2 Noteholder
of record, as applicable, on the related Record Date (other than as provided in Section 11.2 of the Indenture), principal of the Class A Notes (allocated pro rata between the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes) until
the Class A Notes have been paid in full, 
 (ii) second, pro rata to each Class B Noteholder of record on
the related Record Date (other than as provided in Section 11.2 of the Indenture), principal of the Class B Notes until the Class B Notes have been paid in full, provided, however, that in no event shall any amount be paid
as principal with respect to the Class B Notes unless the Class A Principal Balance is zero, 
 (iii) third,
pro rata to each Class C Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (other than as provided in Section 11.2 of the Indenture), principal of the Class C Notes until the Class C Notes have been paid in full, provided,
however, that in no event shall any amount be paid as principal with respect to the Class C Notes unless the Class A Principal Balance and the Class B Principal Balance are zero, 

  
 42 

 (iv) fourth, pro rata to each Class D Noteholder of record on the related
Record Date (other than as provided in Section 11.2 of the Indenture), principal of the Class D Notes until the Class D Notes have been paid in full, provided, however, that in no event shall any amount be paid as principal
with respect to the Class D Notes unless the Class A Principal Balance, the Class B Principal Balance and the Class C Principal Balance are zero, and 
 (v) fifth, pro rata to each Class E Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (other than as provided in Section 11.2 of the Indenture), principal of the Class E Notes until the Class E
Notes have been paid in full, provided, however, that in no event shall any amount be paid as principal with respect to the Class E Notes unless the Class A Principal Balance, the Class B Principal Balance, the Class C Principal
Balance and the Class D Principal Balance are zero. 
 (c) The distributions to be made pursuant to this Section are subject to
the provisions of Sections 2.5 of the Trust Sale and Servicing Agreement, Section 11.2 of the Indenture and Section 7.01 of this Indenture Supplement. 

(d) Except as provided in Section 11.2 of the Indenture with respect to a final distribution, distributions to Series 2013-1
Noteholders hereunder shall be made by (i) wire transfer (to the account specified by the applicable Noteholder) or check mailed first class, postage prepaid to each Series 2013-1 Noteholder (at such Noteholder’s address as it appears in
the Note Register), except that with respect to any Series 2013-1 Notes registered in the name of the nominee of a Clearing Agency, such distribution shall be made in immediately available funds and (ii) without presentation or surrender of any
Series 2013-1 Note or the making of any notation thereon. 
 (e) The amount of all distributions and deposits that are required
to be made by the Indenture Trustee on each Distribution Date pursuant to this Section 5.02 shall be set forth in written instructions (which may be in the form of the Monthly Statement) provided by the Servicer to the Indenture Trustee
no later than the second Business Day prior to the related Distribution Date. 
 (f) Except with respect to the reimbursement of
investment losses pursuant to Section 4.15(b), the Indenture Trustee shall have no duty to make any deposits or distributions or any other payments under this Indenture Supplement unless and until it has sufficient cash to make such
payments and it has received written instructions from the Servicer as to such deposits, distributions and payments. 

  
 43 

 SECTION 5.03 Reports and Statements to Series 2013-1 Noteholders. 

(a) The Indenture Trustee will make available each month to each Series 2013-1 Noteholder the statements referred to in
Section 5.03(b) below (and certain other documents, reports and information regarding the Receivables provided by the Servicer form time to time) via the Indenture Trustee’s internet website, with the use of a password provided by
the Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee’s internet website will be located at www.CTSLink.com or at such other address as the Indenture Trustee shall notify the Series 2013-1 Noteholders from time to time. For assistance with regard to
this service, the Series 2013-1 Noteholders can call the Indenture Trustee’s Corporate Trust Office at (866) 846-4526. The Indenture Trustee shall have the right to change the way the statements referred to in Section 5.03(b)
below are distributed in order to make such distribution more convenient and/or more accessible to the parties entitled to receive such statements so long as such statements are only provided to the then current Series 2013-1 Noteholders. The
Indenture Trustee shall provide notification of any such change to all parties entitled to receive such statements in the manner described in Section 12.4, Section 12.5 or Section 12.6 of the Indenture, as
appropriate. 
 (b) No later than the second Business Day preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall deliver to the
Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and, if Ally Financial or an Affiliate of Ally Financial is the Servicer, each Rating Agency (or, if Ally Financial or an Affiliate of Ally Financial is not the Servicer, to the Depositor, who shall promptly
provide such Monthly Statement to each Rating Agency) a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit B (the “Monthly Statement”) prepared by the Servicer; provided that the Servicer may amend the form of Exhibit B
from time to time. 
 (c) A copy of each statement or certificate provided pursuant to Section 5.03(a) or
(b) may be obtained by any Series 2013-1 Noteholder by a request in writing to the Servicer. 
 (d) Within the
prescribed period of time for tax reporting purposes after the end of each calendar year during the term of this Indenture Supplement, the Indenture Trustee and the Administrator shall furnish (or cause to be furnished), to each Person who at any
time during such calendar year shall have been a holder of record of Series 2013-1 Notes, and received any payment thereon, a statement containing such information as may be required by the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations to enable such
Noteholder to prepare its federal income tax returns. 
 SECTION 5.04 Other Information to be Provided by the Indenture
Trustee and the Owner Trustee. 
 (a) The Indenture Trustee agrees to cooperate in good faith with any reasonable request by
the Depositor for information regarding the Indenture Trustee which is required in order to enable the Depositor to comply with the provisions of Items 1104(e) and 1121(c) of Regulation AB and Rule 15Ga-1 under the Exchange Act as it relates to the
Indenture Trustee or to the Indenture Trustee’s obligations under this Indenture Supplement and the Indenture; provided that with respect to Rule 15Ga-1, and Items 1121(c) and 1104(e), the Indenture Trustee shall not be deemed a
“securitizer” or an “issuer” under Regulation AB or under the Exchange Act. 
 (b) The Indenture Trustee
shall provide the Depositor with notification, as soon as practicable and in any event within five Business Days, of all demands communicated to the Indenture Trustee for the repurchase or replacement of any Receivable pursuant to Section
3.04(c), 4.01(c) or 4.02(c) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Section 2.5 or 3.1(c) of the Trust Sale and Servicing Agreement, as applicable. 

  
 44 

 (c) The Owner Trustee agrees to cooperate in good faith with any reasonable request by the
Depositor for information regarding the Owner Trustee which is required in order to enable the Depositor to comply with the provisions of Items 1104(e) and 1121(c) of Regulation AB and Rule 15Ga-1 under the Exchange Act as it relates to the Owner
Trustee or to the Owner Trustee’s obligations under the Trust Agreement; provided that with respect to Rule 15Ga-1, and Items 1121(c) and 1104(e), the Owner Trustee shall not be deemed a “securitizer” or an “issuer”
under Regulation AB or under the Exchange Act; and provided further, that any such request shall be limited to information reasonably available to the Responsible Officers of the Owner Trustee. 

(d) The Owner Trustee shall provide the Depositor with notification, as soon as practicable and in any event within five Business Days,
of all demands communicated to a Responsible Officer of the Owner Trustee for the repurchase or replacement of any Receivable pursuant to Section 3.04(c), 4.01(c) or 4.02(c) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or
Section 2.5 or 3.1(c) of the Trust Sale and Servicing Agreement, as applicable; provided that any such request shall be limited to information reasonably available to the Responsible Officers of the Owner Trustee. 

ARTICLE VI 

SERIES 2013-1 EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS AND SERIES 2013-1 EVENTS OF 

DEFAULT 

SECTION 6.01 Series 2013-1 Early Amortization Events. 

If any one of the following events occurs with respect to the Series 2013-1 Notes: 

(a) failure on the part of the Depositor, the Servicer or the Seller, as applicable, to duly observe or perform in any material respect
any other covenants or agreements of the Depositor, the Servicer or the Seller, as the case may be, set forth in the Trust Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, which failure continues unremedied for a period of 60
days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given by the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee to the Depositor, provided, however, that no Early Amortization Event
shall be deemed to occur if such failure results in the creation of Warranty Receivables or Administrative Receivables and such Warranty Receivables or Administrative Receivables are purchased by the Seller, the Depositor or the Servicer in
accordance with the Basic Documents; 
 (b) any representation or warranty made by the Seller in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement or the Depositor in the Trust Sale and Servicing Agreement or any information contained on the Schedule of Accounts, (i) shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or when delivered, and shall continue to be
incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Depositor by the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee and
(ii) as a result of such incorrectness the interests of the Noteholders are materially 

  
 45 

 
and adversely affected, provided, however, that no Early Amortization Event shall be deemed to occur if such failure results in the creation of Warranty Receivables or
Administrative Receivables and such Warranty Receivables or Administrative Receivables are purchased by the Seller, the Depositor or the Servicer in accordance with the Basic Documents; 

(c) failure on the part of the Depositor, the Servicer or the Seller, as applicable, to pay (or set aside for payment) all amounts
required to be paid as principal on any Series 2013-1 Notes on the Series 2013-1 Expected Maturity Date; 
 (d) on any
Distribution Date, the average of the Monthly Payment Rates for the three preceding Collection Periods is less than 17.50%; 

(e) on any three consecutive Distribution Dates, the amount on deposit in the Reserve Fund is less than the Reserve Fund Required Amount;

 (f) on any Distribution Date, the Reserve Fund Required Amount for such Distribution Date exceeds the amount on deposit in
the Reserve Fund by more than the Reserve Fund Trigger Amount; 
 (g) the unpaid principal amount of Outstanding Series 2013-1
Notes (together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon) shall have become immediately due and payable as a result of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.03 of this Indenture Supplement; 

(h) an Insolvency Event with respect to the Seller, the Depositor or the Servicer (or Ally Financial, if Ally Financial is not the
Servicer); 
 (i) on any Distribution Date, the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account exceed 30.0% of the sum of the
Net Invested Amounts of all outstanding Series (including Series 2013-1), being determined as the average over the six Collection Periods immediately preceding the Distribution Date, or, if shorter, the period from the initial issuance date through
and including the last day of the immediately preceding Collection Period); 
 (j) the Issuing Entity or the Depositor is
required to register under the Investment Company Act; 
 (k) a Liquidation Event occurs with respect to a Significant
Manufacturer or with respect to a Majority of Manufacturers; 
 (l) on any Distribution Date, the Required Class E Invested
Amount for such Distribution Date exceeds the Class E Invested Amount; 
 (m) a failure by the Depositor to transfer to the
Issuing Entity Receivables arising in connection with Additional Accounts within 15 Business Days after the date on which the Depositor is required to convey such Receivables pursuant to Section 2.7(a) of the Trust Sale and Servicing
Agreement; or 

  
 46 

 (n) on the first Distribution Date related to the Controlled Accumulation Period, the amount
on deposit in the Accumulation Period Reserve Account is less than the Accumulation Period Reserve Account Required Amount; 

then, (i) in the case of any event described in clauses (a) or (b) above, after any applicable grace period,
either the Indenture Trustee or the Holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of Series 2013-1 Notes by notice then given in writing to the Depositor and the Servicer (and to the Indenture Trustee if given by the Series 2013-1
Noteholders) may declare that an Early Amortization Event with respect to the Series 2013-1 Notes (a “Series 2013-1 Early Amortization Event”) has occurred as of the date of such notice, and (ii) in the case of any event
described in clauses (c) through (n) above, immediately and without any notice or other action on the part of the Indenture Trustee or the Series 2013-1 Noteholders, a Series 2013-1 Early Amortization Event shall be deemed to
have occurred.  
 SECTION 6.02 Series 2013-1 Events of Default. 

For the purposes of this Indenture Supplement, “Event of Default” wherever used herein, means any one of the following
events: 
 (a) failure to pay any interest on any Investor Note as and when the same becomes due and payable, and such default
shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty-five (35) days; or 
 (b) except as set forth in
Section 6.02(c) below, failure to pay any instalment of the principal of any Investor Note as and when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after there shall have
been given, by registered or certified mail, written notice thereof to the Issuing Entity and the Servicer by the Indenture Trustee or to the Issuing Entity, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee by the Holders of not less than 25% of the
Outstanding Amount of such Notes, a written notice specifying such default and demanding that it be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or 

(c) failure to pay in full the Outstanding Amount attributable to the Series 2013-1 Notes on or prior to the Series 2013-1 Legal Maturity
Date for such Notes; 
 (d) default in the observance or performance in any material respect of any covenant or agreement of the
Issuing Entity made in the Indenture or this Indenture Supplement in respect of the Series 2013-1 Notes (other than a covenant or agreement in respect of the Series 2013-1 Notes a default in the observance or performance which is specifically dealt
with elsewhere in this Section 6.02), which failure materially and adversely affects the rights of the Noteholders, and such default shall continue or not be cured for a period of 30 days after there shall have been given, by registered
or certified mail, to the Issuing Entity and the Servicer by the Indenture Trustee or to the Issuing Entity, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the Outstanding Amount of the Series 2013-1 Notes, a written notice
specifying such default and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; 

  
 47 

 (e) the filing of an order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in
respect of the Issuing Entity or any substantial part of the Trust Estate in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code, and such order shall have continued undischarged or unstayed for a period of 90 days; or the filing of a decree or order by a
court having jurisdiction in the premises approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of the Issuing Entity under any other Insolvency Law, and such decree or order shall have continued
undischarged or unstayed for a period of 90 days; or the filing of a decree or order of a court having jurisdiction in the premises appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Issuing
Entity or for any substantial part of the Trust Estate, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the Issuing Entity’s affairs, and such decree or order shall have continued undischarged and unstayed for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

 (f) the commencement by the Issuing Entity of a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code; or the filing of a petition or
answer or consent by the Issuing Entity seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition under any other Insolvency Law, or consent to the filing of any such petition, answer or consent; or the consent by the Issuing Entity to the
appointment or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Issuing Entity or for any substantial part of the Trust Estate, or the making by the Issuing Entity of an assignment
for the benefit of creditors, or the admission in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as such debts become due. 

The Issuing Entity shall deliver to the Indenture Trustee within five Business Days after learning of the occurrence thereof, written
notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any event which with the giving of notice and the lapse of time would become an Event of Default under Section 6.02(d), its status and what action the Issuing Entity is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 SECTION 6.03 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

 (a) If an Event of Default, other than an Event of Default as a result of an Insolvency Event with respect to the Issuing
Entity, should occur and is continuing, then the Indenture Trustee may, or shall, at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Series 2013-1 Notes, declare all the Series 2013-1 Notes to be immediately due
and payable, by a notice in writing to the Issuing Entity and the Servicer (and to the Indenture Trustee if declared by such Noteholders) setting forth the Event or Events of Default. If an Insolvency Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then
the Series 2013-1 Notes shall be immediately and without further action become due and payable, and the Indenture Trustee shall give a notice to such effect in writing to the Issuing Entity (although failure to give such notice shall not affect the
immediate acceleration of maturity). Upon any such declaration or automatic occurrence, the Revolving Period or the Controlled Accumulation Period, as applicable, with respect to the Series 2013-1 Notes shall terminate, an Early Amortization Period
shall commence and the unpaid principal amount of such Series 2013-1 Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the date of acceleration, shall become immediately due and payable. 

  
 48 

 (b) At any time after such acceleration of maturity has occurred pursuant to
Section 6.03(a) and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Indenture Trustee as provided in Article V of the Indenture, the Holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the
Series 2013-1 Notes, by written notice to the Issuing Entity, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee, may rescind and annul such acceleration and its consequences with respect to the Series 2013-1 Notes. No such rescission and annulment shall extend
to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto; and provided, further, that if the Indenture Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under the Indenture and such proceedings shall have
been discontinued or abandoned because of such rescission and annulment or for any other reason, or shall have been determined adversely to the Indenture Trustee, then and in every such case, the Indenture Trustee, the Issuing Entity and the
Noteholders, as the case may be, shall be restored to their respective former positions and rights hereunder and under the Indenture, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Indenture Trustee, the Issuing Entity and the Noteholders, as the case
may be, shall continue as though no such proceedings had been commenced. 
 (c) If the Series 2013-1 Notes shall have been
accelerated following an Event of Default, the Indenture Trustee may exercise the remedies available to it as set forth in Article V the Indenture. 
 (d) Any money or property collected by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section 6.03 following the acceleration of the maturities of the Series 2013-1 Notes (so long as such acceleration
has not been rescinded or annulled) shall be paid out or allocated in accordance with Section 5.4(b) of the Indenture. 
 ARTICLE VII 
 REDEMPTION OF SERIES 2013-1 NOTES; SERIES LEGAL MATURITY;
FINAL 
 DISTRIBUTIONS 
 SECTION 7.01 Optional Redemption of Series 2013-1 Notes. 
 (a) On any
day occurring on or after the date on which the Note Principal Balance is reduced to 10% or less of the Initial Note Principal Balance, the Servicer (if Ally Financial or an Affiliate of Ally Financial is the Servicer) shall have the option to
purchase the Series 2013-1 Noteholders’ Collateral and thereby cause a redemption of the Series 2013-1 Notes, at a purchase price equal to (i) if such day is a Distribution Date, the Reassignment Amount for such Distribution Date or
(ii) if such day is not a Distribution Date, the Reassignment Amount for the Distribution Date following such day. 
 (b)
Upon any such election, the Servicer shall give the Depositor, the Indenture Trustee, the Issuing Entity and, if applicable, other holders of the Certificate Interest at least 30 days prior written notice of the date on which the Servicer intends to
exercise such optional redemption as well as the Reassignment Amount and the Indenture Trustee shall provide notice to Holders of the Series 2013-1 Notes that it has received such notice from the Servicer. No later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City
time) on such day the Servicer shall deposit the Reassignment Amount into the Collection Account or, at the direction of the Depositor or election of the Servicer in an amount not to exceed the interest and principal to be paid with respect to the
Series 2013-1 Notes, the Note Defeasance Account, in immediately available funds. Such redemption option is subject to payment in full of the Reassignment Amount. Following such 

  
 49 

 
deposit into the Collection Amount or the Note Defeasance Account, as applicable, in accordance with the foregoing, the Invested Amount of the Series 2013-1 Notes shall be deemed reduced to zero
and the Series 2013-1 Noteholders shall be deemed to have no further interest in the Receivables. The Reassignment Amount shall be distributed as set forth in Section 7.02. 

SECTION 7.02 Series Legal Maturity. 
 (a) The amount to be paid by the Depositor with respect to Series 2013-1 in connection with a reassignment of the Noteholders’ Collateral pursuant to Section 2.5 of the Trust Sale and
Servicing Agreement shall be the Reassignment Amount for the first Distribution Date following the Collection Period in which the reassignment obligation arises under the Trust Sale and Servicing Agreement. With respect to the Reassignment Amount
deposited into the Collection Account or the Note Defeasance Account, as applicable, pursuant to Section 2.5 of the Trust Sale and Servicing Agreement or pursuant to Section 7.01 of this Indenture Supplement or the proceeds
from any Foreclosure Remedy pursuant to Section 5.4 of the Indenture, the Indenture Trustee shall, in accordance with the written direction of the Servicer, no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the related Distribution Date,
make deposits or distributions of the following amounts (in the priority set forth below and, in each case after giving effect to any deposits and distributions otherwise to be made on such date) in immediately available funds first, from amounts on
deposit in the Note Defeasance Account and, to the extent the amounts on deposit in the Note Defeasance Account are insufficient to make such allocations, second, from available funds on deposit in the Collection Account, to make the following
distributions or deposits in the following priority: 
 (i) (A) the Class A Note Principal Balance on such
Distribution Date shall be distributed to the Indenture Trustee for payment to the Class A Noteholders, pro rata, between the Class A-1 Noteholders and the Class A-2 Noteholders, and (B) an amount equal to the sum of (1) the
Class A Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date and (2) any Class A Monthly Interest previously due but not paid to the Class A Noteholders on prior Distribution Dates, shall be distributed to the Indenture Trustee for
payment to the Class A Noteholders, pro rata on the basis of the amount of Class A Monthly Interest owed, between the Class A-1 Noteholders and the Class A-2 Noteholders, on such Distribution Date; 

(ii) (A) the Class B Note Principal Balance on such Distribution Date shall be distributed to the Indenture Trustee for
payment to the Class B Noteholders and (B) an amount equal to the sum of (1) the Class B Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date and (2) any Class B Monthly Interest previously due but not paid to the Class B Noteholders on prior
Distribution Dates, shall be distributed to the Indenture Trustee for payment to the Class B Noteholders on such Distribution Date; 
 (iii) (A) the Class C Note Principal Balance on such Distribution Date shall be distributed to the Indenture Trustee for payment to the Class C Noteholders and (B) an amount equal to the sum of
(1) the Class C Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date 

  
 50 

 
and (2) any Class C Monthly Interest previously due but not paid to the Class C Noteholders on prior Distribution Dates, shall be distributed to the Indenture Trustee for payment to the
Class C Noteholders on such Distribution Date; 
 (iv) (A) the Class D Note Principal Balance on such
Distribution Date shall be distributed to the Indenture Trustee for payment to the Class D Noteholders and (B) an amount equal to the sum of (1) the Class D Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date and (2) any Class D Monthly
Interest previously due but not paid to the Class D Noteholders on prior Distribution Dates, shall be distributed to the Indenture Trustee for payment to the Class D Noteholders on such Distribution Date; and 

(v) the Class E Note Principal Balance on such Distribution Date shall be distributed to the Indenture Trustee for payment
to the Class E Noteholders on such Distribution Date. 
 (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture
Supplement, the Indenture or the Trust Sale and Servicing Agreement, (i) all amounts distributed to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 7.02(a) for payment to the Series 2013-1 Noteholders shall be deemed distributed in full
to the Series 2013-1 Noteholders on the date on which such funds are distributed to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section and shall be deemed to be a final distribution pursuant to Section 11.2 of the Indenture and (ii) in
the event that the amounts available for final distribution to the Series 2013-1 Noteholders and to the Noteholders of any other Series on any Distribution Date are less than the full amount required to be so distributed, the available amounts shall
be allocated to each Series based on the respective amounts required to be distributed to each such Series (including Series 2013-1) on such Distribution Date. 
 ARTICLE VIII 
 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 

SECTION 8.01 Ratification of Agreement. 
 As supplemented by this Indenture Supplement, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Indenture as so supplemented by this Indenture Supplement is to be read, taken and construed
as one and the same instrument. 
 SECTION 8.02 Form of Delivery of Series 2013-1 Notes. 

The Series 2013-1 Notes shall be delivered as Registered Notes as provided in Section 2.2 of the Indenture. 

SECTION 8.03 Counterparts. 
 This Indenture Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all counterparts shall together constitute one and the same
instrument. 

  
 51 

 SECTION 8.04 Governing Law. 

THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND EACH SERIES 2013-1 NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF OR OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 AND SECTION 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES
HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS. 
 SECTION 8.05 Effect of Headings and Table of
Contents. 
 The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect
the construction hereof. 
 SECTION 8.06 Notices. 

(a) The Issuing Entity (or the Servicer or Administrator on its behalf) shall deliver all notices, requests, consents or other
communications delivered to the Rating Agencies hereunder to Standard & Poor’s concurrently with the delivery thereof to the Rating Agencies. 
 (b) All notices, requests, reports, consents or other communications deliverable to the Rating Agencies hereunder or under any other Basic Document by the Owner Trustee, the Issuing Entity or the
Indenture Trustee shall instead be delivered to the Depositor, which shall promptly deliver such document to the Rating Agencies (which may be delivered by posting such document to the website maintained by the Depositor for notifications to
nationally recognized statistical rating organizations). 

  
 52 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuing Entity and the Indenture Trustee have caused this Indenture Supplement to be
duly executed by their respective duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	ALLY MASTER OWNER TRUST, as Issuing Entity
	
	 By HSBC Bank USA, National Association, not in
 its individual capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee

		
	By	 	/s/ Fernando Acebedo
		 	Name: Fernando Acebedo
		 	Title: Vice President

  

			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Indenture Trustee and Securities Intermediary
		
	By	 	/s/ Chad Schafer
		 	Name: Chad Schafer
		 	Title: Vice President

  

			
	 Acknowledged and Agreed, solely for
 purposes of Sections 5.04(c) and (d)

	
	HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee
		
	By	 	/s/ Fernando Acebedo
	Name: Fernando Acebedo
	Title: Vice President

  
 53 

 EXHIBIT A 
 FORM OF CLASS [A-1][A-2][B][C][D][E] NOTE 
 [Unless this Class [A-1][A-2] Note is
presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”), to the Issuing Entity or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Note issued is registered in
the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC) ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.] 

[This Class [B][C][D][E] Note has not and will not be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities Act”), or under the securities or blue sky laws of any State in the United States or any foreign securities laws. By its acceptance of this Class [B][C][D][E] Note (or interest therein), the Holder of this Class
[B][C][D][E] Note (or such interest), if other than the Depositor, is deemed to represent and warrant to the Depositor and the Indenture Trustee that it is a “Qualified Institutional Buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act
and is acquiring this Class [B][C][D][E] Note (or interest therein) for its own account (and not for the account of others) or as a fiduciary or agent for others (which others also are Qualified Institutional Buyers) or has otherwise acquired an
interest in the Class [B][C][D][E] Note in a transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.] 
 [No sale, pledge or other transfer of this Class [B][C][D][E] Note (or interest therein) may be made by any Person unless either (i) such sale, pledge or other transfer is made by or to the
Depositor, (ii) at the time of such sale, pledge or other transfer, (A) this Class [B][C][D][E] Note is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and such sale, pledge or other transfer is made to a person whom
the transferor “reasonably believes” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act (a “Qualified Institutional
Buyer”) acting for its own account or the accounts of other Qualified Institutional Buyers, and (B) the transferee is aware that the transferor of this Class [B][C][D][E] Note intends to rely on the exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A under the Securities Act, or (iii) such sale, pledge or other transfer is otherwise made in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, in which case
(A) the Indenture Trustee shall require that both the prospective transferor and the prospective transferee certify to the Indenture Trustee and the Depositor in writing the facts surrounding such transfer, which certification shall be in form
and substance satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee and the Depositor, and (B) the Indenture Trustee shall require a written opinion of 

  
 Ex. A-1

 
counsel (which will not be at the expense of the Seller, the Depositor, the Administrator, the Issuing Entity, the Servicer or the Indenture Trustee) satisfactory to the Depositor and the
Indenture Trustee to the effect that such transfer will not violate the Securities Act and satisfaction of certain other provisions specified herein.] 
 Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of this Note (or interest therein), hereby covenant and agree that by accepting the benefits of the Indenture such Noteholder or Note Owner shall not, prior to
the date which is one year and one day after the termination of the Indenture with respect to the Issuing Entity and, with respect to the Depositor, the Securities issued by each other trust formed by and each other financing by the Depositor,
acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Depositor or the Issuing Entity to invoke the process of any court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Depositor or the Issuing Entity under any
Insolvency Law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Depositor or the Issuing Entity or any substantial part of the property of either of them, or ordering the winding up or
liquidation of the affairs of the Depositor or the Issuing Entity. 
 Each Noteholder, by acceptance of this Note (or interest
therein), covenants and agrees that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuing Entity, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other
writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against: 
 (i) the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee
in its individual capacity; 
 (ii) the Depositor or any other owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuing
Entity; or 
 (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Indenture
Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuing Entity, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its
individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or
beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity. 

Except as expressly provided in the Basic Documents, none of the Seller, the Depositor, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee nor the Owner
Trustee in their respective individual capacities, any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuing Entity, nor any of 

  
 Ex. A-2

 
their respective partners, owners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees or successors or assigns, shall be personally liable for, nor shall recourse be had to any of them for,
the payment of principal of [or interest on], or performance of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants, obligations or indemnifications contained in this Note or the Indenture, it being expressly understood that said covenants, obligations
and indemnifications have been made solely by the Issuing Entity. Each Noteholder by accepting this Note (or any interest therein) acknowledges that such Noteholder’s Note (or interest therein) represents beneficial interests in the Issuing
Entity only and does not represent interests in or obligations of the Depositor, the Servicer, the Administrator, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or any Affiliate thereof (other than the Issuing Entity) and no recourse, either directly or
indirectly, may be had against such parties or their assets, except as may be expressly set forth or contemplated in the Basic Documents. Each Noteholder by the acceptance of a Note (or beneficial interest therein) agrees that except as expressly
provided in the Basic Documents, in the event of nonpayment of any amounts with respect to the Notes, it shall have no claim against any of Depositor, the Servicer, the Administrator, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or any Affiliate for any
deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuing Entity for any and all liabilities, obligations and
undertakings contained in the Indenture or in the Notes. 
 If any of the foregoing covenants of a Noteholder is prohibited by,
or declared illegal or otherwise unenforceable against or with respect to any Noteholder under applicable law by any court or other authority of competent jurisdiction, and, as a result, a Noteholder is deemed to have an interest in any assets of
the Depositor or any Affiliate of the Depositor other than the Issuing Entity (“other assets”), each Noteholder or Note Owner by the acceptance of this Note (or beneficial interest therein), agrees that (i) its claim against any such
other assets shall be, and hereby is, subject and subordinate in all respects to the rights of other Persons to whom rights in the other assets have been expressly granted (“entitled Persons”), including to the payment in full of all
amounts owing to such entitled Persons, and (ii) the covenant set forth in the preceding clause (i) constitutes a “subordination agreement” within the meaning of, and subject to, Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 [The holder of this Note, by acceptance of this Note, and each holder of a beneficial interest therein, unless otherwise
required by the appropriate taxing authorities, agree to treat this Note as indebtedness of the Issuing Entity for applicable United States federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes and any other taxes imposed upon, measured by or
based upon gross or net income.] 
 [Any holder of this Class [A-1][A-2][B][C][D] Note, by its acceptance of this Class
[A-1][A-2][B][C][D] Note, shall be deemed to have represented that either (a) it is not acquiring the Class [A-1][A-2][B][C][D] Note with the assets of (i) an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act 

  
 Ex. A-3

 
of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”)) that is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (ii) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the “Code”) which is subject to Section 4975 of the Code, (iii) an entity whose underlying assets are treated under regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as modified by Section 3(42) of
ERISA, to include plan assets by reason of investment by an employee benefit plan or a plan in such entity or (iv) any other plan that is subject to any law that is substantially similar to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code; or
(b) the acquisition and holding of the Class [A-1][A-2][B][C][D] Note will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a non-exempt violation of any substantially
similar applicable law. Employee benefit plans subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, plans subject to Section 4975 of the Code and entities whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of an employee benefit plan’s or
plan’s investment in such entity may not acquire this Class [A-1][A-2][B][C][D] Note at any time that this Class [A-1][A-2][B][C][D] Note would not be treated as indebtedness without substantial equity features [or the ratings on this Class
[B][C][D] Note are below investment grade]. [Any holder of this Class [E] Note, by its acceptance of this Class [E] Note, shall be deemed to have represented that (a) it is not acquiring the Class [E] Note with the plan assets of (i) an
employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”)) that is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (ii) a plan described in
Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) which is subject to Section 4975 of the Code, (iii) an entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of investment by an
employee benefit plan or a plan in such entity other than an insurance company general account (as defined in Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption (“PTCE”) 95-60) whose underlying assets include less than 25% “plan assets” and
for which the purchase and holding of the Class [E] Notes is eligible for and satisfied all conditions for relief under PTCE 95-60 or (iv) an employee benefit plan or plan that is not subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA or
Section 4975 of the Code if such acquisition would result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under, or a non-exempt violation of, any applicable law that is substantially similar to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.]

 [Transfer of this Class E Note may only be made to a Person who is a United States Person (within the meaning of
Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code). Any Person acquiring this Class E Note or an interest therein (i) shall not be deemed to have made the representations set forth in Section 2.14 of the Indenture and (ii) other
than the Depositor shall not acquire or hold this Class E Note or interest herein in the form of a Book Entry Note.] 
 [No
sale, pledge or other transfer may be made to any one person of a Class E Note with a face amount of less than the amount determined in accordance with Section 1.01(f) of the Indenture Supplement (in order to prevent the Issuing Entity
from being treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code, and, in the case 

  
 Ex. A-4

 
of any Person acting on behalf of one or more third parties (other than a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) acting in its fiduciary capacity), for a Class E Note
with a face amount of less than such amount for each such third party. Any attempted transfer in contravention of the immediately preceding restriction will be void ab initio and the purported transferor will continue to be treated as the
owner of the Class E Notes for all purposes. No Class E Note may be transferred unless the transferor provides to the Indenture Trustee an opinion of independent counsel that the transfer will not cause the Issuing Entity to be treated as an
association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.] 

  
 Ex. A-5

			
	Registered	  	$                    1
	No. R-    	  	CUSIP No.                  
		  	ISIN No.                
		  	Common Code                

 ALLY MASTER OWNER TRUST 
 SERIES 2013-1 [[FLOATING][FIXED] RATE ASSET 
 BACKED][ASSET BACKED EQUITY]
NOTE, CLASS [A-1][A-2][B][C][D][E] 
 Ally Master Owner Trust (herein referred to as the “Issuing Entity”),
a Delaware statutory trust governed by the Trust Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2010, for value received, hereby promises to pay to
                                    , or registered assigns,
subject to the following provisions, the principal sum of
                                         
                                        
DOLLARS, or such greater or lesser amount as determined in accordance with the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement (each referred to herein), on the February 2018 Distribution Date (the “Series 2013-1 Legal Maturity
Date”), except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement. Beginning on March 15, 2013, and on each Distribution Date thereafter until the principal amount of this Note is paid in full, the Issuing
Entity shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note at an annual rate equal to the Class [A-1][A-2][B][C][D] Note Interest Rate, as determined pursuant to the Indenture Supplement. Interest on this Note shall begin accruing from
February 21, 2013 (the “Closing Date”) and shall be payable in arrears on each Distribution Date, computed on the basis of a 360-day year and [the actual number of days elapsed][twelve 30-day months]. The principal of this Note
shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof. 
 The principal of [and interest] on this Note are payable in such
coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
 Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note. 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, by manual signature, this
Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid for any purpose. 
  

 

	1	 [This Class [A-1][A-2][B][C][D] Note may be issued in denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.][This Class E Asset
Backed Equity Note may be issued only in denominations equal to the Class E Note Principal Balance.] 

  
 Ex. A-6

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuing Entity has caused this Note to be duly executed. 

 

			
	ALLY MASTER OWNER TRUST, as Issuing Entity
	
	By HSBC Bank USA, National Association, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee
		
	By	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated: 
 INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 
 This is one of the Notes
described in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
  

			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Indenture Trustee
		
	By	 	 
		 	Authorized Officer

  
 Ex. A-7

 ALLY MASTER OWNER TRUST 

SERIES 2013-1 [[FLOATING][FIXED] RATE ASSET BACKED][ASSET BACKED 
 EQUITY] NOTE, CLASS [A-1][A-2][B][C][D][E] 
 Summary of Terms and Conditions

 This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuing Entity, designated as the Series 2013-1
[[Fixed][Floating] Rate] Asset Backed Notes (the “Notes”), issued under the Indenture, dated as of February 12, 2010 (the “Indenture”), between the Issuing Entity and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as
indenture trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”), as supplemented by the Series 2013-1 Indenture Supplement, dated as of February 21, 2013 (the “Indenture Supplement” and, together with the Indenture, the
“Series Agreement”), and representing the right to receive certain payments from the Issuing Entity. The Notes are subject to all of the terms of the Series Agreement. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Series
Agreement have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Series Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Series Agreement and this Note, the Series Agreement controls. 

The [Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes and the Class E Note] with
initial principal amounts of $[ ], $[ ], $[ ], $[ ], and $[ ], respectively, shall also be issued under the Series Agreement. [The rights of the holders of the [Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, and the
Class D Notes] to receive payments on [the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes] are senior to the rights of the holders of the Class [B][C][D][E] Notes to receive payments as
specified in the Series Agreement.] [The rights of the holders of [the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes, and the Class E Notes] to receive payments on [the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes]
are subordinate to the rights of the holders of the Class [A-1][A-2][B][C][D] Notes to receive payments as specified in the Series Agreement.] 
 The Noteholder, by its acceptance of this Note, agrees that it shall look solely to the property of the Issuing Entity allocated to the payment of the Notes for payment hereunder and under the Series
Agreement and that the Indenture Trustee is not liable to the Noteholders for any amount payable under the Notes or the Series Agreement or, except as expressly provided in the Series Agreement, subject to any liability under the Series Agreement.

 This Note does not purport to summarize the Series Agreement and reference is made to the Series Agreement for the interests,
rights and limitations of rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced thereby, and the rights, duties and immunities of the Indenture Trustee. 

  
 Ex. A-8

 The Class [A-1][A-2][B][C][D][E] Note Initial Principal Balance is
$[                    ]. The Class [A-1][A-2][B][C][D][E] Note Principal Balance on any date of determination shall be an amount equal to the
Class [A-1][A-2][B][C][D][E] Note Initial Principal Balance minus the aggregate amount of any principal payments made to the Class [A-1][A-2][B][C][D][E] Noteholders before such date. 

The Series 2013-1 Expected Maturity Date is the February 2016 Distribution Date, but principal with respect to the Class
[A-1][A-2][B][C][D][E] Notes may be paid earlier or later under certain circumstances described in the Series Agreement. If for one or more months during the Controlled Accumulation Period there are not sufficient funds to deposit the Controlled
Deposit Amount into the Note Distribution Account or, to the extent permitted by the Indenture Supplement, the Note Defeasance Account, then to the extent that excess funds are not available on subsequent Distribution Dates with respect to the
Controlled Accumulation Period to make up for such shortfalls, the final payment of principal of the Notes shall occur later than the Series 2013-1 Expected Maturity Date. Payments of principal of the Notes shall be payable in accordance with the
provisions of the Series Agreement. 
 Subject to the terms and conditions of the Series Agreement, the Depositor may, from time
to time, direct the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Issuing Entity, to issue one or more new Series of notes. 
 On each
Distribution Date, the Indenture Trustee shall distribute to each Class [A-1][A-2][B][C][D][E] Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (except for the final distribution in respect of this Note) such Class [A-1][A-2][B][C][D][E]
Noteholder’s pro rata share of the amounts held by the Indenture Trustee that are allocated and available on such Distribution Date to pay [interest and] principal on the Class [A-1][A-2][B][C][D][E] Notes pursuant to the Indenture Supplement.
Except as provided in the Series Agreement with respect to a final distribution, distributions to the Noteholders shall be made by (a) wire transfer (to the account specified by the applicable Noteholder) or check mailed to the applicable
Noteholder (at such Noteholder’s address as it appears in the Note Register), except that with respect to any Notes registered in the name of the nominee of a Clearing Agency, such distribution shall be made in immediately available funds and
(b) without presentation or surrender of any Note or the making of any notation thereon. Final payment of this Note shall be made only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the office or agency specified in the notice of final
distribution delivered by the Indenture Trustee to the Noteholders in accordance with the Series Agreement. 
 On any day
occurring on or after the date on which the Note Principal Balance is reduced to 10% or less of the Initial Note Principal Balance, the Servicer (if Ally Financial or an Affiliate of Ally Financial is the Servicer) shall have the option to redeem
the Notes, at a purchase price equal to (a) if such day is a Distribution Date, the Reassignment Amount for such Distribution Date or (b) if such day is not a Distribution Date, the Reassignment Amount for the Distribution Date following
such day. 

  
 Ex. A-9

 This Note does not represent an obligation of, or an interest in, Ally Bank, Ally Financial,
Inc., Ally Wholesale Enterprises LLC, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee or any Affiliate of any of them (other than the Issuing Entity) and is not insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency or instrumentality. 

The Issuing Entity is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate subject to the rights of the
Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders. 
 [Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture Supplement, the Class
[A-1][A-2][B][C][D] Notes are issuable only in minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.][Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture Supplement, the Class E Notes are issuable only in a minimum denomination of 100% of
the Class E Note Principal Balance] The transfer of this Note shall be registered in the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at any office or agency maintained by the Transfer Agent and Registrar accompanied by a
written instrument of transfer, in a form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, duly executed by the Noteholder or such Noteholder’s attorney, and duly authorized in writing with such signature guaranteed,
and thereupon one or more new Class [A-1][A-2][B][C][D][E] Notes in any authorized denominations of like aggregate principal amount shall be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. 

As provided in the Series Agreement and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Class [A-1][A-2][B][C][D][E] Notes are
exchangeable for new Class [A-1][A-2][B][C][D][E] Notes in any authorized denominations and of like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of such Notes to be exchanged at the office or agency of the Transfer Agent and Registrar. No service
charge may be imposed for any such exchange but the Issuing Entity or Transfer Agent and Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. 

The Issuing Entity, the Depositor, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuing Entity, the Depositor or the Indenture Trustee
shall treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and none of the Issuing Entity, the Depositor, the Indenture Trustee or any agent of the Issuing Entity, the Depositor or the Indenture Trustee shall
be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 This Note is to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York,
without reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder are to be determined in accordance with such laws. 

  
 Ex. A-10

 ASSIGNMENT 
 Social Security or other identifying number of
assignee                                       
          
 FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the
undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 (name and address
of assignee) 
 the within note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints
                                         
                                         
                                         
                 , attorney, to transfer said note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises. 

 

							
	Dated:                            
                            	 		 	2
		 		 	Signature Guaranteed:
				
		 		 		 	 
		 		 		 	
		 		 		 	

  
  

	2 	 NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every
particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever. 

  
 Ex. A-11

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF MONTHLY STATEMENT 
  

 
 ALLY MASTER
OWNER TRUST 
 SERIES 2013-1 ASSET BACKED NOTES 

 
  

  
 Ex. BExhibit 10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 
 Execution Copy 
 AMENDMENT No. 2, dated as of February 15,
2013 (this “Amendment”), to the Credit Agreement dated as of February 24, 2011 as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 dated as of May 16, 2012, among BURLINGTON COAT FACTORY WAREHOUSE CORPORATION, a Delaware
corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party to the Credit Agreement (the “Lenders”), JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the
“Administrative Agent”) and Collateral Agent and the other parties thereto (as amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the Borrower, the Facility
Guarantors party hereto, each Lender party hereto and the Administrative Agent, as Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement. 

WHEREAS, the Borrower desires to amend the Credit Agreement on the terms set forth herein; 

WHEREAS, Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement provides that the relevant Loan Parties and the Required Lenders may amend the Credit
Agreement and the other Loan Documents; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises contained herein and for other good
and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows: 
 Section 1. Amendment. The Credit Agreement is, effective as of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date (as defined below), hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated
textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text) and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example:
double-underlined text) as set forth in the pages of the Credit Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto. 
 Section 2. Representations and Warranties, No Default. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that as of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date (as defined below), after giving
effect to the amendments set forth in this Amendment, (i) no Default or Event of Default exists and is continuing and (ii) all representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects
on and as of the date hereof, as though made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they were true and correct in all material respects as of
such earlier date (provided that representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality are true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification thereof) in all respects on and as of the date hereof or as of the specifically
referenced earlier date, as the case may be), except to the extent of the representations and warranties regarding the good standing of the following entities: Baby Depot of California, LLC; Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Ventura, Inc.;
Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Memphis, Inc.; Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Hickory Commons, Inc.; and Burlington Coat Factory of New Mexico, LLC. 

 Section 3. Effectiveness. Section 1 of this Amendment shall become
effective on the date (such date, if any, the “Amendment No. 2 Effective Date”) that the following conditions have been satisfied or waived: 

(i) Consents. The Administrative Agent shall have received executed signature pages hereto from Lenders
constituting the Required Lenders and each Loan Party; 
 (ii) Fees. The Administrative Agent shall have
received (x) all fees required to be paid, and all expenses required to be paid or reimbursed under Section 9.03(a) of the Credit Agreement for which invoices have been presented at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Amendment
No. 2 Effective Date, in each case on or before the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date; and (y) for the ratable account of each Lender that, prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, provided the Administrative Agent with a counterpart to
this Amendment No. 2 executed by such Lender, a payment equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Term B-1 Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date; 

(iii) Officer’s Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible
Officer of the Borrower dated the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date certifying as to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2. 
 Section 4. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and
delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or any other electronic transmission shall
be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. 
 Section 5. Applicable Law. 

(a) THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER THIS AMENDMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS
OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS AMENDMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AMENDMENT, EACH PARTY HERETO CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE
COURTS. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, 

  
 -2-

 
INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED HERETO. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY NEW YORK
LAW. 
 Section 6. Headings. The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall
not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 
 Section 7. Effect of Amendment. Except as expressly set
forth herein, (i) this Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or any other Agent, in each case under the Credit
Agreement or any other Loan Document, and (ii) shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other provision of either such
agreement or any other Loan Document. Each and every term, condition, obligation, covenant and agreement contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document is hereby ratified and re-affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force
and effect. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document for purposes of the Credit Agreement and from and after the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, all references to the Credit Agreement in any Loan Document and all references in the Credit
Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall, unless expressly provided otherwise, refer to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.
Each of the Loan Parties hereby consents to this Amendment and confirms that all obligations of such Loan Party under the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party shall continue to apply to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

 Section 8. Reaffirmation. Each of the Loan Parties hereby consents to the amendment of the Credit
Agreement described in Section 1 of this Amendment and hereby confirms its respective guarantees, pledges, grants of security interests, subordinations and other obligations, as applicable, under and subject to the terms of each of the Loan
Documents to which it is party, and confirms, agrees and acknowledges that, notwithstanding the consummation of this Amendment, such guarantees, pledges, grants of security interests, subordinations and other obligations, and the terms of each of
the Loan Documents to which it is a party, except as expressly modified by this Amendment, are not affected or impaired in any manner whatsoever and shall continue to be in full force and effect and shall also guarantee and secure all obligations as
amended and reaffirmed pursuant to the Credit Agreement and this Amendment. Each of the Loan Parties confirms, acknowledges and agrees that the Lenders are “Lenders” and “Secured Parties” for all purposes under the Loan
Documents. For the avoidance of doubt, each Loan Party hereby restates the provisions of Section 2.01 of the Security Agreement and Section 2 of the Pledge Agreement and agrees that all references in the Security Agreement and the
Pledge Agreement to the “Secured Obligations” shall include the Term B-1 Loans. 

  
 -3-

 Section 9. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. 

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY); AND WAIVES DUE DILIGENCE, DEMAND, PRESENTMENT AND PROTEST AND ANY NOTICES THEREOF AS WELL AS NOTICE OF
NONPAYMENT. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING
WAIVERS, AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AMENDMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION. 

  
 -4-

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by
their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	 BURLINGTON COAT FACTORY WAREHOUSE CORPORATION, as Borrower

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert LaPenta, Jr.

		 	Name: Robert LaPenta, Jr.
		 	Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
	
	BURLINGTON COAT FACTORY HOLDINGS, LLC, as Facility Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert LaPenta, Jr.

		 	Name: Robert LaPenta, Jr.
		 	Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
	
	BURLINGTON COAT FACTORY INVESTMENTS HOLDINGS, INC., as Facility Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert LaPenta, Jr.

		 	Name: Robert LaPenta, Jr.
		 	Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
	
	EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARIES LISTED ON ANNEX A HERETO, as Facility Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert LaPenta, Jr.

		 	Name: Robert LaPenta, Jr.
		 	Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

 [Signature Page to Amendment] 

 ANNEX A 
 Facility Guarantors 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Alabama, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Anchorage, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Arizona, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Arkansas, LLC 

Baby Depot of California, LLC 
 Burlington Coat
Factory of California, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of San Bernardino, LLC 
 MJM Designer Shoes of California, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Colorado, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Connecticut, LLC 

Cohoes Fashions of Connecticut, LLC 
 Burlington
Coat Factory of Delaware, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Texas, L.P. 
 MJM Designer Shoes of Delaware, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Florida, LLC 

MJM Designer Shoes of Florida, LLC 
 Burlington
Coat Factory of Georgia, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Atlanta, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Hawaii, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Idaho, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Illinois, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of East St. Louis, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Indiana, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Iowa, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Kansas, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Kentucky, Inc. 

Burlington Coat Factory of Louisiana, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Maine, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Maryland, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Massachusetts, LLC 

Cohoes Fashions of Massachusetts, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Michigan, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Detroit, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Redford, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Grand
Rapids, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Minnesota, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Mississippi, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Missouri, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Montana, LLC 
 [Signature Page to Amendment] 

 Burlington Coat Factory of Nebraska, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Nevada, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of New Hampshire, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory Direct Corporation 

Burlington Coat Factory of New Jersey, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Edgewater Park, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of New Jersey, Inc. 
 Cohoes Fashions of New Jersey, LLC

 MJM Designer Shoes of Moorestown, Inc. 
 MJM Designer Shoes of New Jersey, LLC 
 Super Baby Depot of Moorestown, Inc. 

Burlington Coat Factory of New Mexico, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of New York, LLC 

Georgetown Fashions Inc. 
 Monroe G. Milstein,
Inc. 
 Cohoes Fashions of New York, LLC 

MJM Designer Shoes of New York, LLC 
 Burlington
Coat Factory of North Carolina, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of North Dakota, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Ohio, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Cleveland, Inc.

 Burlington Coat Factory of Oklahoma, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Oregon, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Bristol, LLC

 Burlington Coat Factory of Pennsylvania, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Montgomeryville, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of
Cheltenham, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Langhorne, Inc. 
 Burlington Factory Warehouse of Reading, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Inc. 

MJM Designer Shoes of Pennsylvania, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Puerto Rico, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Rhode Island, LLC 

Cohoes Fashions of Cranston, Inc. 
 Burlington
Coat Factory of South Carolina, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Charleston, Inc. 

Burlington Coat Factory of South Dakota, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Memphis, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Shelby, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Hickory
Commons, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Baytown, Inc. 
 MJM Designer Shoes of Texas, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Utah, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Vermont, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Virginia, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Pocono Crossing, LLC 
 [Signature Page to Amendment] 

 BCF Cards, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Coliseum, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Washington, LLC

 Burlington Coat Factory of West Virginia, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Wisconsin, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Huntsville, LLC

 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Mesa, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Desert Sky, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Dublin, Inc.

 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Florin, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Ventura, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Realty of East Windsor, Inc.

 Burlington Coat Factory of Texas, Inc. 
 C.F.I.C. Corporation 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty Corp. 

Burlington Coat Factory Realty of University Square, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Coral Springs, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of West
Colonial, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Orlando, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Sarasota, Inc. 
 K&T Acquisition Corp. 

Bee Ridge Plaza, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory
Realty of Morrow, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Realty of Gurnee, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Bloomingdale, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of River
Oaks, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Greenwood, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of North Attleboro, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Des
Peres, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Realty of Las Vegas, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Edgewater Park, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Paramus,
Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Pinebrook, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Edgewater Park Urban Renewal Corp. 
 Burlington Coat Factory
Realty of Yonkers, Inc. 
 LC Acquisition Corp. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Tulsa, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of West Mifflin,
Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Langhorne, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Whitehall, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Memphis, Inc.

 Burlington Coat Realty of Plano, Inc. 

Burlington Coat Realty of Houston, Inc. 

Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Westmoreland, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Bellaire, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of El Paso, Inc.

 [Signature Page to Amendment] 

 Burlington Coat Realty of Potomac, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Fairfax, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Coliseum, Inc.

 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Franklin, Inc. 
 Scottchris, LLC 
 Burlington Stores Corporation 

[Signature Page to Amendment] 

 
			
	JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
	      as Administrative Agent
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jennifer Heard

		 	Name: Jennifer Heard
		 	Title:   Authorized Officer

 [Signature Page to Amendment] 

 Exhibit A 
 CREDIT AGREEMENT 
 dated as of February 24, 2011 

and as Amended by Amendment No. 1 on May 16, 2012 
 and as further Amended by Amendment No. 2 on February 15, 2013 

BURLINGTON COAT FACTORY WAREHOUSE CORPORATION, 
 as Borrower 
 THE FACILITY GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., 
 as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent 
 GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC,

 as Syndication Agent 
 THE LENDERS 
 NAMED HEREIN 

And 
 J.P. MORGAN
SECURITIES LLC, 
 GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC, 
 MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED, 
 WELLS FARGO
SECURITIES, LLC, 
 as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Runners 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	
	 ARTICLE I
  

DEFINITIONS
	   
 
   

			
	 SECTION 1.01
	 	 Definitions
	  	 	1	  
	 SECTION 1.02
	 	 Terms Generally
	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 1.03
	 	 Accounting Terms
	  	 	35	  
	 SECTION 1.04
	 	 Rounding
	  	 	35	  
	 SECTION 1.05
	 	 Times of Day
	  	 	35	  
	 SECTION 1.06
	 	 Certifications
	  	 	36	  
	
	 ARTICLE II
  

AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT
	   
 
   

			
	 SECTION 2.01
	 	 Commitment of the Lenders
	  	 	3536	  
	 SECTION 2.02
	 	 Reserved
	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 2.03
	 	 Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing
	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 2.04
	 	 Repayment of Term Loans
	  	 	3637	  
	 SECTION 2.05
	 	 Incremental Term Loans
	  	 	37	  
	 SECTION 2.06
	 	 Extended Term Loans
	  	 	38	  
	 SECTION 2.07
	 	 Notes
	  	 	39	  
	 SECTION 2.08
	 	 Interest on Term Loans
	  	 	3940	  
	 SECTION 2.09
	 	 Conversion and Continuation of Term Loans
	  	 	40	  
	 SECTION 2.10
	 	 Alternate Rate of Interest for Term Loans
	  	 	4041	  
	 SECTION 2.11
	 	 Change in Legality
	  	 	41	  
	 SECTION 2.12
	 	 Default Interest
	  	 	41	  
	 SECTION 2.13
	 	 Reserved
	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 2.14
	 	 Increased Costs
	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 2.15
	 	 Reserved
	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 2.16
	 	 Optional Prepayment of Term Loans; Reimbursement of Lenders
	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 2.17
	 	 Mandatory Prepayment
	  	 	45	  
	 SECTION 2.18
	 	 Reserved
	  	 	47	  
	 SECTION 2.19
	 	 Fees
	  	 	47	  
	 SECTION 2.20
	 	 Maintenance of Loan Account; Statements of Account
	  	 	47	  
	 SECTION 2.21
	 	 Payments
	  	 	47	  
	 SECTION 2.22
	 	 Reserved
	  	 	4748	  
	 SECTION 2.23
	 	 Taxes
	  	 	4748	  
	 SECTION 2.24
	 	 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders
	  	 	51	  
	
	 ARTICLE III
  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
	   
 
   

			
	 SECTION 3.01
	 	 Organization; Powers
	  	 	52	  
	 SECTION 3.02
	 	 Authorization; Enforceability
	  	 	52	  
	 SECTION 3.03
	 	 Governmental and Other Approvals; No Conflicts
	  	 	52	  
	 SECTION 3.04
	 	 Financial Condition
	  	 	52	  
	 SECTION 3.05
	 	 Properties
	  	 	53	  
	 SECTION 3.06
	 	 Litigation and Environmental Matters
	  	 	53	  

  
 - i-

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
			
	 SECTION 3.07
	 	 Compliance with Laws and Agreements
	  	 	54	  
	 SECTION 3.08
	 	 Investment and Holding Company Status
	  	 	5354	  
	 SECTION 3.09
	 	 Taxes
	  	 	54	  
	 SECTION 3.10
	 	 ERISA
	  	 	54	  
	 SECTION 3.11
	 	 Disclosure
	  	 	54	  
	 SECTION 3.12
	 	 Subsidiaries
	  	 	55	  
	 SECTION 3.13
	 	 Insurance
	  	 	55	  
	 SECTION 3.14
	 	 Labor Matters
	  	 	5455	  
	 SECTION 3.15
	 	 Security Documents
	  	 	55	  
	 SECTION 3.16
	 	 Federal Reserve Regulations
	  	 	55	  
	 SECTION 3.17
	 	 Solvency
	  	 	56	  
	
	 ARTICLE IV
  

CONDITIONS
	   
 
   

			
	 SECTION 4.01
	 	 Closing Date
	  	 	56	  
	
	 ARTICLE V
  

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
	   
 
   

			
	 SECTION 5.01
	 	 Financial Statements and Other Information
	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 5.02
	 	 Notices of Material Events
	  	 	59	  
	 SECTION 5.03
	 	 Information Regarding Collateral
	  	 	60	  
	 SECTION 5.04
	 	 Existence; Conduct of Business
	  	 	5960	  
	 SECTION 5.05
	 	 Payment of Obligations
	  	 	60	  
	 SECTION 5.06
	 	 Maintenance of Properties
	  	 	60	  
	 SECTION 5.07
	 	 Insurance
	  	 	60	  
	 SECTION 5.08
	 	 Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights; Appraisals; Accountants
	  	 	61	  
	 SECTION 5.09
	 	 Reserved
	  	 	62	  
	 SECTION 5.10
	 	 Compliance with Laws
	  	 	62	  
	 SECTION 5.11
	 	 Use of Proceeds
	  	 	62	  
	 SECTION 5.12
	 	 Additional Subsidiaries
	  	 	62	  
	 SECTION 5.13
	 	 Further Assurances
	  	 	62	  
	 SECTION 5.14
	 	 Post Closing Covenants
	  	 	62	  
	
	 ARTICLE VI
  

NEGATIVE COVENANTS
	   
 
   

			
	 SECTION 6.01
	 	 Indebtedness and Other Obligations
	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 6.02
	 	 Liens
	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 6.03
	 	 Fundamental Changes
	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 6.04
	 	 Investments, Guarantees and Acquisitions
	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 6.05
	 	 Asset Sales
	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 6.06
	 	 Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of Indebtedness
	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 6.07
	 	 Transactions with Affiliates
	  	 	65	  
	 SECTION 6.08
	 	 Restrictive Agreements
	  	 	65	  
	 SECTION 6.09
	 	 Amendment of Material Documents
	  	 	66	  
	 SECTION 6.10
	 	 Financial Performance Covenants
	  	 	66	  
	 SECTION 6.11
	 	 Fiscal Year
	  	 	67	  

  
 - ii-

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	
	 ARTICLE VII
  

EVENTS OF DEFAULT
	   
 
   

			
	 SECTION 7.01
	 	 Events of Default
	  	 	67	  
	 SECTION 7.02
	 	 Remedies on Default
	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 7.03
	 	 Application of Proceeds
	  	 	70	  
	
	 ARTICLE VIII
  

THE AGENTS
	   
 
   

			
	 SECTION 8.01
	 	 Appointment and Administration by Administrative Agent
	  	 	71	  
	 SECTION 8.02
	 	 Appointment of Collateral Agent
	  	 	71	  
	 SECTION 8.03
	 	 Sharing of Excess Payments
	  	 	71	  
	 SECTION 8.04
	 	 Agreement of Applicable Lenders
	  	 	72	  
	 SECTION 8.05
	 	 Liability of Agents
	  	 	72	  
	 SECTION 8.06
	 	 Notice of Default
	  	 	73	  
	 SECTION 8.07
	 	 Credit Decisions
	  	 	73	  
	 SECTION 8.08
	 	 Reimbursement and Indemnification
	  	 	7273	  
	 SECTION 8.09
	 	 Rights of Agents
	  	 	73	  
	 SECTION 8.10
	 	 Notice of Transfer
	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 8.11
	 	 Successor Agents
	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 8.12
	 	 Relation Among the Lenders
	  	 	7374	  
	 SECTION 8.13
	 	 Reports and Financial Statements
	  	 	7374	  
	 SECTION 8.14
	 	 Agency for Perfection
	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 8.15
	 	 Authority to Enter Into Intercreditor Agreements
	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 8.16
	 	 Collateral Matters
	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 8.17
	 	 Syndication Agent and Arrangers
	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 8.18
	 	 Withholding Taxes
	  	 	75	  
	
	 ARTICLE IX
  

MISCELLANEOUS
	   
 
   

			
	 SECTION 9.01
	 	 Notices
	  	 	76	  
	 SECTION 9.02
	 	 Waivers; Amendments
	  	 	77	  
	 SECTION 9.03
	 	 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver
	  	 	79	  
	 SECTION 9.04
	 	 Successors and Assigns
	  	 	80	  
	 SECTION 9.05
	 	 Survival
	  	 	8384	  
	 SECTION 9.06
	 	 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness
	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 9.07
	 	 Severability
	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 9.08
	 	 Right of Setoff
	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 9.09
	 	 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process
	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 9.10
	 	 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
	  	 	86	  
	 SECTION 9.11
	 	 Press Releases and Related Matters
	  	 	86	  
	 SECTION 9.12
	 	 Headings
	  	 	86	  
	 SECTION 9.13
	 	 Interest Rate Limitation
	  	 	86	  
	 SECTION 9.14
	 	 Additional Waivers
	  	 	8586	  
	 SECTION 9.15
	 	 Confidentiality
	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 9.16
	 	 Patriot Act
	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 9.17
	 	 Foreign Asset Control Regulations
	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 9.18
	 	 Intercreditor Agreements
	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 9.19
	 	 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility
	  	 	89	  

  
 -iii-

 EXHIBITS 

 

			
	Exhibit A:	  	Form of Assignment and Acceptance
	Exhibit B-1:	  	Borrowing Request
	Exhibit B-2:	  	Conversion/Continuation Notice
	Exhibit C:	  	Form of Note
	Exhibit D:	  	Form of Joinder
	Exhibit E:	  	Form of Compliance Certificate
	Exhibit F:	  	Closing Agenda
	Exhibit G:	  	Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement
	Exhibit H:	  	Discounted Prepayment Option Notice
	Exhibit I:	  	Lender Participation Notice
	Exhibit J:	  	Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice
	Exhibit K:	  	Affiliated Lender Assignment and Acceptance
	Exhibit L-1	  	Form of Tax Status Certificate
	Exhibit L-2	  	Form of Tax Status Certificate
	Exhibit L-3	  	Form of Tax Status Certificate
	Exhibit L-4	  	Form of Tax Status Certificate

 SCHEDULES 
  

			
	Schedule 1.1(a):	  	Lenders and Commitments
	Schedule 1.1(b):	  	Pending Real Estate Dispositions
	Schedule 3.01:	  	Organization Information
	Schedule 3.05(a):	  	Title Exceptions
	Schedule 3.05(b):	  	Intellectual Property
	Schedule 3.05(c)(i):	  	Owned Real Estate
	Schedule 3.05(c)(ii):	  	Leased Real Estate
	Schedule 3.06(a):	  	Disclosed Matters
	Schedule 3.06(b):	  	Environmental Matters
	Schedule 3.06(c):	  	Superfund Sites
	Schedule 3.06(d):	  	Real Estate Liens
	Schedule 3.10:	  	ERISA Matters
	Schedule 3.12:	  	Subsidiaries; Joint Ventures
	Schedule 3.13:	  	Insurance
	Schedule 3.14:	  	Collective Bargaining Agreements
	Schedule 5.14:	  	Post Closing Covenants
	Schedule 6.01:	  	Existing Indebtedness
	Schedule 6.02:	  	Existing Encumbrances
	Schedule 6.04:	  	Existing Investments
	Schedule 6.05:	  	Asset Sales
	Schedule 6.07:	  	Affiliate Transactions

  
 - iv-

 CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of February 24, 2011 (as amended on May 16,
2012 and February 15, 2013) 
 among:

 BURLINGTON COAT FACTORY WAREHOUSE CORPORATION (in such capacity, the “Borrower”), a corporation
organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, with its principal executive offices at 1830 Route 130, Burlington, New Jersey 08016; 
 The FACILITY GUARANTORS from time to time party hereto; 
 JPMORGAN CHASE
BANK, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”), for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured
Parties; and 
 The LENDERS party hereto; 
 in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and benefits to be derived herefrom, the parties hereto agree as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 
 Definitions 

SECTION 1.01 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below: 

“ABL Agreement” means that certain amended and restated credit agreement dated January 15, 2010 by and among the
Borrower, as the lead borrower, the other borrowers named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and as collateral agent as replaced by any successor agent, and the lenders identified therein, as amended, restated, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “ABL Borrowings Amount” means, as of any date (the “Reference
Date”), an amount equal to (a) the sum of the aggregate amount of Revolving Credit Loans of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries outstanding as of the Reference Date and the last day of each of the eleven months ending immediately prior
to the Reference Date divided by (b) twelve. 
 “ABL Facility” means the revolving credit loan facility
established pursuant to the ABL Agreement, as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, supplemented, refinanced or replaced from time to time. 
 “ABL Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of April 13, 2006 by and among Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as predecessor administrative
agent and collateral agent to the Term Agent (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) thereunder, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and as collateral agent under the ABL Facility, and the Loan Parties, as amended, restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “Acceptable Discount” has the meaning provided in
SECTION 2.16(d)(iii). 
 “Acceptance Date” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.16(d)(ii). 

“Account(s)” means “accounts” as defined in the UCC, and also means a right to payment of a monetary
obligation, whether or not earned by performance, (a) for property that has been or is to be sold, leased, licensed, assigned, or otherwise disposed of, (b) for services rendered or to be rendered, or (c) arising out of the use of a
credit or charge card or information contained on or for use with the card. The term “Account” does not include (a) rights to payment evidenced by chattel paper or an instrument, (b) commercial tort claims, (c) deposit
accounts, (d) investment property, or (e) letter-of-credit rights or letters of credit. 

 “Acquired EBITDA” means, with respect to any entity or business acquired in
a Permitted Acquisition (any of the foregoing, an “Acquired Entity”), for any period, the amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Acquired Entity for such period (determined using such definition as if references to the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries therein were to such Acquired Entity and its Subsidiaries), all as determined on a Consolidated basis for such Acquired Entity in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Acquired Entity” has the meaning provided in the definition of “Acquired EBITDA.” 
 “Acquisition” means, with respect to a specified Person, (a) an Investment in or a purchase of a 50% or greater interest in the Capital Stock of any other Person, (b) a purchase
or acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person, (c) a purchase or acquisition of a Real Estate portfolio or Stores from any other Person, or (d) any merger or consolidation of such Person with any other Person
or other transaction or series of transactions resulting in the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets, or a 50% or greater interest in the Capital Stock of, any Person, in each case in any transaction or group of transactions which
are part of a common plan. 
 “Additional Term B-1 Commitment” means, with respect to each Additional Term B-1
Lender, its commitment to make a Term B-1 Loan on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date in an amount set forth on the joinder agreement of such Additional Term B-1 Lender. The aggregate amount of the Additional Term B-1 Commitments of all
Additional Term B-1 Lenders shall equal the outstanding principal amount of Non-Converted Term B Loans. 
 “Additional
Term B-1 Lender” shall mean a Person with an Additional Term B-1 Commitment. 
 “Adjusted LIBO Rate”
means, with respect to any LIBO Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of one percent) equal to the greater of (i) the product of (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest
Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate and (ii) 1.25%. At any time the Adjusted LIBO Rate is determined pursuant to clause (i) of the preceding sentence, the Adjusted LIBO Rate will be adjusted automatically as to
all LIBO Borrowings then outstanding as of the effective date of any change in the Statutory Reserve Rate. 

“Administrative Agent” has the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement. 

“Administrative Questionnaire” means an administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

 “Advisory Agreement” means the Advisory Agreement dated as of April 13, 2006 by and among BCF Holdings,
the Borrower and Bain Capital Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as amended and in effect from time to time in a manner not prohibited hereunder. 
 “Advisory Fees” means annual advisory fees, closing fees and transaction fees and related expenses payable by the Loan Parties pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, but not to exceed the
amounts payable thereunder as in effect on the Closing Date. 
 “Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified
Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. 
 “Agents” means collectively, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent. 
 “Agreement” means this Credit Agreement, as modified, amended, supplemented or restated, and in effect from time to time. 

“Agreement Value” means for each Hedge Agreement, on any date of determination, an amount equal to: 

(a) In the case of a Hedge Agreement documented pursuant to an ISDA Master Agreement, the amount, if any, that would be
payable by any Loan Party to its counterparty to such Hedge Agreement, as if (i) such Hedge Agreement was being terminated early on such date of determination and (ii) such Loan Party was the sole “Affected Party” (as therein
defined); 

  
 - 2-

 (b) In the case of a Hedge Agreement traded on an exchange, the
mark-to-market value of such Hedge Agreement, which will be the unrealized loss, if any, on such Hedge Agreement to the Loan Party which is party to such Hedge Agreement, based on the settlement price of such Hedge Agreement on such date of
determination; or 
 (c) In all other cases, the mark-to-market value of such Hedge Agreement, which will be the
unrealized loss, if any, on such Hedge Agreement to the Loan Party that is party to such Hedge Agreement as the amount, if any, by which (i) the present value of the future cash flows to be paid by such Loan Party exceeds (ii) the present
value of the future cash flows to be received by such Loan Party, in each case pursuant to such Hedge Agreement. 

“Amendment No. 1” means Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2012, by and among the
Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 1 Consenting Lenders. 
 “Amendment No. 1
Consenting Lender” means each Lender that provided the Administrative Agent with a counterpart to Amendment No. 1 executed by such Lender. 
 “Amendment No. 1 Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Amendment No. 1. 
 “Applicable Discount” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.16(d)(iii). 
 “Applicable Law” means as to any Person: (a) all laws, statutes, rules, regulations, orders, codes, ordinances or other requirements having the force of law; and (b) all court
orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, enforceable notices, binding agreements and/or rulings, in each case of or by any Governmental Authority which has jurisdiction over such Person, or any property of such Person. 

“Applicable Lenders” means the Required Lenders or all Lenders, as applicable. 

“Applicable Margin” means 4.25%, in the case of Term B-1 Loans which are LIBO Loans, and 3.25%, in the case of Term B-1
Loans which are Prime Rate Loans. The Incremental Term Loans and Extended Term Loans shall have Applicable Margins as set forth in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Amendment or Term Loan Extension Amendment; provided, that, in the event
that the Yield applicable to any Incremental Term Loans (other than Refinancing Term Loans) of any Class would be more than 0.50% greater than the Yield for the Term B-1 Loans, the Applicable Margins set forth above for the Term B-1 Loans shall be
increased from those provided above so that the Yield for the Term B-1 Loans is equal to (x) the Yield for such Incremental Term Loans minus (y) 0.50%. 
 “Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers
or manages a Lender. 
 “Arrangers” means, collectively, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs Lending
Partners LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and bookrunners. 
 “Assignment and Acceptance” means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by SECTION 9.04), and
accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent. 
 “Available Amount” means, on any date (the “Specified Date”), an amount equal at such time to (a) the sum of (i) the excess, if positive, of (x) an amount,
not less than zero, equal to the cumulative amount of Excess Cash Flow for all full Fiscal Years commencing after the Closing Date (commencing with the Fiscal Year ending January 28, 2012) and prior to the Specified
Date; provided that no Restricted Payment may be made in reliance on this 

  
 - 3-

 
clause (x) unless such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments previously
made pursuant to SECTION 6.06(a)(vii) in reliance on this clause (x) does not exceed 50% of Consolidated Net Income (as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture) for the period, taken as a whole, from May 1, 2011 through the end of the last
day of the most recent fiscal quarter at the time of any such Restricted Payment for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to SECTION 5.01(a) or (b) minus (y) the portion of such Excess Cash Flow that
has been after the Closing Date and on or prior to the Specified Date applied to the prepayment of Loans in accordance with SECTION 2.17(d) plus (ii) the aggregate net cash proceeds (excluding proceeds constituting the Cure Amount and
excluding any proceeds that were relied upon as the basis for taking any other action under ARTICLE VI the permissibility of which was conditioned on the application of such proceeds for such purpose) received by the Borrower following the Closing
Date from the issuance and sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) or contributions to the capital of the Borrower; minus (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures made by any Loan
Party pursuant to SECTION 6.10(c)(ii) after the Closing Date and on or prior to the Specified Date plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Investments made in reliance on clause (t) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”
prior to such Specified Date (net of any cash return on such Investments received by any Loan Party from such Investments prior to such Specified Date) plus (iii) the aggregate amount of payments in respect of Specified Indebtedness made
pursuant to SECTION 6.06(b)(v) prior to such Specified Date plus (iv) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to SECTION 6.06(a)(vii). 

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11, U.S.C., as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto. 

“BCF Holdings” means Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc. 

“Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America. 

“Borrower” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement. 

“Borrowing” means the incurrence of Term Loans of a single Class and Type having, in the case of LIBO Loans, a single
Interest Period. 
 “Borrowing Base” means, as of any date, an amount equal to the sum of (x) 95% of the
face value of all accounts receivable of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and (y) 65% of the net book value of all inventory owned by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, in each case, calculated on a consolidated basis; provided,
however, that if Indebtedness is being incurred to finance an Acquisition pursuant to which any accounts receivable or inventory will be acquired (whether through the direct acquisition of assets or the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person),
the Borrowing Base shall be calculated to give appropriate pro forma effect to any increase in the amount of the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ accounts receivable and inventory resulting from such Acquisition. 

“Borrowing Request” means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with SECTION 2.03. 

“Breakage Costs” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.16(b). 

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York
are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided, however, that when used in connection with a LIBO Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar
deposits in the London interbank market. 
 “Capital Expenditures” means, with respect to the Loan Parties for
any period, the additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of the Loan Parties that are (or would be) set forth in a Consolidated statement of cash flows of the Loan Parties for such period prepared in accordance with
GAAP; provided that “Capital Expenditures” shall not include (i) any additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures made with (A) the proceeds of any equity securities issued or capital
contributions received by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary in connection with such capital expenditures, (B) the proceeds from any casualty insurance or condemnation or eminent domain, to the extent that the proceeds therefrom are utilized for
capital expenditures within twelve months of the receipt of such proceeds or (C) the proceeds or consideration received 

  
 - 4-

 
from any sale, trade in or other disposition of assets (other than assets constituting Collateral consisting of Inventory and Accounts), to the extent that the proceeds and/or consideration
therefrom are utilized for capital expenditures within twelve months of the receipt of such proceeds (or, in the case of a sale of Real Estate committed to be reinvested within 12 months of receipt of such proceeds and actually reinvested within 18
months of such receipt), (ii) any such expenditures which constitute a Permitted Acquisition, or (iii) any expenditures which are contractually required to be, and are, reimbursed to the Loan Parties in cash by a third party (including
landlords) during such period of calculation. 
 “Capital Lease Obligations” means, with respect to any Person
for any period, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and
accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP; for purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP (except for temporary treatment
of construction related expenditures under EITF 97-10, “The Effects of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction” which will ultimately be treated as operating leases upon a sale-leaseback transaction). 

“Capital Stock” means, as to any Person that is a corporation, the authorized shares of such Person’s capital
stock, including all classes of common, preferred, voting and nonvoting capital stock, and, as to any Person that is not a corporation or an individual, the membership or other ownership interests in such Person, including, without limitation, the
right to share in profits and losses, the right to receive distributions of cash and other property, and the right to receive allocations of items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit and similar items from such Person, whether or not such
interests include voting or similar rights entitling the holder thereof to exercise Control over such Person, collectively with, in any such case, all warrants, options and other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire, and all other instruments
convertible into or exchangeable for, any of the foregoing. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means Permitted Investments
set forth in clauses (a) through (e) in the definition thereof. 
 “CERCLA” means the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq. 
 “Change in Control”
means, at any time: 
 (a) any “change in/of control” or similar event as defined in any documents
governing the Senior Notes; 
 (b) after the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, any person or “group”
(within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than any one or more of the Sponsor Group, is or becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 or 13d-5 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, except that such person shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all Capital Stock that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly
or indirectly, of (i) thirty-five percent (35%) or more (on a fully diluted basis) of the total then outstanding Capital Stock of BCF Holdings (or Parent if the Qualifying IPO is undertaken by Parent) entitled to vote for the election of
directors of BCF Holdings (or Parent, if applicable), and (ii) Capital Stock of BCF Holdings (or Parent, if applicable) entitled to vote for the election of directors of the BCF Holdings (or Parent, if applicable) in an amount greater than the
number of shares of such Capital Stock beneficially owned by the Sponsor Group (or over which the Sponsor Group has voting control); or 
 (c) Parent fails at any time to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Capital Stock of the Borrower, except where such failure is as a result of a transaction permitted by the Loan Documents.

 “Change in Law” means (a) the adoption of any Applicable Law after the Closing Date, (b) any
change in any Applicable Law or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the Closing Date or (c) compliance by any Credit Party (or, for purposes of SECTION 2.14, by any lending office of such Credit

  
 - 5-

 
Party or by such Credit Party’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after
the Closing Date; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection
therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory
authorities (or foreign regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the applicable Lender), in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law,” regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 “Charges” has the meaning provided in SECTION 9.13. 

“Charter Document” means as to any Person, its partnership agreement, certificate of incorporation, certificate of
formation, operating agreement, membership agreement or similar constitutive document or agreement or its by-laws. 

“Class” refers to (a) the Term B Loans, (b) the Term B-1 Loans, (c) any particular Series of Incremental
Term Loans and (d) any particular Extension Series of Extended Term Loans, each as an individual Class of Term Loans hereunder. 
 “Closing Date” means February 24, 2011. 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time
to time. 
 “Collateral” means any and all “Collateral,” “Pledged Collateral” or words of
similar intent as defined in any applicable Security Document. 
 “Collateral Agent” has the meaning provided
in the preamble to this Agreement. 
 “Commitment” means, as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender to
make a Term B Loan to the Borrower in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite its name on Schedule 1.1(a). 
 “Compliance Certificate” has the meaning provided in SECTION 5.01(d). 
 “Consolidated” means, when used to modify a financial term, test, statement, or report of a Person, the application or preparation of such term, test, statement or report (as applicable)
based upon the consolidation, in accordance with GAAP, of the financial condition or operating results of such Person and its Subsidiaries. 
 “Consolidated Current Assets” means, at any date, all amounts (other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the current portion of deferred income taxes) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be
included in the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date. 
 “Consolidated Current Liabilities” means, at any date, all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be included in the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like
caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date, but excluding (a) the current portion of any Funded Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (b) without duplication of clause (a) above,
all Indebtedness consisting of Revolving Loans (as defined in the ABL Agreement) and Swingline Loans (as defined in the ABL Agreement) to the extent otherwise included therein, (c) the current portion of deferred income taxes and (d) any
liability in respect of net obligations pursuant to Hedge Agreements related solely to interest rate protection. 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, (i) the sum (without duplication) of
(a) Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus in each case without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, (b) depreciation, amortization, and all other non-cash charges, non-cash
expenses or non-cash losses, (c) provisions for Consolidated Taxes based on income, (d) 

  
 - 6-

 
Consolidated Interest Expense, (e) Advisory Fees whether accrued or paid in cash, (f) all transactional costs, expenses and charges in connection with, the consummation of the
Transactions and any transaction related to any Permitted Acquisition, Permitted Disposition, issuance of Permitted Indebtedness or issuance of Capital Stock, (g) to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, proceeds from
business interruption insurance, (h) to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income and actually indemnified or reimbursed, any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or reimbursement provisions in connection
with any Permitted Acquisition or any Permitted Disposition, (i) cash receipts (or reduced cash expenditures) in respect of income received in connection with subleases to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the
calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (ii)(b) below for any previous period, (j) cash charges not to exceed $25,000,000 in the aggregate after the Closing Date associated with restructuring activities, including, but not limited
to, restructuring, consolidation or discontinuance of any portion of the operations, severance, recruiting, retention, relocation and other expenses of management and contract and lease termination expenses, and (k) unusual, nonrecurring or
extraordinary expenses, losses or charges, minus (ii) the sum of (a) any Restricted Payments made in cash during such period to any Person (other than a Loan Party) having an interest in any Subsidiary of a Loan Party
(b) non-cash gains for such period to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, and (c) cash payments made during such period on account of non-cash charges added back in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause
(i)(b) above for any previous period; provided that Consolidated EBITDA shall be increased or decreased for any period to the extent necessary to eliminate the effects during such period of any increase or decrease in legal, auditing,
consulting and accounting related expenses (including changes to accounting systems) for such period relating directly to the change in Fiscal Year of the Loan Parties to the period of twelve consecutive Fiscal Months ending the Saturday closest to
January 31 of any calendar year compared to the amount of such expenses that would have been incurred in such period had such change in Fiscal Year not occurred (as determined in good faith by the Borrower and as set forth in a certificate of a
Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent); provided further that Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Quarters ending May 1, 2010, July 31, 2010 and October 30,
2010 shall be $78,232,000, $7,816,000 and $63,226,000, respectively. 
 “Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio”
means, on the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters most recently ended on and prior to such date, taken as one accounting
period, to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense of the Borrower paid in cash for the period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters most recently ended on and prior to such date, taken as one accounting period. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, total interest expense (including that
attributable to Capital Lease Obligations in accordance with GAAP but excluding any imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting) of such Person on a Consolidated basis with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of such Person, including,
without limitation, the Obligations and all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect thereto, but excluding (i) any non-cash or deferred interest financing costs and (ii) any non-cash amortization or write-down
of any deferred financing fees or bridge facility fees, all as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and reduced by interest income received or receivable in cash for such period. For purposes of the foregoing, interest expense
of any Person shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by such Person with respect to interest rate Hedge Agreements. 
 “Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) Consolidated Total Debt (other than any portion of such Consolidated Total Debt that is
attributed to Revolving Credit Loans of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries outstanding at such date) plus (ii) the ABL Borrowings Amount on such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period of four
consecutive Fiscal Quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date, taken as one accounting period. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the net income (or loss) of such Person on a
Consolidated basis for such period taken as a single accounting period determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there shall be excluded (a) the income (or loss) of such Person in which any other Person has a
joint interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to such Person during such period, and (b) the income of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Person to the extent that the
declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its Charter Documents or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or
governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary. 

  
 - 7-

 “Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date, the ratio of
(a) the sum of (i) Consolidated Total Debt (other than any portion of such Consolidated Total Debt that is (x) attributed to Revolving Credit Loans of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries outstanding at such date or (y) not secured
by any Liens on any assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) plus (ii) the ABL Borrowings Amount on such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters most
recently ended on or prior to such date, taken as one accounting period. 
 “Consolidated Taxes” means, as of
any date for the applicable period ending on such date with respect to the Loan Parties on a Consolidated basis, the aggregate of all income, withholding, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes, as determined in accordance with
GAAP, to the extent the same are paid or accrued during such period. 
 “Consolidated Total Debt” means, at any
date, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis outstanding at such date in the amount that would be reflected on a balance sheet prepared on such date in accordance with GAAP.

 “Consolidated Working Capital” means, at any date, the excess of Consolidated Current Assets on such date
over Consolidated Current Liabilities on such date. 
 “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly,
of the power (a) to vote 50% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or any similar governing body) of a Person, or (b) to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a
Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. The terms “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto. 

“Converted Term B Loan” means each Term B Loan held by an Amendment No. 1 Consenting Lender on the Amendment
No. 1 Effective Date (or, if less, the amount notified to such Lender by the Administrative Agent) immediately prior to the effectiveness of Amendment No. 1. 
 “Credit Party” means (a) the Lenders, (b) the Agents and their respective Affiliates and branches, (c) the Arrangers and (d) the successors and permitted assigns of
each of the foregoing. 
 “Credit Party Expenses” means, without limitation, all of the following to the extent
incurred in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents: (a) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agents and their Affiliates, including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and
disbursements of one counsel for the Agents and their Affiliates (plus one local counsel in each other jurisdiction to the extent reasonably necessary), in connection with the preparation and administration of the Loan Documents, the syndication of
the credit facilities provided for herein, or any amendments, modifications or waivers requested by a Loan Party of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not any such amendments, modifications or waivers shall be consummated) and (b) all
reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Arrangers, Agents or, subject to the proviso below any Lender and their respective Affiliates and branches, including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of
one counsel for the Arrangers, the Agents and their Affiliates (plus one local counsel in each other jurisdiction to the extent reasonably necessary) in connection with the enforcement and protection of their rights in connection with the Loan
Documents, including all such reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or related negotiations in respect of such Term Loans; provided that the Lenders who are not the Arrangers or Agents
shall be entitled to reimbursement for no more than one counsel representing all such Lenders who shall be selected by the Agent (absent a conflict of interest in which case each group of similarly situated Lenders, taken as a whole, may engage and
be reimbursed for one additional counsel to the affected party). Credit Party Expenses shall not include the allocation of any overhead expenses of any Credit Party. 
 “Cure Amount” has the meaning provided in SECTION 7.01. 

  
 - 8-

 “Cure Right” has the meaning provided in SECTION 7.01. 

“Default” means any event or condition described in SECTION 7.01 that constitutes an Event of Default or that upon
notice, lapse of any cure period set forth in SECTION 7.01, or both, would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default. 

“Default Rate” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.12. 

“Disclosed Matters” means the actions, suits and proceedings and the environmental matters disclosed on Schedule
3.06(a) and Schedule 3.06(b). 
 “Discount Range” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.16(d)(ii).

 “Discounted Prepayment Option Notice” has the meaning provided SECTION 2.16(d)(ii). 

“Discounted Voluntary Prepayment” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.16(d)(i). 

“Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.16(d)(v). 

“Disqualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it
is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) is mandatorily redeemable in whole or in part prior to the Maturity Date of any Class of Term Loans outstanding on the date such Capital Stock is issued,
pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, (b) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) Indebtedness
or any Capital Stock referred to in (a) above prior to the Maturity Date of any Class of Term Loans outstanding on the date such Capital Stock is issued, or (c) contains any mandatory repurchase obligation which comes into effect prior to
the Maturity Date of any Class of Term Loans outstanding on the date such Capital Stock is issued, provided that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof (or the
holders of any security into or for which such Capital Stock is convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) the right to require the issuer thereof to redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change in Control shall not constitute
Disqualified Capital Stock. 
 “Dividend Payment” means a one-time dividend in an amount not to exceed
$325,000,000, a portion of which shall be used to repurchase or redeem all 14 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2014 previously issued by Parent. 
 “Documents” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement. 
 “dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America. 
 “Earn-Out Obligations” means the maximum amount of all obligations incurred or to be incurred in connection with any Acquisition of a Person pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition under
non-compete agreements, consulting agreements, earn-out agreements and similar deferred purchase agreements. 
 “ECF
Percentage” means, with respect to any Fiscal Year of the Borrower ending on or after January 28, 2012, 50%; provided that the ECF Percentage shall be reduced to (i) 25%, if the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the last
day of such Fiscal Year is less than or equal to 4.0 to 1.0 and greater than or equal to 3.5 to 1.0, or (ii) 0%, if the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such Fiscal Year is less than 3.5 to 1.0. 

“Eligible Assignee” means any Lender, Affiliate of a Lender or Fund (including, without limitation, any Investment Fund
or Approved Fund); provided that in any event, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include any natural person or any Person in direct competition with a Loan Party’s business and identified in writing to the Administrative Agent by
the Borrower from time to time (and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any Persons so identified by the Borrower). 

  
 - 9-

 “Environmental Laws” means all Applicable Laws issued, promulgated or
entered into by or with any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to (a) the protection of the environment, (b) the handling, treatment, storage, disposal of Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure of any Person to Hazardous
Materials, or the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material to the environment, (d) the assessment or remediation of any such Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material to the environment or (e) occupational
health or safety matters. 
 “Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including,
without limitation, any liability for damages, natural resource damage, costs of environmental remediation, administrative oversight costs, fines, penalties or indemnities), of any Loan Party directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon
(a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release
of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing. 

“Equipment” has the meaning set forth in the Security Documents. 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time and the regulations
promulgated and rulings issued thereunder. 
 “ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not
incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer
under Section 414 of the Code. 
 “ERISA Event” means: (a) any “reportable event,” as
defined in Section 4043 of ERISA with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30 day notice period is waived); (b) with respect to any Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the
Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan;
(d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of
any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability in excess of $25,000,000 (or such lesser amount as
would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect) with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the
receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability in excess of $25,000,000 (or such lesser amount as would reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect) or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA. “Event of Default” has the meaning provided in SECTION 7.01.

 “Excess Cash Flow” means, for any Fiscal Year of the Borrower, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum,
without duplication, of (i) Consolidated Net Income for such Fiscal Year, (ii) the amount of all non-cash charges (including Consolidated depreciation and amortization) deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income to the extent
such non-cash charges do not result in a cash payment in a future period, (iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such Fiscal Year, and (iv) the aggregate net amount of non-cash loss on the sale, transfer or other disposition
of any assets by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such Fiscal Year outside the ordinary course of business, to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income over (b) the sum, without duplication, of (i) the amount
of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, (ii) the aggregate amount actually paid by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in cash during such Fiscal Year on account of unfinanced Capital Expenditures,
(iii) the aggregate amount of all regularly scheduled principal payments of the Term Loans during such Fiscal Year, (iv) the aggregate amount of all regularly scheduled, mandatory or optional principal payments of Funded Debt (other than
the Term Loans) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries made during such Fiscal Year (other than (x) in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder and
(y) any such principal prepayments financed with the proceeds of other Indebtedness), (v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such Fiscal Year, (vi) the aggregate net amount of non-cash gain

  
 - 10-

 
on the sale, transfer or other disposition of any assets by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such Fiscal Year outside the ordinary course of business, to the extent included in arriving
at such Consolidated Net Income and (vii) cash payments made in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness. 
 “Excess Cash Flow Application Date” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.17(d). 
 “Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Agents, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder,
(a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its gross or net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the
case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, (c) taxes
imposed on any “withholdable payment” payable to such recipient as a result of the failure of such recipient to satisfy the applicable requirements as set forth in FATCA or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable,
and (d) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under SECTION 2.24(a)), any United States withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender (i) under any law in
effect at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office other than at the request of the Borrower under SECTION 2.24), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any)
was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to SECTION 2.23(a) or (ii) is attributable to such Foreign
Lender’s failure to comply with SECTION 2.23(e). 
 “Existing Term Loan Class” has the meaning provided in
SECTION 2.06(a). 
 “Extended Term Loans” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.06(a). 

“Extending Term Lender” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.06(c). 

“Extension Election” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.06(c). 

“Extension Request” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.06(a). 

“Extension Series” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.06(b). 

“Facility Guarantee” means any Guarantee of the Obligations executed by BCF Holdings and its Subsidiaries which are or
hereafter become Facility Guarantors in favor of the Agents and the other Secured Parties. 
 “Facility
Guarantors” means any Person executing a Facility Guarantee. 
 “FATCA” means Sections 1471 through
1474 of the Code and any Treasury regulations with respect thereto or official interpretations thereof. 
 “Federal
Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of one percent (1%)) of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System
arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the
next 1/100 of one percent (1%)) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three (3) federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it. 

“Fee Letter” means the Amended and Restated Fee Letter dated April 30, 2012 by and between the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent. 
 “Financial Officer” means, with respect to any Loan Party, the chief financial
officer, chief accounting officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer, controller or assistant controller of such Loan Party. 

  
 - 11-

 “Financial Performance Covenants” means the covenants of the Borrower set
forth in SECTIONS 6.10 (a) and (b). 
 “Fiscal Month” means any fiscal month of any Fiscal Year, which
month shall generally consist of (i) in the case of the first, third, fourth, sixth, seventh, ninth and tenth Fiscal Months of each Fiscal Year, four calendar weeks, (ii) in the case of the second, fifth, eighth and eleventh Fiscal Months
of each Fiscal Year, five calendar weeks and (iii) in the case of the twelfth Fiscal Month of each Fiscal Year, the period from the first day following the eleventh Fiscal Month of such Fiscal Year through the last day of such Fiscal Year, in
accordance with the fiscal accounting calendar of BCF Holdings and its Subsidiaries. 
 “Fiscal Quarter” means
any fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year, which quarter shall generally end on (i) in the case of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year, on the date that is 13 weeks after the last day of the preceding Fiscal Quarter and (ii) in
the case of the last Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year, on the last day of such Fiscal Year, in accordance with the fiscal accounting calendar of BCF Holdings and its Subsidiaries. 

“Fiscal Year” means any period of twelve consecutive Fiscal Months ending on the Saturday closest to January 31 of
any calendar year. 
 “Fixed Assets” means Equipment and Real Estate. 

“Flood Insurance Laws” means, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in
effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or
any successor statute thereto and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto. 
 “Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia. 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United
States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, or any of its territories or possessions. 

“Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or
otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business. 

“Funded Debt” means, as to any Person, all Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person that matures more than one
year from the date of its creation or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all current maturities and current
sinking fund payments in respect of such Indebtedness whether or not required to be paid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of the Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans (as defined
in the ABL Agreement). 
 “Funding Office” means the office of the Administrative Agent specified in SECTION
9.01 or such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to the Borrower and the Lenders. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the United State of America which are consistent with those promulgated or adopted by the Financial
Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors (or successors) in effect and applicable to that accounting period in respect of which reference to GAAP is being made. 
 “Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority,
instrumentality, regulatory body, court, tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government. 

  
 - 12-

 “Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means
any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or
indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply
funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to
maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of
any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation, provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or
customary and reasonable indemnity obligations, including but not limited to, those in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or Permitted Disposition (other than such obligations with respect to
Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or
determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. 
 “Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum
distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, mold, fungi or similar bacteria, and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law because of their dangerous or
deleterious properties, including any material listed as a hazardous substance under Section 101(14) of CERCLA. 

“Hedge Agreement” means any derivative agreement, or any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate swap
agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement. 

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of BCF Holdings for which (a) the assets of such Subsidiary constitute
less than or equal to 1% of the total assets of BCF Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and collectively with all Immaterial Subsidiaries, less than or equal to 5% of the total assets of BCF Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis, and (b) the revenues of such Subsidiary account for less than or equal to 1% of the total revenues of BCF Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and collectively with all Immaterial Subsidiaries, less than or
equal to 5% of the total revenues of BCF Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. 
 “Incremental
Effective Date” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.05(a). 
 “Incremental Term Lender” has the
meaning provided in SECTION 2.05(b). 
 “Incremental Term Loan” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.05(a).

 “Incremental Term Loan Amendment” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.05(c). 

“Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication: 

(a) All obligations of such Person for borrowed money (including any obligations which are without recourse to the credit
of such Person); 
 (b) All obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar
instruments; 

  
 - 13-

 (c) All obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title
retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person; 
 (d) All obligations of such Person in
respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding accrued expenses and accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business); 
 (e) All Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such
Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed or is limited in recourse; 
 (f) All
Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others; 
 (g) All Capital Lease Obligations of such Person;

 (h) All obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of
credit and letters of guaranty; 
 (i) All obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of
bankers’ acceptances; 
 (j) The Agreement Value of all Hedge Agreements; 

(k) The principal and interest portions of all rental obligations of such Person under any Synthetic Lease, tax retention
operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing where such transaction is considered borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP; 

(l) Indebtedness consisting of Earn-Out Obligations in connection with Permitted Acquisitions but only to the extent that
the contingent consideration relating thereto is not paid within thirty (30) days after the amount due is finally determined; and 
 (m) All mandatory obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Capital Stock of such Person (including, without limitation, Disqualified
Capital Stock); 
 Indebtedness shall not include (A) any sale-leaseback transactions to the extent the lease or sublease thereunder is not
required to be recorded under GAAP as a Capital Lease Obligation, (B) any obligations relating to overdraft protection and netting services, (C) any preferred stock required to be included as Indebtedness in accordance with GAAP, or
(D) items that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP as a result of the application of EITF 97-10, “The Effects of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction.” 

The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a
general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable
therefor. 
 “Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes. 

“Indemnitee” has the meaning provided in SECTION 9.03(b). 

“Information” has the meaning provided in SECTION 9.15. 

“Informational Website” has the meaning provided in SECTION 5.01. 

“Installment” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.04(a). 

  
 - 14-

 “Installment Date” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.04(a). 

“Instruments” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement. 

“Intellectual Property” means all present and future: trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information;
trademarks, Internet domain names, service marks, trade dress, trade names, business names, designs, logos, slogans (and all translations, adaptations, derivations and combinations of the foregoing), indicia and other source and/or business
identifiers, all of the goodwill related thereto, and all registrations and applications for registrations thereof; works of authorship and other copyrighted works (including copyrights for computer programs), and all registrations and applications
for registrations thereof; inventions (whether or not patentable) and all improvements thereto; patents and patent applications, together with all continuances, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, revisions, extensions, reissuances, and
reexaminations thereof; industrial design applications and registered industrial designs; books, records, writings, computer tapes or disks, flow diagrams, specification sheets, computer software, source codes, object codes, executable code, data,
databases and other physical manifestations, embodiments or incorporations of any of the foregoing; all other intellectual property and intellectual property rights; all rights to sue and recover at law or in equity for any past, present or future
infringement, dilution or misappropriation, or other violation thereof; and all common law and other rights throughout the world in and to all of the foregoing. 
 “Intellectual Property Security Agreement” means the Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among the Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent for its own
benefit and for the benefit of the other Credit Parties, granting a Lien in the Intellectual Property of the Loan Parties, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time. 

“Intercreditor Agreement” means, collectively, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and, following the effectiveness thereof,
any Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “Interest Payment
Date” means (a) with respect to any Prime Rate Loan, the last day of each Fiscal Quarter and (b) with respect to any LIBO Loan, on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such LIBO Loan is a part,
and, in addition, if such LIBO Loan has an Interest Period of greater than three months, on the last day of every third month of such Interest Period; provided that the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date shall constitute an Interest Payment Date
for the Term B Loans (including the Converted Term B Loans). 
 “Interest Period” means, with respect to any
LIBO Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one (1), two (2), three (3), or six (6), and, if agreed to by all applicable Lenders, nine (9) or
twelve (12) months thereafter (or such shorter period, to the extent available to all Lenders and as to which the Administrative Agent may reasonably consent) as the Borrower may elect by notice to the Administrative Agent in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next
succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (b) any Interest Period of one month or more that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar
month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month during which such Interest Period ends) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month of such Interest Period and (c) any Interest
Period that would otherwise end after the Maturity Date for any Class of Term Loans shall end on the Maturity Date for such Class of Term Loans. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made
and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing. 

“Inventory” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement. 

“Investment” means with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether
by means of: 
 (a) Any Capital Stock of another Person, evidence of Indebtedness or other security of another
Person, including any option, warrant or right to acquire the same; 

  
 - 15-

 (b) Any loan, advance, contribution to capital, extension of credit (except
for current trade and customer accounts receivable for inventory sold or services rendered in the ordinary course of business) to, or guaranty of Indebtedness of, another Person; and 

(c) Any Acquisition; 
 in all cases whether now existing or hereafter made. For purposes of calculation, the amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the aggregate cash Investment less all cash returns, cash
dividends and cash distributions (or the fair market value of any non-cash returns, dividends and distributions) received by such Person. 
 “Investment Fund” means (i) Sankaty Advisors, LLC and any affiliate of Sankaty Advisors, LLC that Sankaty Advisors, LLC manages, makes investment decisions for or controls and
(ii) any affiliate of Bain Capital Partners, LLC that is a bona fide diversified debt fund or a bona fide diversified investment vehicle that is engaged in the making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and
similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course. 
 “ISDA Master Agreement” means the form entitled
“2002 ISDA Master Agreement” or such other replacement form then currently published by the International Swap and Derivatives Association, Inc., or any successor thereto. 

“Joinder Agreement” means an agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, pursuant to
which, among other things, a Person becomes a party to, and bound by the terms of, this Agreement and/or the other Loan Documents in the same capacity and to the same extent as a Facility Guarantor, as the Administrative Agent may determine.

 “Lease” means any agreement pursuant to which a Loan Party is entitled to the use or occupancy of any space
in a structure, land, improvements or premises for any period of time. 
 “Lender Participation Notice” has the
meaning provided in SECTION 2.16(d)(iii). 
 “Lenders” means the Lenders having Commitments or Term Loans from
time to time or at any time, and each assignee that becomes a party to this Agreement as set forth in SECTION 9.04(b). 

“LIBO Borrowing” means a Borrowing comprised of LIBO Loans. 

“LIBO Loan” means any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate in
accordance with the provisions of Article II. 
 “LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any LIBO Borrowing for any
Interest Period, the rate appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page of such Page, or any successor to or substitute for such Page, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such Page,
as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the
commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBO Rate” with respect to
such LIBO Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately
available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, collateral assignment, charge or security
interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the 

  
 - 16-

 
interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of
the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities. 
 “Loan Account” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.20. 

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Notes, the Security Documents, the Facility Guarantees, the Intercreditor
Agreements, and any other instrument or agreement now or hereafter executed and delivered in connection herewith, each as amended and in effect from time to time. 
 “Loan Party” or “Loan Parties” means the Borrower and the Facility Guarantors. 
 “Margin Stock” has the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U. 
 “Material Adverse Effect” means any event, facts, or circumstances, which has a material adverse effect on (i) the business, assets or financial condition of the Loan Parties taken
as a whole or (ii) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, taken as a whole, or the rights or remedies of the Secured Parties hereunder or thereunder, taken as a whole. 

“Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) of the Loan Parties, individually or in the
aggregate, having an aggregate principal amount exceeding $50,000,000. 
 “Maturity Date” means (i) for
Term B-1 Loans, February 23, 2017, (ii) for Incremental Term Loans of any Series, the date specified as the “Maturity Date” for such Incremental Term Loans in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Amendment and (iii) for the
Extended Term Loans of any Extension Series, the date specified as the “Maturity Date” for such Extended Term Loans in the applicable Extended Term Loan Amendment. 
 “Maximum Incremental Amount” means $150,000,000. 

“Maximum Rate” has the meaning provided in SECTION 9.13. 

“Minority Lenders” has the meaning provided in SECTION 9.02(c)(i). 

“MNPI” means, on any date, material non-public information with respect to any Loan Party or the Term Loans that has not
been disclosed to the Lenders (other than Lenders that do not wish to receive MNPI or any such information that is disclosed to all Lenders in accordance with the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement) prior to such date to the extent such
information could reasonably be expected to have a material effect upon, or otherwise be material to, a Lender’s decision to assign Term Loans to, or acquire Term Loans from, a member of the Sponsor Group or to participate in a Discounted
Voluntary Prepayment, as applicable. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any
successor thereto. 
 “Mortgaged Property” means all Real Estate listed on Schedule 5.14. 

“Mortgages” means the mortgages and deeds of trust and any and all other security documents granting a Lien on Mortgaged
Property between the Loan Party owning, leasing or otherwise holding the Mortgaged Property encumbered thereby and the Collateral Agent for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties which shall be in form reasonably satisfactory
to the Collateral Agent. 
 “Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA. 
 “Net Proceeds” means, with respect to any event, (a) the cash
proceeds received in respect of such event, including (i) any cash received in respect of any non-cash proceeds or amounts escrowed pursuant to clause (iv) of this definition, but only as and when received, (ii) in the case of a
casualty, insurance proceeds, and (iii) in the case of a condemnation or similar event, condemnation awards and similar payments, in each case net of (b) the sum of (i) 

  
 - 17-

 
all fees and out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including appraisals and brokerage, legal, title and recording or transfer tax expenses, underwriting discounts and commissions) paid by any Loan
Party or a Subsidiary to third parties in connection with such event, and (ii) in the case of a sale or other disposition of an asset (including pursuant to a casualty or condemnation), the amount of all payments required to be made by any Loan
Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries as a result of such event to repay (or to establish an escrow for the repayment of) any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations and other obligations secured by Liens ranking pari passu with the
Obligations pursuant to a Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement) secured by a Permitted Encumbrance on the assets disposed of that is senior to the Lien of the Collateral Agent; provided that to the extent any Qualifying Secured Debt with a
Lien ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to the terms of a Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement requires a prepayment from the proceeds of any disposition or casualty event, then the amount of Net Proceeds
otherwise actually required to be applied to prepay Term Loans pursuant to SECTION 2.17(a) or (b), as applicable, shall be the product of (x) the amount of such Net Proceeds as determined above and (y) a fraction (A) the numerator of
which is the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans and (B) the denominator of which is the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans and such other Qualifying Secured Debt requiring such prepayment, (iii) capital gains or other income
taxes paid or payable as a result of any such sale or disposition (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions) and (iv) any funded escrow established pursuant to the documents evidencing any such sale or disposition to
secure any indemnification obligations or adjustments to the purchase price associated with any such sale or disposition. 

“New Lending Office” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.23(f). 

“Non-Core Business Segment” means any business segment or separate department of the Loan Parties which contributed less
than 5% of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Loan Parties as of the Fiscal Year immediately prior to the date of such calculation. 

“Non-Converted Term B Loans” shall mean each Term B Loan (or portion thereof) other than a Converted Term B Loan.

 “Note” means any promissory note of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit C (in the
case of Term B Loans), payable to the applicable Lender, evidencing the Term Loan(s) made by the such Lender to the Borrower. 

“Obligations” means (a) (i) the principal of, and interest (including all interest that accrues after the
commencement of any case or proceeding by or against the Borrower or any Facility Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code or any state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, whether or not allowed in such case or proceeding) on
the Term Loans and Facility Guarantees and (ii) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise, of the Loan Parties to the Secured Parties
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (b) the due and punctual payment and performance of all the covenants, agreements, obligations and liabilities of each Loan Party under or pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents. 
 “Other Taxes” means any and all current or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise
or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document. 

“Parent” means Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. 

“Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit G to this
Agreement entered into by the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the agents for the holders of any Qualifying Secured Debt that is intended to be secured by a Lien on the Collateral ranking pari passu with the Lien of the Security
Documents. 
 “Participant” has the meaning provided in SECTION 9.04(c)(i). 

“Participant Register” has the meaning provided in SECTION 9.04(c)(i). 

  
 - 18-

 “PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and
defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions. 
 “Permitted Acquisition” means an
Acquisition in which each of the following conditions are satisfied: 
 (a) No Default or Event of Default then
exists or would arise from the consummation of such Acquisition; 
 (b) If the Acquisition is an Acquisition of
Capital Stock, (i) a Loan Party or a Subsidiary of a Loan Party shall acquire and own, directly or indirectly, a majority of the Capital Stock in the Person being acquired and (ii) shall Control a majority of any voting interests or
otherwise Control the governance of the Person being acquired; 
 (c) Any material assets acquired shall be
utilized in, and if the Acquisition involves a merger, consolidation or stock acquisition, the Person which is the subject of such Acquisition shall be engaged in, a business otherwise permitted to be engaged in by the Borrower under this Agreement;

 (d) (i) If each Person which is the subject of such Permitted Acquisition and any Indebtedness incurred
in connection therewith will become a Loan Party (or the assets of each such Person will be acquired by a Loan Party) upon the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition, on a Pro Forma Basis, the Borrower would be in compliance, as of the last day
of the Fiscal Quarter most recently ended for which financial statements have been or were required to have been delivered hereunder, with SECTION 6.10(a) and (b) and (ii) if any Person which is the subject of such Permitted Acquisition
will not become a Loan Party upon the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition, on a Pro Forma Basis, (x) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be at least 0.25 to 1.0 less than the maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio then permitted under
SECTION 6.10(a) as of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter most recently ended for which financial statements have been or were required to have been delivered hereunder and (y) the Borrower would be in compliance, as of the last day of the
Fiscal Quarter most recently ended for which financial statements have been or were required to have been delivered hereunder, with SECTION 6.10(b). 
 “Permitted Capital Expenditure Amount” has the meaning provided in SECTION 6.10(c). 
 “Permitted Cure Security” means common equity securities of BCF Holdings, the Parent or the Borrower or other equity securities of BCF Holdings, the Parent or the Borrower not
constituting Disqualified Capital Stock. 
 “Permitted Disposition” means any of the following: 

(a) licenses of Intellectual Property of a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (b) licenses for the conduct of licensed departments within the Loan Parties’ or any of their
Subsidiaries’ Stores in the ordinary course of business; 
 (c) as long as no Specified Default hereof then
exists or would arise therefrom, bulk sales or other dispositions of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries’ Inventory not in the ordinary course of business in connection with Store closings, at arm’s length, provided that
(i) such Store closures and related Inventory dispositions shall not exceed, in any Fiscal Year of BCF Holdings and its Subsidiaries, 15% of the number of the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ Stores as of the beginning of such
Fiscal Year (net of Store relocations (i) occurring substantially contemporaneously with the related Store closure date or (ii) wherein a binding lease has been entered into on or prior to the related Store closure date) as set forth in
the Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to SECTION 5.01(d) and (ii) as of any date after the Closing Date, the aggregate number of such Store closures since the Closing Date shall not exceed, when taken together with (but without
duplication of) any Stores disposed of or leased pursuant to clauses (g) and (o)(i) of this definition, 30% of the greater of (x) the number of the Loan Parties’ Stores and their Subsidiaries’ in existence as of the Closing Date
or (y) the number of the Loan Parties’ Stores and their Subsidiaries’ as of 

  
 - 19-

 
the first day of any Fiscal Year beginning after the Closing Date (net of Store relocations (i) occurring substantially contemporaneously with the related Store closure date or
(ii) wherein a binding lease has been entered into on or prior to the related Store closure date) as set forth in the Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to SECTION 5.01(d); provided further that all Net Proceeds received in
connection therewith are applied to the Term Loans, if then required in accordance with SECTION 2.17(a); 
 (d)
without duplication of the provisions of clause (c) of this definition, terminations of Leases in the ordinary course of business; 
 (e) dispositions of assets (other than Real Estate), including abandonment of or failure to maintain Intellectual Property, in the ordinary course of business that is worn, damaged, obsolete, uneconomical
or, in the judgment of a Loan Party or its Subsidiary, no longer used or useful or necessary in, or material to, its business or that of any Subsidiary; 
 (f) sales, transfers and dispositions (i) among the Loan Parties, (ii) among Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties and (iii) from Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties to any Loan Party;

 (g) sales and transfers (including sale-leaseback transactions) of Real Estate of any Loan Party or any of its
Subsidiaries’ (i) as long as (A) no Specified Default then exists or would arise therefrom, and (B) such sale or transfer is made for fair market value and the consideration received for such sale or transfer is at least 85%
cash, and (ii) involving pending real estate dispositions listed on Schedule 1.1(b), as long as (A) such sale or transfer is made for fair market value and (B) the consideration received for such sale or transfer is at least
85% cash; provided that the aggregate amount of all Stores disposed of pursuant to this clause (g), when taken together with (but without duplication of) any Stores closed or leased pursuant to clauses (c) and (o)(i) of this definition
shall not exceed 30% of the greater of (x) the number of the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ Stores in existence as of the Closing Date or (y) the number of the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ Stores as of
the first day of any Fiscal Year beginning after the Closing Date (net of Store relocations (i) occurring substantially contemporaneously with the related Store closure date or (ii) wherein a binding lease has been entered into on or prior
to the related Store closure date) as set forth in the Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to SECTION 5.01(d); provided further that all Net Proceeds received in connection therewith are applied to the Term Loans if then required
in accordance with SECTION 2.17(a). 
 (h) sales, discounting or forgiveness of Accounts in the ordinary course
of business or in connection with the collection or compromise thereof; 
 (i) leases, subleases, licenses and
sublicenses of real or personal property (other than Intellectual Property) entered into by Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business at arm’s length and on market terms; 

(j) sales of non-core assets acquired in connection with Permitted Acquisitions and sales of Real Estate acquired in a
Permitted Acquisition which, within thirty (30) days of the date of acquisition, are designated in writing to the Administrative Agent as being held for sale and not for the continued operation of a Store; 

(k) as long as no Event of Default would arise therefrom, sales or other dispositions of Permitted Investments described
in clauses (a) through and including (e) of the definition thereof; 
 (l) any disposition of Real
Estate to a Governmental Authority as a result of a condemnation of such Real Estate; 
 (m) the making of
Permitted Investments and payments permitted under SECTION 6.06; 
 (n) Sales, transfers and dispositions as set
forth on Schedule 6.05; 

  
 - 20-

 (o) (i) Leasing of Real Estate (other than any subleases described in
subclause (ii) of this clause (o)) no longer used or useful in the business of the Loan Parties to the extent not otherwise prohibited hereunder; provided that the aggregate amount of all Stores leased pursuant to this clause (o)(i),
when taken together with (but without duplication of) any Stores closed or disposed of pursuant to clauses (c) and (g) of this definition, shall not exceed 30% of the greater of (x) the number of the Loan Parties’ and their
Subsidiaries’ Stores in existence as of the Closing Date or (y) the number of the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ Stores as of the first day of any Fiscal Year beginning after the Closing Date (net of Store relocations
(i) occurring substantially contemporaneously with the related Store closure date or (ii) wherein a binding lease has been entered into on or prior to the related Store closure date) as set forth in the Compliance Certificate delivered
pursuant to SECTION 5.01(d) and (ii) subleasing of partial interests in Real Estate (a portion of which shall continue to be used in the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) in the ordinary course of business and which does not
materially interfere with the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; 
 (p) forgiveness of Permitted
Investments described in clauses (g)(ii) and (k) of the definition thereof; 
 (q) as long as no Event of
Default exists or would arise as a result of the transaction, sales of a Subsidiary or any business segment which is a Non-Core Business Segment, or any portion thereof (each such sale, a “Sale of Non-Core Business Segment”) to a
Person other than a Loan Party for fair market value and so long as the consideration received for such sale or transfer is at least 85% cash, provided that (i) all Net Proceeds, if any, received in connection with any such sales are
applied to the Term Loans if then required in accordance with SECTION 2.17(a) hereof, and (ii) on a Pro Forma Basis, the consummation of such Sale of Non-Core Business Segment, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would not be greater than the
Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such Sale of Non-Core Business, in each case as of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter most recently ended for which financial statements have been or were required to have been delivered hereunder;

 (r) exchanges or swaps, including, but not limited to, transactions covered by Section 1031 of the Code,
of Leases and other Real Estate of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries so long as such exchange or swap is made for fair market value and on an arm’s length basis, provided, that (i) all Net Proceeds, if any, received in connection
with any such exchange or swap are applied to the Term Loans if then required in accordance with SECTION 2.17(a) and (ii) the aggregate amount of such exchanges or swaps shall not exceed 20% of the greater of (x) the number of the Loan
Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ Stores in existence as of the Closing Date or (y) the number of the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ Stores as of the first day of any Fiscal Year beginning after the Closing Date as set
forth in the Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to SECTION 5.01(d); and 
 (s) other dispositions of
assets (other than Real Estate) in an aggregate amount for all Loan Parties not to exceed $10,000,000 in any Fiscal Year, as long as (A) no Event of Default then exists or would arise therefrom, and (B) such sale or transfer is made for
fair market value and the consideration received for such sale or transfer is at least 85% cash, and provided that all Net Proceeds, if any, received in connection with any such sales are applied to the Term Loans if then required in accordance with
SECTION 2.17(a) hereof. 
 “Permitted Encumbrances” means: 

(a) Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not required to be paid pursuant to SECTION 5.05; 

(b) Carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, landlord’s and other
like Liens imposed by Applicable Law, (i) arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days, (ii) (A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings, (B) the applicable Loan Party or Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and
enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation, or (iii) the existence of which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; 

  
 - 21-

 (c) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in
compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations; 
 (d) deposits to secure or relating to the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for Indebtedness), leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds,
performance bonds (and Liens arising in accordance with Applicable Law in connection therewith), and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business; 

(e) judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under SECTION 7.01(k); 

(f) easements, covenants, conditions, restrictions, building code laws, zoning restrictions, other land use laws,
rights-of-way, development, site plan or similar agreements and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the
value of the affected property when used in a manner consistent with current usage or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of a Loan Party as currently conducted and such other minor title defects, or survey matters that are
disclosed by current surveys, but that, in each case, do not interfere with the current use of the Property in any material respect; 
 (g) any Lien on any property or asset of any Loan Party set forth on Schedule 6.02, provided that, if such Lien secured Indebtedness, such Lien shall secure only the Indebtedness listed on
Schedule 6.01 as of the Closing Date (and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof permitted under SECTION 6.01); 
 (h) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to secure Indebtedness permitted under clause (e) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness so long as
(i) such Liens and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within one hundred and eighty (180) days after such acquisition or the completion of the construction or improvement thereof (other than refinancings thereof
permitted hereunder), (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of acquisition or improvement of such fixed or capital assets, and (iii) such Liens shall not extend to any other property or assets of the Loan
Parties or any of their Subsidiaries; 
 (i) Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent, for its own benefit and the
benefit of the other Secured Parties; 
 (j) landlords’ and lessors’ Liens in respect of rent not in
default for more than sixty (60) days or the existence of which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; 

(k) possessory Liens in favor of brokers and dealers arising in connection with the acquisition or disposition of
Investments owned as of the date hereof and other Permitted Investments, provided that such liens (a) attach only to such Investments or other Investments held by such broker or dealer and (b) secure only obligations incurred in the
ordinary course and arising in connection with the acquisition or disposition of such Investments and not any obligation in connection with margin financing; 
 (l) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s liens, liens in favor of securities intermediaries, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies
as to deposit accounts or securities accounts or other funds maintained with depository institutions or securities intermediaries; 

  
 - 22-

 (m) Liens on Real Estate; provided that such Liens shall only secure
obligations with respect to a Permitted Real Estate Financing; 
 (n) Liens attaching solely to cash earnest
money deposits in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in connection with a Permitted Acquisition; 
 (o) Liens arising from precautionary UCC filings regarding “true” operating leases or the consignment of goods to a Loan Party; 

(p) voluntary Liens on Fixed Assets in existence at the time such Fixed Assets are acquired pursuant to a Permitted
Acquisition or on Fixed Assets of a Subsidiary of any Loan Party in existence at the time such Subsidiary is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition; provided that such Liens are not incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such
Permitted Acquisition and do not attach to any other assets of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; 
 (q)
Liens in favor of customs and revenues authorities imposed by Applicable Law arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of goods and securing obligations (i) that are not overdue by more than thirty
(30) days, (ii)(A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) the applicable Loan Party or Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such
contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation, or (iii) the existence of which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; 

(r) Liens granted by the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries to the secured parties under the ABL Facility and any
refinancings thereof permitted hereunder so long as such Liens are subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement; 
 (s) any interest or title of a licensor, sublicensor, lessor or sublessor under any license or operating or true lease agreement; 

(t) leases or subleases granted to third Persons in the ordinary course of business; 

(u) licenses or sublicenses of Intellectual Property granted in the ordinary course of business; 

(v) the replacement, extension or renewal of any Permitted Encumbrance; provided that such Lien shall at no time be
extended to cover any assets or property other than such assets or property subject thereto on the Closing Date or the date such Lien was incurred, as applicable; 

(w) Liens on insurance proceeds incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the financing of insurance
premiums; 
 (x) Liens on securities which are the subject of repurchase agreements incurred in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (y) Liens arising by operation of law under Article 4 of the UCC in connection with
collection of items provided for therein; 
 (z) Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the UCC in
favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods; 
 (aa) Liens on deposit accounts or securities accounts
in connection with overdraft protection and netting services; 
 (bb) security given to a public or private
utility or any Governmental Authority as required in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 - 23-

 (cc) Liens in the nature of the right of setoff in favor of counterparties
to contractual agreements with the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(dd) other Liens not securing Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate at any time
outstanding; and 
 (ee) Liens on Collateral securing Qualifying Secured Debt; 

provided, however, that, except as provided in any one or more of clauses (a) through (ee) above, the term “Permitted
Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness for borrowed money. 
 “Permitted
Indebtedness” means each of the following: 
 (a) Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents;

 (b) Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 6.01; 

(c) Indebtedness of (i) any Loan Party to any other Loan Party, (ii) any Loan Party to any Subsidiary that is
not a Subsidiary Guarantor and (iii) any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor; 
 (d) Guarantees by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or other obligations arising in the ordinary course of business of any other Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; 

(e) Purchase money Indebtedness of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to finance the acquisition or improvement of
any fixed or capital assets (including Real Estate), including Capital Lease Obligations (including therein any Indebtedness incurred in connection with sale-leaseback transactions permitted under clause (k) of this definition), and any
Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause
(e) outstanding at any time, when aggregated with the amount of Permitted Refinancings in respect thereof pursuant to clause (y) below, shall not exceed the greater of $75,000,000 or three percent (3%) of the book value of the
Consolidated tangible assets of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP; 

(f) Indebtedness under Hedge Agreements, other than for speculative purposes, entered into in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (g) Contingent liabilities under surety bonds, customs and appeal bonds, governmental contracts and
leases or similar instruments incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (h) Indebtedness under the Senior
Notes, provided that in no event shall the principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred in reliance on this clause (h) increase in excess of the amounts outstanding as of the Closing Date (other than any increase in the principal amount of
the Senior Notes to the extent otherwise permitted under clause (u) of this definition); 
 (i) Indebtedness
under the ABL Facility; provided that in no event shall the aggregate principal amount of loans and the face amount of letters of credit and bank guaranties issued under the ABL Facility exceed the greater of (x) $750,000,000 and (y) the
Borrowing Base as of the time such Indebtedness is incurred; 
 (j) Indebtedness with respect to the deferred
purchase price for any Permitted Acquisition, provided that such Indebtedness does not require the payment in cash of principal (other than in respect of working capital adjustments) prior to the Maturity Date, has a maturity which extends beyond
the Maturity Date, and is subordinated to the Obligations on terms customary for senior subordinated high yield debt securities (as determined in good faith by the Borrower); 

  
 - 24-

 (k) Indebtedness incurred in connection with sale-leaseback transactions
permitted hereunder; 
 (l) Subordinated Indebtedness in an amount, when aggregated with the amount of Permitted
Refinancing in respect thereof pursuant to clause (y), not to exceed $350,000,000 in the aggregate, provided that the proceeds of such Subordinated Indebtedness are used (i) to pay the acquisition consideration and closing and other
transaction costs in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or (ii) to permanently reduce, retire or refinance the Senior Notes; and further provided that, in each case, such Subordinated Indebtedness (a) shall not have a
maturity date or be subject to amortization, mandatory repurchase or redemption (except pursuant to customary asset sale and change of control provisions requiring such redemption or repurchase if and only to the extent permitted hereunder) prior to
the date that is six months after the Maturity Date of each then outstanding Class of Term Loans, and (b) shall not be exchangeable or convertible into any other Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (other than any Indebtedness that is otherwise
permitted to be incurred under this Agreement at the time of such exchange or conversion); 
 (m) Indebtedness
incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the financing of insurance premiums; 
 (n)
Indebtedness of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition (or Indebtedness assumed at the time and as a result of a Permitted Acquisition); provided that (i) such Indebtedness was not incurred in
connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Permitted Acquisition; and (ii) on a Pro Forma Basis the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio for the most recent four Fiscal Quarter period for which financial statements have been
or are required to be delivered hereunder would either be (x) at least 2.0 to 1.0 or (y) greater than the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio for such period immediately prior to such acquisition; 

(o) Indebtedness relating to surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in
the ordinary course of business; 
 (p) Unsecured Indebtedness owed to the Sponsor, Sponsor Related Parties,
and/or other stockholders of BCF Holdings and their respective Affiliates, provided that such Indebtedness does not require the payment in cash of principal or interest at a rate in excess of 10% per annum prior to the Maturity Date, has a
maturity which extends beyond the Maturity Date, and is subordinated to the Obligations on terms customary for senior subordinated high yield debt securities (as determined in good faith by the Borrower); 

(q) Indebtedness constituting the obligation to make customary purchase price adjustments for working capital and
indemnities in connection with Permitted Acquisitions; 
 (r) Guarantees and letters of credit and surety bonds
(other than Guarantees of, or letters of credit and surety bonds related to, Indebtedness) issued in connection with Permitted Acquisitions and Permitted Dispositions; 

(s) without duplication of any other Indebtedness, non-cash accruals of interest, accretion or amortization of original
issue discount and payment-in-kind interest with respect to Indebtedness permitted hereunder; 
 (t) Indebtedness
due to any landlord in connection with the financing by such landlord of leasehold improvements; 
 (u) without
duplication of, or accumulation with, other categories of Indebtedness permitted hereunder, other unsecured Indebtedness of any Loan Party in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $150,000,000 at any time outstanding; 

  
 - 25-

 (v) Indebtedness under Permitted Real Estate Financings; 

(w) Qualifying Unsecured Debt or Qualifying Secured Debt of the Borrower or any Facility Guarantor that is either
(i) issued solely for cash consideration, the net proceeds of which are applied solely to the prepayment of Term Loans in accordance with SECTION 2.17 or (ii) in the case of Qualifying Secured Debt so long as (w) no Default or Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing, (x) on a Pro Forma Basis, the Borrower is in compliance with the Financial Performance Covenants as of the last day of the most recent Fiscal Quarter for which financial statements have been or are
required to have been delivered hereunder, (y) on a Pro Forma Basis, the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recent Fiscal Quarter for which financial statements have been or are required to have been delivered
hereunder is less than or equal to 3.25 to 1.0 and (z) the aggregate principal amount of such Qualifying Secured Debt, when aggregated with the aggregate principal amount of all Incremental Term Loans, would not exceed the Maximum Incremental
Amount or (iii) in the case of Qualifying Unsecured Debt, on a Pro Forma Basis (x) the Borrower is in compliance with the Financial Performance Covenants as of the last day of the most recent Fiscal Quarter and (y) the Consolidated
Interest Coverage Ratio is at least 2.0 to 1.0 for the most recent four Fiscal Quarter period; and 
 (y)
extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness described in clauses (b), (e), (f), (h), (j), (k), (l), (m), (n), (s), (t), (v) and (w) above and this clause (y); provided that such Indebtedness constitutes a Permitted
Refinancing. 
 “Permitted Investments” means each of the following: 

(a) Direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the
United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America) or any state or state agency thereof, in each case maturing within one (1) year from the
date of acquisition thereof; 
 (b) Investments in commercial paper maturing within one (1) year from the
date of acquisition thereof and having, at the date of acquisition, the highest or next highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from Moody’s; 
 (c) Investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof which are issued or guaranteed by, or placed
with, and demand deposit and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any Lender or any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof that has a combined capital and
surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000; 
 (d) Master demand notes and fully collateralized
repurchase agreements with a term of not more than thirty (30) days for securities described in clause (a) above (without regard to the limitation on maturity contained in such clause) and entered into with a financial institution
satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) above or with any primary dealer; 
 (e) Shares of any money
market or mutual fund that has substantially all of its assets invested in the types of investments referred to in clauses (a) through (d), above; 
 (f) Investments existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 6.04; 
 (g) capital contributions, loans or other Investments made by (i) (x) any Loan Party to any other Loan Party and (y) any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to any other
Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor or (ii) so long as no Specified Default then exists or would arise therefrom, any Loan Party to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of any Loan Party (other than to the Sponsors, Sponsor-Related Parties or
any other stockholder of BCF Holdings, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding, provided that the aggregate amount of all Investments of the type described in this clause (g)(ii) and clause (s) of this
definition may not exceed $50,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time; 

  
 - 26-

 (h) Guarantees constituting Permitted Indebtedness; 

(i) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and
disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business; 
 (j) Loans or advances
to employees for the purpose of travel, entertainment or relocation in the ordinary course of business, provided that all such loans and advances to employees shall not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding, and
determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs thereof; 
 (k) Investments received from purchasers
of assets pursuant to dispositions permitted pursuant to SECTION 6.05; 
 (l) Permitted Acquisitions and existing
Investments of the Persons acquired in connection with Permitted Acquisitions so long as such Investment was not made in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition; 

(m) Hedging Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business for non-speculative purposes; 

(n) To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, notes from officers and employees in exchange for equity interests of BCF
Holdings purchased by such officers or employees pursuant to a stock ownership or purchase plan or compensation plan; 
 (o) Earnest money required in connection with Permitted Acquisitions; 
 (p) Investments in deposit accounts opened in the ordinary course of business; 
 (q) Capital Expenditures; 
 (r) Guarantees of Indebtedness
under clause (g)(ii) above of Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties not in excess of $50,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding, provided that the aggregate amount of all Investments of the type described in this clause
(r) and clause (g)(ii) of this definition may not exceed $50,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time; 
 (s) without duplication of, or accumulation with, other categories of Investments permitted hereunder, other Investments in an amount not to exceed $50,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time;
and 
 (t) Investments out of the portion of the Available Amount that any Loan Party or any Subsidiary elects to
apply pursuant to this clause (t); 
 provided, however, that for purposes of calculation, the amount of any Investment
outstanding at any time shall be the aggregate cash Investment less all cash returns, cash dividends and cash distributions (or the fair market value of any non-cash returns, dividends and distributions) received by such Person and less all
liabilities expressly assumed by another Person in connection with the sale of such Investment. 
 “Permitted Real Estate
Financing” means any financing by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that is secured solely by Real Estate of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary, as the case may be; provided that (a) the Indebtedness incurred in
connection with such financing shall not be directly or indirectly Guaranteed by, or directly or indirectly collateralized or secured by, or otherwise have any recourse to, such Loan Party or any such Subsidiary or any of the assets of such Loan
Party or such Subsidiary, other than (i) the Real Estate that is the subject of such financing and/or (ii) an unsecured Guarantee by the direct or indirect parent of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary that shall own the Real Estate that is
the subject of such financing, (b) none of the Loan Parties or any of their 

  
 - 27-

 
Subsidiaries shall provide any other direct or indirect credit support of any kind in respect of such Indebtedness (other than the security interest on the Real Estate that is the subject of such
financing as described in clause (a) above), (c) the such Loan Party or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall have received proceeds with respect to such financing in an amount equal to not less than 90% of the fair market value of
the Real Estate that is the subject of such financing, (d) the Indebtedness incurred in connection with such financing shall have a final maturity that is no sooner than the date that is six months following the Maturity Date and a weighted
average life to maturity that is no shorter than the Term Loans and (e) all Net Proceeds received in connection therewith are applied to the Term Loans as required by SECTION 2.17(c). 

“Permitted Refinancing” means any Indebtedness that replaces or refinances any other Permitted Indebtedness, as long as,
after giving effect thereto (i) the principal amount of the Indebtedness outstanding at such time is not increased (except by the amount of any accrued interest, reasonable closing costs, expenses, fees, and premium paid in connection with such
extension, renewal or replacement), (ii) the result of such refinancing of or replacement shall not be an earlier maturity date or decreased weighted average life, (iii) the holders of such refinancing Indebtedness are not afforded
covenants, defaults, rights or remedies, taken as a whole, which are materially more burdensome to the obligor or obligors than those contained in the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or replaced, (iv) the obligor or obligors under any such
refinancing Indebtedness and the collateral, if applicable, granted pursuant to any such refinancing Indebtedness are the same (or in the case of collateral, the same or less than) as the obligor(s) and collateral under the Indebtedness being
extended, renewed or replaced, (v) the subordination, to the extent applicable, and other material provisions of the refinancing Indebtedness are no less favorable to the Lenders than those terms of the Indebtedness being refinanced and
(vi) the refinancing Indebtedness is not exchangeable or convertible into any other Indebtedness which does not comply with clauses (i) through (v) above. 
 “Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity. 

“Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV
of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer”
as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA. 
 “Pledge Agreement” means the Pledge Agreement dated as of the
Closing Date among the Loan Parties party thereto and the Collateral Agent for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time. 

“Post Acquisition Period” means, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition the period beginning on the date such
Permitted Acquisition is consummated and ending on the last day of the fourth full consecutive Fiscal Quarter immediately following the date on which such Permitted Acquisition is consummated. 

“Prepayment Event” means the occurrence of any of the events described in SECTIONS 2.17(a) through (c). 

“Prime Rate” means, as to any Borrowing, for any day, the higher of: (a) the rate of interest
per annum publicly announced from time to time by the Reference Lender as its “prime rate” in effect at its principal office in New York City, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus  1/2 of 1% (0.50%) per annum and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the applicable Class of Term Loans for a one-month Interest Period commencing on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the
immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%. The Prime Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate being charged to any customer. The Prime Rate is a rate set by the Reference Lender based upon various factors
including the Reference Lender’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. If for any reason
the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative
Agent to obtain sufficient quotations thereof in accordance with the terms hereof, the Prime Rate shall be determined without 

  
 - 28-

 
regard to clause (b) of the first sentence of this definition, until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Prime Rate due to a change in the
Reference Lender’s Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Reference Lender’s Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO
Rate, respectively. 
 “Prime Rate Loan” means any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference
to the Prime Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II. 
 “Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate” means
a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower delivered pursuant to SECTION 5.01(m). 
 “Pro Forma
Adjustments” means, for any applicable period that includes all or any part of a Fiscal Quarter included in any Post-Acquisition Period, with respect to the Acquired EBITDA of the applicable Acquired Entity or the Consolidated EBITDA of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, projected by the Borrower in good faith as a result of (a) actions
taken during such Post-Acquisition Period for the purposes of realizing reasonably identifiable and factually supportable cost savings or (b) any additional costs incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, in each case in connection with the
combination of the operations of such Acquired Entity with the operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; provided that (i) so long as such actions are taken during such Post-Acquisition Period or such costs are incurred during
such Post-Acquisition Period, as applicable, the cost savings related to such actions or such additional costs, as applicable, it may be assumed, for purposes of projecting such pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDA or such
Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, that such costs savings will be realizable during the entirety of such period, or such additional costs, as applicable, will be incurred during the entirety of such period
and (ii) any such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, shall be without duplication for cost savings or additional costs already included in
such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, for such period; and provided further that any such increase, decrease and other adjustments of such Acquired EBITDA or such
Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, either (x) would be permitted to be included in pro forma financial statements prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, or (y) shall have been certified by the chief financial officer of the Borrower as having been calculated in good faith and in compliance with the requirements of this definition, provided that any such adjustment pursuant to
this clause (y) does not exceed the greater of (A) $20,000,000 and (B) an amount equal to 3% of the most recently calculated Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. 

“Pro Forma Basis” means, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant hereunder, that (A) to the extent
applicable, the Pro Forma Adjustments shall have been made and (B) all Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement in
such test or covenant: (a) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, (i) in the case of a Disposition of all or substantially all equity interests in
any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be excluded, and (ii) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the
definition of “Specified Transaction,” shall be included, (b) any retirement of Indebtedness, and (c) any Indebtedness incurred or assumed by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries in connection therewith and if such
Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the
relevant date of determination; provided that, without limiting the application of the Pro Forma Adjustments pursuant to (a) above, the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test or covenant solely to the extent that
such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and give effect to events (including operating expense reductions) that are consistent with the definition of Pro Forma Adjustment. 

“Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.16(d)(ii). 

“Qualifying IPO” means an equity issuance by BCF Holdings or Parent consisting of an underwritten primary public
offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) of its 

  
 - 29-

 
common stock (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933 as amended (whether alone or in connection with a secondary
public offering) and (ii) resulting in gross proceeds to BCF Holdings or Parent of at least $100,000,000. 

“Qualifying Lender” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.16(d)(iv). 

“Qualifying Loans” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.16(d)(iv). 

“Qualifying Secured Debt” means any secured Indebtedness of any Loan Party, no part of the principal of which is
required to be paid (whether by way of mandatory sinking fund, mandatory redemption, mandatory prepayment or otherwise) prior to the date that is six months after the Maturity Date of each Class of Term Loans outstanding on the date on which such
Indebtedness is incurred (it being understood that any required offer to purchase such Indebtedness as a result of a change of control or asset sale shall not violate the foregoing restriction) and which is subject to either (i) the terms of
the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement as “Additional First Lien Obligations” or (ii) the terms of the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement as obligations secured by Liens ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations.

 “Qualifying Unsecured Debt” means any unsecured Indebtedness of any Loan Party, no part of the principal of
which is required to be paid (whether by way of mandatory sinking fund, mandatory redemption, mandatory prepayment or otherwise) prior to the date that is six months after the Maturity Date of each Class of Term Loans outstanding on the date on
which such Indebtedness is incurred (it being understood that any required offer to purchase such Indebtedness as a result of a change of control or asset sale shall not violate the foregoing restriction). 

“Real Estate” means all interests in real property now or hereafter owned or held by any Loan Party, including all
leasehold interests held pursuant to Leases and all land, together with the buildings, structures, parking areas, and other improvements thereon, now or hereafter owned by any Loan Party, including all easements, rights-of-way, appurtenances and
other rights relating thereto and all leases, tenancies, and occupancies thereof. 
 “Reference Lender” means
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. 
 “Refinancing Term Loans” means Incremental Term Loans that are designated as
Refinancing Term Loans in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Amendment. 
 “Register” has the meaning
provided in SECTION 9.04(b)(iv). 
 “Regulation U” means Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in
effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof. 
 “Regulation X” means Regulation X
of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof. 

“Reinvestment Deferred Amount” means, with respect to a Prepayment Event described in SECTION 2.17(a) or (b), the
aggregate Net Proceeds received by any Loan Party in connection therewith that are not applied to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with the provisos in SECTIONS 2.17(a) or (b), as applicable. 

“Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective
directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates. 

“Release” has the meaning provided in Section 101(22) of CERCLA. 

“Replacement Lender” has the meaning provided in SECTION 9.02(c)(i). 

“Reports” has the meaning provided in SECTION 8.13(a). 

  
 - 30-

 “Required Lenders” means, at any time and subject to SECTION 9.04(f),
Lenders having Commitments aggregating more than 50% of the Total Commitments, or following the Closing Date, Lenders whose percentage of the outstanding Term Loans aggregate more than 50% of all such Term Loans. 

“Responsible Officer” of any Person shall mean any executive officer or financial officer of such Person and any other
officer or similar official thereof with responsibility for the administration of the obligations of such Person in respect of this Agreement. 
 “Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any class of Capital Stock of a Person, or any payment
(whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Capital Stock of a Person or any option, warrant or
other right to acquire any Capital Stock of a Person or on account of any return of capital to the Person’s stockholders, partners or members, provided that “Restricted Payments” shall not include any dividends payable solely in
Capital Stock of a Loan Party. 
 “Revolver Priority Collateral” has the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor
Agreement. 
 “Revolving Credit Loans” has the meaning set forth in the ABL Agreement. 

“Sale of Non-Core Business Segment” has the meaning provided in the definition of “Permitted Disposition.”

 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies,
Inc. and any successor thereto. 
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental
Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions. 
 “Second Lien Collateral Agent” means a collateral
agent for the holders of Qualifying Secured Debt which is intended to be secured by Liens ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations. 
 “Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means an intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent providing that the Liens securing the
Obligations rank prior to the Liens securing Qualifying Secured Debt which is intended to be secured by Liens ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations. 
 “Secured Party” means (a) each Credit Party, (b) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document, and (c) the
successors and, subject to any limitations contained in this Agreement, assigns of each of the foregoing. 
 “Security
Agreement” means the Security Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among the Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified
and in effect from time to time. 
 “Security Documents” means the Security Agreement, the Mortgages, the
Intellectual Property Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Facility Guarantee, and each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document that creates a
Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent to secure any of the Obligations. 
 “Senior Notes Indenture” means the
Indenture dated as of February 24, 2011 among Parent, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Wilmington Trust FSB, as Trustee, as supplemented by any supplemental indenture thereto, as replaced by any indenture governing securities issued
in lieu or in replacement of the Senior Notes. 

  
 - 31-

 “Senior Notes” means the $450,000,000 10% Senior Notes Due 2019 issued by
the Borrower under the Senior Notes Indenture and any securities issued in lieu or in replacement thereof. 
 “Senior
Note Documents” means the documents, instruments and other agreements now or hereafter executed and delivered in connection with the Senior Notes. 
 “Series” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.05(b). 

“Software” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement. 

“Solvent” means, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) at fair valuation on a
going concern basis, all of the properties and assets of such Person are greater than the sum of the debts, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the properties and assets of such Person on a
going concern basis is not less than the amount that would be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person is able to realize upon its properties and assets and
generally pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the normal course of business, (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts beyond such
Person’s ability to generally pay as such debts mature, and (e) such Person is not engaged in a business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or transaction, for which such Person’s properties and assets would
constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practices in the industry in which such Person is engaged. 
 “Specified Default” means the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in SECTION 7.01(a), SECTION 7.01(b), SECTION 7.01(c) (but only with respect to any representation made or
deemed to be made by or on behalf of any Loan Party in any certificate of a Financial Officer accompanying any financial statement), SECTION 7.01(d) (but only with respect to SECTION 5.07, SECTION 5.11 and SECTION 6.10), SECTION 7.01(h), or SECTION
7.01(i). 
 “Specified Indebtedness” shall mean (i) the Senior Notes, (ii) any Qualifying Secured
Debt, (iii) any Qualifying Unsecured Debt and (iv) any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing Indebtedness. 

“Specified Transaction” means any (a) disposition of all or substantially all the assets or Capital Stock of any
Subsidiary or of any division or product line of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, (b) Permitted Acquisition or (c) proposed incurrence of Indebtedness in respect of which compliance with the financial covenants set forth in
SECTIONS 6.10(a) and (b) are by the terms of this Agreement required to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis. 

“Sponsor Group” means the Sponsors and the Sponsor Related Parties. 

“Sponsor Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any Controlling stockholder or partner (including
in the case of an individual Person who possesses Control, the spouse or immediate family member of such Person provided such Person retains Control of the voting rights, by stockholders agreement, trust agreement or otherwise of the Capital Stock
owned by such spouse or immediate family member) or 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or (b) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding a 51% or more
Controlling interest of which consist of such Person and/or such Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (a) or (c) the limited partners of the Sponsors. 

“Sponsors” means collectively, Bain Capital Fund VIII, L.P. and its Affiliates. 

“SPV” has the meaning assigned to such term in SECTION 9.04(e). 

“Statutory Reserve Rate” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the
denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is
subject with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency 

  
 - 32-

 
funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. LIBO
Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D
or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage. 
 “Store” means any retail store (which includes any real property, fixtures, equipment, inventory and other property related thereto) operated, or to be operated, by any Loan Party.

 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the
prior payment in full of the Obligations on terms reasonably acceptable to the Agents. 
 “Subsidiary” means
with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which Capital Stock representing more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or,
in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, Controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or
by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent. 
 “Syndication Agent” means Goldman Sachs Lending
Partners LLC. 
 “Synthetic Lease” means any lease or other agreement for the use or possession of property
creating obligations which do not appear as Indebtedness on the balance sheet of the lessee thereunder but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, may be characterized as Indebtedness of such lessee without regard to the accounting
treatment. 
 “Taxes” means any and all current or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties (including stamp
duties), deductions, charges (including ad valorem charges) or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority, and any and all interest and penalties related thereto. 
 “Term B Loan” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.01(a). 

“Term B-1 Loan” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.01(b). 

“Term Loan Extension Amendment” has the meaning provided in SECTION 2.06(d). 

“Term Loans” means Term B Loans, Term B-1 Loans, Incremental Term Loans and Extended Term Loans. 

“Term Priority Collateral” has the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Total Commitments” means the aggregate of the Commitments of all Lenders. On the Closing Date, the Total Commitments
are $1,000,000,000. 
 “Transactions” means the entry into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents executed
and delivered on the Closing Date, the repayment in full of the Loan Parties’ term loans under the existing term loan agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, between the Loan Parties, Bear Sterns Corporate Lending Inc. and the other parties
thereto, the repurchase or redemption of all of the Borrower’s existing 11 1/8% senior unsecured notes due 2014 and all of Parent’s 14 1/2% senior discount notes due 2014, the Dividend Payment and the payment of fees and expenses in
connection with the foregoing. 
 “Transition Period” means the period from and including May 31, 2009 to
and including January 30, 2010. 
 “Type,” when used in reference to any Term Loan or Borrowing, refers to
whether the rate of interest on such Term Loan, or on the Term Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Prime Rate, as applicable. 

  
 - 33-

 “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in
the State of New York provided, however, that if a term is defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code differently than in another Article thereof, the term shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9; provided further that, if by reason
of mandatory provisions of law, perfection, or the effect of perfection or non-perfection, of a security interest in any Collateral or the availability of any remedy hereunder is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction
other than New York, “Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection or
availability of such remedy, as the case may be. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to
any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (2) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Indebtedness. 
 “Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a
complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part 1 of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA. 
 “Yield” for any Term Loan on any date of determination will be the internal rate of return on such Term Loan determined by the Administrative Agent utilizing (a) the greater of
(i) if applicable, any “LIBOR floor” applicable to such Term Loan on such date and (ii) the forward LIBOR curve (calculated on a quarterly basis) as calculated by the Administrative Agent in accordance with its customary practice
during the period from such date to the Maturity Date of such Term Loan; (b) the Applicable Margin for such Term Loan on such date; and (c) the issue price of such Term Loan (after giving effect to any original issue discount or upfront
fees paid to the market in respect of such Term Loan) (it being understood that the “issue price” of (x) the Term B-1 Loans shall be 99.75% and (y) any Extended Term Loan shall be deemed to be the issue price of the Term B-1 Loan
(as determined above) minus any upfront fees paid to the Lenders providing such Extended Term Loans). 
 SECTION 1.02 Terms
Generally. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document: 
 (a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine,
feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed
to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Charter Document) shall be construed as
referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document),
(ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns, (iii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of
similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules
shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating,
amending replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, (vi) the words “asset”
and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights, (vii) all references to
“$” or “dollars” or to amounts of money and all calculations of permitted “baskets” and other similar matters shall be deemed to be references to the lawful currency of the United States of America, and
(viii) references to “knowledge” of any Loan Party means the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer. 
 (b) In
the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but
excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including.” 

  
 - 34-

 (c) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of
reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document. 
 (d) This Agreement and
the other Loan Documents are the result of negotiation among, and have been reviewed by counsel to, among others, the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent and are the product of discussions and negotiations among all parties. Accordingly, this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents are not intended to be construed against the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders merely on account of the Administrative Agent’s or any Lender’s involvement in the preparation of such
documents. 
 SECTION 1.03 Accounting Terms. 
 (a) Generally. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial
calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the audited
financial statements described in SECTION 3.04, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein. All amounts used for purposes of financial calculations required to be made shall be without duplication. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test or covenant contained in this Agreement with respect to any period during which any Specified Transaction occurs, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio
shall be calculated with respect to such period and such Specified Transaction on a Pro Forma Basis. 
 (b) Issues Related to
GAAP. If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders
and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended,
(i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as reasonably requested hereunder a
reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. In addition, the definitions set forth in the Loan Documents and any financial calculations required by the Loan Documents
shall be computed to exclude (a) the effect of purchase accounting adjustments, including the effect of non-cash items resulting from any amortization, write-up, write-down or write-off of any assets or deferred charges (including without
limitation intangible assets, goodwill and deferred financing costs in connection with the BCFWC Acquisition, any Permitted Acquisition or any merger, consolidation or other similar transaction permitted by this Agreement), (b) the application
of ASC 815 (Derivatives and Hedging), ASC 480 (Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity) or ASC 718 (Stock Compensation) (to the extent the pronouncements in ASC 718 result in recording an equity award as a liability on the Consolidated balance sheet
of BCF Holdings and its Subsidiaries in the circumstance where, but for the application of the pronouncements, such award would have been classified as equity), (c) any mark-to-market adjustments to any derivatives (including embedded
derivatives contained in other debt or equity instruments under ASC 815), (d) any non-cash compensation charges resulting from the application of ASC 718 and (e) any change to lease accounting rules from those in effect pursuant to ASC 840
(Leases) and other related lease accounting guidance as in effect on the Closing Date. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for
purposes of determining compliance with any covenant (including the computation of any financial covenant) contained herein, the effects of FASB ASC 825 (Financial Instruments) and ASC 470-20 (Debt with Conversion and Other Options) on financial
liabilities shall be disregarded. 
 SECTION 1.04 Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the
Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up
or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number). 
 SECTION 1.05 Times of Day. Unless
otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable). 

  
 - 35-

 SECTION 1.06 Certifications. All certifications to be made hereunder by an officer or
representative of a Loan Party shall be made by such person in his or her capacity solely as an officer or a representative of such Loan Party, on such Loan Party’s behalf and not in such person’s individual capacity. 

ARTICLE II 

Amount and Terms of Credit 
 Commitment of the Lenders. 
 (a) Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, each Lender severally agrees to make a loan (a “Term B Loan”) to the Borrower on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed the amount of the Commitment of such Lender. Any amount borrowed under this SECTION 2.01(a) and
subsequently repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Each Lender’s Commitment shall terminate immediately and without further action on the Closing Date after giving effect to the funding of such Lender’s Commitment. The Term B Loans may
from time to time be LIBO Loans or Prime Rate Loans, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with SECTIONS 2.03 and 2.09. 
 (b) Each Additional Term B-1 Lender agree to make term loans to the Borrower in Dollars (each, a “Term B-1 Loan”) on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date in an amount not to exceed the
amount of its Additional Term B-1 Commitments and (ii) each Converted Term B Loan of each Amendment No. 1 Consenting Lender shall be converted into a Term B-1 Loan of such Lender effective as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date in a
principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Lender’s Converted Term B Loan immediately prior to such conversion. Amounts repaid with respect to Term B-1 Loans may not be reborrowed. 

SECTION 2.02 Reserved. 
 SECTION 2.03 Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing. 
 (a) The Borrower shall
give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 11:00 A.M., New York City time, one Business Day prior to the anticipated Closing Date) requesting that the Lenders make the Term B
Loans on the Closing Date and specifying the amount to be borrowed and whether the Term B Loans will initially be LIBO Loans or Prime Rate Loans (and, if LIBO Loans, the Interest Period for such Loans). Upon receipt of such notice the Administrative
Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof. Not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Closing Date each Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to
the Term B Loan to be made by such Lender. The Administrative Agent shall credit the account of the Borrower on the books of such office of the Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the
Lenders in immediately available funds. 
 (b) Except as set forth in SECTION 2.09, SECTION 2.10 and SECTION 2.11, Term Loans
shall be either Prime Rate Loans or LIBO Loans as the Borrower may request (which request shall substantially be made in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-1) subject to and in accordance with this SECTION 2.03. Each Lender may fulfill its
Commitment with respect to any Term B Loan by causing any lending office of such Lender to make such Term B Loan; provided, however, that any such use of a lending office shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such
Term B Loan in accordance with the terms of the applicable Note. Each Lender shall, subject to its overall policy considerations, use reasonable efforts to select a lending office which will not result in the payment of increased costs by the
Borrower. Subject to the other provisions of this SECTION 2.03 and the provisions of SECTION 2.11, Borrowings of Term Loans of more than one Type may be incurred at the same time, but in any event no more than ten (10) Borrowings of LIBO Loans
may be outstanding at any time. 
 (c) The procedures for the funding of Incremental Term Loans shall be as set forth in the
applicable Incremental Term Loan Amendment. 

  
 - 36-

 (d) Not later than 1:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date each
Additional Term B-1 Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Term B-1 Loan to be made by such Additional Term B-1 Lender pursuant to its Additional Term B-1
Commitment. The Administrative Agent shall credit the account of the Borrower on the books of such office of the Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Additional Term B-1 Lenders in
immediately available funds. 
 SECTION 2.04 Repayment of Term Loans. 

(a) The principal amount of the Term B-1 Loans shall be repaid in consecutive quarterly installments (each, an
“Installment”) of 0.25% of the original aggregate principal amount thereof on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date (to be decreased in accordance with SECTION 2.17(f) in the event of any mandatory prepayments of the Term Loans
made hereunder), each on the last day of each Fiscal Quarter (each, an “Installment Date”) commencing on the first Installment Date after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date with the entire remaining unpaid balance due on the
Maturity Date of the Term B-1 Loans. 
 (b) The principal amount of each Incremental Term Loan of any Series shall amortize as
provided in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Amendment. 
 (c) The principal amount of the Extended Term Loans of any
Extension Series shall amortize as provided in the applicable Extended Term Loan Amendment (to be decreased in accordance with SECTION 2.17(f) in the event of any mandatory prepayments of such Extended Term Loan made hereunder or as directed by the
Borrower in the event of any voluntary prepayments of the Term Loans hereunder). 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the
amounts required to be paid with respect to the Term Loans of any Class shall be reduced in connection with any prepayment of the Term Loans of such Class in accordance with SECTION 2.16 or 2.17, as applicable; and (y) the Term Loans of each
Class, together with all other amounts owed hereunder with respect thereto, shall, in any event, be paid in full no later than the Maturity Date. 
 SECTION 2.05 Incremental Term Loans. 
 (a) The Borrower may by written
notice to the Administrative Agent elect to request the establishment of one or more additional Classes of Term Loans denominated in Dollars under this Agreement (“Incremental Term Loans”). Each such notice shall specify the date
(each, an “Incremental Effective Date”) on which the Borrower proposes that the Incremental Term Loans shall be made, which shall be a date not less than five Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the
Administrative Agent; provided that: 
 (i) before and after giving effect to the borrowing of such Incremental
Term Loans on the Incremental Effective Date no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
 (ii) the
Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Incremental Term Loans shall not be shorter than the then remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term B-1 Loans outstanding at the time of such borrowing; 

(iii) all other terms applicable to such Incremental Term Loans (other than provisions relating to original issue
discount, upfront fees and interest rates, amortization (other than the Maturity Date and subject to clause (ii) above), optional prepayments or redemption terms, in each case, which shall be as agreed between the Borrower and the Incremental
Term Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans subject to the proviso contained in the definition of Applicable Margin), to the extent not consistent with or to the extent materially more onerous taken as a whole, than those terms applicable to
the then outstanding Term B-1 Loans except to the extent such covenants and other terms apply solely to any period after the latest Maturity Date of any Class of Term Loans outstanding on the Incremental Effective Date immediately prior to the
borrowing of such Incremental Term Loans shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower; 

  
 - 37-

 (iv) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Term Loans (other than
Refinancing Term Loans) borrowed following the Closing Date, when aggregated with the principal amount of Qualifying Secured Debt issued pursuant to clause (w)(ii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” would not exceed the Maximum
Incremental Amount; 
 (v) on a Pro Forma Basis, (x) the Borrower would be in compliance with each of the
Financial Performance Covenants for the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter for which financial statements have been or are then required to have been delivered and (y) the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most
recently ended Fiscal Quarter for which financial statements have been or are then required to have been delivered would be less than or equal to 3.00 to 1.0; and 

(vi) the Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent shall enter into such amendments to the Security Documents as may be
reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent (which shall not require any consent from any Lender other than those consents provided pursuant to this Agreement) in order to ensure that the Incremental Term Loans are provided with the benefit of the
applicable Security Documents and shall deliver such other documents, certificates and opinions of counsel in connection therewith as may be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent. 

(b) The Borrower may approach any Lender or any other Person that would be an Eligible Assignee to provide all or a portion of the
Incremental Term Loans (a “Incremental Term Lender”); provided that any Lender offered or approached to provide all or a portion of the Incremental Term Loans may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide an
Incremental Term Loan. Any Incremental Term Loans made on any Refinancing Effective Date shall be designated a series (a “Series”) of Incremental Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that, subject to the limitations set
forth in clause (a) above, any Incremental Term Loans may, to the extent provided in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Amendment, be designated as an increase in any previously established Class of Term Loans. 

(c) The Incremental Term Loans shall be established pursuant to an amendment to this Agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative
Agent and the Incremental Term Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans (an “Incremental Term Loan Amendment”) which shall be consistent with the provisions set forth in clause (a) above (but which shall not require the
consent of any other Lender other than those consents provided pursuant this Agreement). Each Incremental Term Loan Amendment shall be binding on the Lenders, the Loan Parties and the other parties hereto. 

SECTION 2.06 Extended Term Loans. 
 (a) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of any Class (an “Existing Term Loan Class”) be converted to extend the scheduled
maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Term Loans (any such Term Loans which have been so converted, “Extended Term Loans”) and to provide for other terms
consistent with this SECTION 2.06. In order to establish any Extended Term Loans, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders under the Existing Term Loan Class) (an
“Extension Request”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Loans to be established, which shall be consistent with the Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Class from which such Extended Term Loans are to be
converted except that: 
 (i) all or any of the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Extended Term
Loans may be delayed to later dates than the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Class to the extent provided in the applicable Term Loan Extension Amendment; 

(ii) the interest margins with respect to the Extended Term Loans may be different than the interest margins for the Term
Loans of such Existing Term Loan Class and upfront fees may be paid to the Extending Term Lenders to the extent provided in the applicable Term Loan Extension Amendment; 

  
 - 38-

 (iii) the Term Loan Extension Amendment may provide for other covenants and
terms that apply after the latest Maturity Date of any Class of Term Loans outstanding on the effective date of the Term Loan Extension Amendment immediately prior to the establishment of such Extended Term Loans; and 

(iv) no Extended Term Loans may be optionally prepaid prior to the date on which the Term Loans under the Existing Term
Loan Class from which they were converted are repaid in full unless such optional prepayment is accompanied by a pro rata optional prepayment of the Term Loans under such Existing Term Loan Class. 

(b) Any Extended Term Loans converted pursuant to any Extension Request shall be designated a series (an “Extension
Series”) of Extended Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that, subject to the limitations set forth in clause (a) above, any Extended Term Loans converted from an Existing Term Loan Class may, to the extent provided
in the applicable Term Loan Extension Amendment, be designated as an increase in any previously established Class of Term Loans. 
 (c) The Borrower shall provide the applicable Extension Request at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Loan Class are requested to
respond. No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Term Loans of any Existing Term Loan Class converted into Extended Term Loans pursuant to any Extension Request. Any Lender wishing to have all or a portion of its Term Loans
under the Existing Term Loan Class subject to such Extension Request (such Lender an “Extending Term Lender”) converted into Extended Term Loans shall notify the Administrative Agent (an “Extension Election”) on or
prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Class which it has elected to request be converted into Extended Term Loans (subject to any minimum denomination requirements
reasonably imposed by the Administrative Agent and acceptable to the Borrower). In the event that the aggregate amount of Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Class subject to Extension Elections exceeds the amount of Extended Term Loans
requested pursuant to an Extension Request, Term Loans of the Existing Term Loan Class subject to Extension Elections shall be converted to Extended Term Loans on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Term Loans included in each such Extension
Election. 
 (d) Extended Term Loans shall be established pursuant to an amendment (a “Term Loan Extension
Amendment”) to this Agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Extending Term Lender providing an Extended Term Loan thereunder which shall be consistent with the provisions set forth in clause (a) above (but which
shall not require the consent of any other Lender other than those consents provided pursuant to this Agreement). Each Term Loan Extension Amendment shall be binding on the Lenders, the Loan Parties and the other parties hereto. In connection with
any Term Loan Extension Amendment, the Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent shall enter into such amendments to the Security Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent (which shall not require any consent from any Lender other
than those consents provided pursuant to this Agreement) in order to ensure that the Extended Term Loans are provided with the benefit of the applicable Security Documents and shall deliver such other documents, certificates and opinions of counsel
in connection therewith as may be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent. 
 SECTION 2.07 Notes. 

(a) Upon the request of any Lender, the Term Loans made by such Lender shall be evidenced by a Note duly executed on behalf of the
Borrower. 
 (b) Each Lender is hereby authorized by the Borrower to endorse on a schedule attached to each Note delivered to
such Lender (or on a continuation of such schedule attached to such Note and made a part thereof), or otherwise to record in such Lender’s internal records, an appropriate notation evidencing the date and amount of each Term Loan from such
Lender, each payment and prepayment of principal of any such Term Loan, each payment of interest on any such Term Loan and the other information provided for on such schedule; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender to make
such a notation or any error therein shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Term Loans made by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the applicable Notes. 

  
 - 39-

 (c) Upon receipt of an affidavit and indemnity of a Lender as to the loss, theft,
destruction or mutilation of such Lender’s Note and upon cancellation of such Note, the Borrower will issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Note in favor of such Lender, in the same principal amount thereof and otherwise of like tenor at such
Lender’s expense. 
 SECTION 2.08 Interest on Term Loans. 

(a) Subject to SECTION 2.12, each Prime Rate Loan of any Class shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days
elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as applicable) at a rate per annum that shall be equal to the then Prime Rate plus the Applicable Margin for Prime Rate Loans of such Class. 

(b) Subject to SECTION 2.09 through SECTION 2.12, each LIBO Loan of any Class shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual
number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) at a rate per annum equal, during each Interest Period applicable thereto, to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Class for such Interest Period, plus the Applicable Margin for LIBO Loans of such Class.

 (c) Accrued interest on all Term Loans shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto, at
maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and after such maturity on demand. 
 SECTION 2.09 Conversion and
Continuation of Term Loans. 
 (a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time, on three (3) Business Days’
prior notice to the Administrative Agent (which notice shall be in the form of Exhibit B-2 hereto and to be effective, must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. on the third Business Day preceding the date of any
conversion), (i) to convert any outstanding Borrowings of Prime Rate Loans to Borrowings of LIBO Loans, or (ii) to continue an outstanding Borrowing of LIBO Loans for an additional Interest Period, or (iii) to convert any outstanding
Borrowings of LIBO Loans to a Borrowing of Prime Rate Loans, subject in each case to the following: 
 (i) No
Borrowing of Term Loans may be converted into, or continued as, LIBO Loans at any time when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (nothing contained herein being deemed to obligate the Borrower to incur Breakage Costs upon the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default unless the Obligations are accelerated); 
 (ii) If
less than a full Borrowing of Term Loans is converted, such conversion shall be made pro rata among the Lenders based upon the respective principal amounts of the Term Loans comprising such Borrowing held by such Lenders immediately prior to such
conversion; 
 (iii) The aggregate principal amount of Prime Rate Loans being converted into or continued as LIBO
Loans shall be in an integral of $1,000,000 and at least $5,000,000; 
 (iv) Each Lender shall effect each
conversion by applying the proceeds of its new LIBO Loan or Prime Rate Loan, as the case may be, to its Term Loan being so converted; 
 (v) The Interest Period with respect to a Borrowing of LIBO Loans effected by a conversion or in respect to the Borrowing of LIBO Loans being continued as LIBO Loans shall commence on the date of
conversion or the expiration of the current Interest Period applicable to such continuing Borrowing, as the case may be; 
 (vi) A Borrowing of LIBO Loans may be converted only on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, unless the applicable Borrower pays all Breakage Costs incurred in connection with such
conversion (it being understood that no Amendment No. 1 Consenting Lender shall be entitled to receive any amount under this Section 2.09(a)(vi) in connection with the Converted Term B Loans); and 

(vii) Each request for a conversion or continuation of a Borrowing of LIBO Loans which fails to state an applicable
Interest Period shall be deemed to be a request for an Interest Period of one (1) month. 

  
 - 40-

 (b) If the Borrower does not give notice to convert any Borrowing of LIBO Loans, or does not
give notice to continue, or does not have the right to continue, any Borrowing as LIBO Loans, in each case as provided in SECTION 2.09(a) above, such Borrowing shall automatically be converted to, or continued as, as applicable, a Borrowing of Prime
Rate Loans, at the expiration of the then-current Interest Period. The Administrative Agent shall, after it receives notice from the Borrower, promptly give each Lender notice of any conversion, in whole or part, of any Term Loan made by such
Lender. 
 SECTION 2.10 Alternate Rate of Interest for Term Loans. If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period
for a LIBO Borrowing, the Administrative Agent: 
 (a) Reasonably determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent
manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate (in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof) for such Interest Period; or 

(b) Is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the
cost to such Required Lenders of making or maintaining their Term Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period; 
 then the
Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the applicable Lenders that the circumstances
giving rise to such notice no longer exist (which notice the Administrative Agent shall deliver promptly upon obtaining knowledge of the same), (i) any Borrowing Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any
Borrowing as, a LIBO Borrowing shall be ineffective and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a LIBO Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as a Borrowing of Prime Rate Loans unless withdrawn by the Borrower. 

SECTION 2.11 Change in Legality. 
 (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement, if any Change in Law occurring after the Closing Date shall make it unlawful for a Lender to make or maintain a LIBO
Loan or to give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to a LIBO Loan, then, by written notice to the Borrower, such Lender may (x) declare that LIBO Loans will not thereafter be made by such Lender hereunder, whereupon
any request by the Borrower for a LIBO Borrowing shall, as to such Lender only, be deemed a request for a Prime Rate Loan unless such declaration shall be subsequently withdrawn; and (y) require that all outstanding LIBO Loans made by such
Lender be converted to Prime Rate Loans, in which event all such LIBO Loans shall be automatically converted to Prime Rate Loans as of the effective date of such notice as provided in SECTION 2.09(b). In the event any Lender shall exercise its
rights hereunder, all payments and prepayments of principal which would otherwise have been applied to repay the LIBO Loans that would have been made by such Lender or the converted LIBO Loans of such Lender, shall instead be applied to repay the
Prime Rate Loans made by such Lender in lieu of, or resulting from the conversion of, such LIBO Loans. 
 (b) For purposes of
this SECTION 2.11, a notice to the Borrower pursuant to SECTION 2.11(a) above shall be effective, if lawful, and if any LIBO Loans shall then be outstanding, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period; and otherwise such notice shall be
effective on the date of receipt by the Borrower. 
 SECTION 2.12 Default Interest. After the occurrence of any Event of
Default pursuant to SECTION 7.01(a) or SECTION 7.01(b) and at all times thereafter while such Event of Default is continuing, interest shall accrue on all Term Loans and other amounts owing by the Borrowers (after as well as before judgment, as and
to the extent permitted by law) at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days as applicable) (the “Default Rate”) equal to the rate (including the Applicable Margin)
in effect from time to time plus two percent (2.00%) per annum and such interest shall be payable on demand. 

  
 - 41-

 SECTION 2.13 Reserved. 

SECTION 2.14 Increased Costs. 
 (a) If any Change in Law shall: 
 (i) impose, modify or deem
applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender or any holding company of any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the
Adjusted LIBO Rate); or 
 (ii) subject any Credit Party or any Loan Party to any Tax of any kind whatsoever with
respect to LIBO Loans under this Agreement (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 2.23 (for the avoidance of doubt, no duplication of the Borrower’s obligation under Section 2.23 with respect to
Indemnified Taxes or other Taxes is intended under this clause (ii)) and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by such Credit or Loan Party); or 

(iii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition affecting LIBO Loans made by such Lender;

 and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost in any material amount in excess of those incurred by similarly situated
lenders to such Lender of making or maintaining any LIBO Loan or to increase the cost in any material amount in excess of those incurred by similarly situated lenders to such Lender or to reduce the amount in any material respect of any sum received
or receivable by such Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction
suffered. 
 (b) If any Lender determines that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of
reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Term Loans made by, such Lender, to a level below that which such Lender or such
Lender’s holding company would have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the
Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered. 
 (c) A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this SECTION 2.14 and setting
forth in reasonable detail the manner in which such amount or amounts were determined shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such
certificate within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt thereof. 
 (d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to
demand compensation pursuant to this SECTION 2.14 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any
increased costs or reductions incurred more than 90 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation
therefor, and provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 90 day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 SECTION 2.15 Reserved. 
 SECTION 2.16 Optional Prepayment of Term Loans; Reimbursement of Lenders. 

(a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay without premium (except as provided in SECTION 2.19(d))
or penalty (but subject to payment of Breakage Costs as provided herein) outstanding Term Loans of any Class in whole or in part, (x) with respect to LIBO Loans, upon at least two (2) 

  
 - 42-

 
Business Days’ prior written, telex or facsimile notice to the Administrative Agent, prior to 12:00 noon, and (y) with respect to Prime Rate Loans, on the same Business Day if written,
telex or facsimile notice is received by the Administrative Agent prior to 12:00 noon, subject in each case to the following limitations: 
 (i) No prepayment of any Extended Term Loans of any Extension Series shall be permitted pursuant to this SECTION 2.16 so long as any Term Loans of any Existing Term Loan Class from which such Extended
Term Loans were converted remain outstanding unless such prepayment is accompanied by a pro rata (or greater proportionate) prepayment of Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Class; 

(ii) All prepayments shall be applied to reduce scheduled remaining installments on the applicable Term Loans as directed
by the Borrower; 
 (iii) Subject to the foregoing, outstanding Prime Rate Loans of any Class shall be prepaid
before outstanding LIBO Loans of such Class are prepaid (except as otherwise directed by the Borrower). Each partial prepayment of LIBO Loans shall be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 (but in no event less than $10,000,000). No prepayment of
LIBO Loans of any Class shall be permitted pursuant to this SECTION 2.16 other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, unless the Borrower reimburses the Lenders for all Breakage Costs associated therewith within five
(5) Business Days of receiving a written demand for such reimbursement which sets forth the calculation of such Breakage Costs in reasonable detail. No partial prepayment of a Borrowing of LIBO Loans shall result in the aggregate principal
amount of the LIBO Loans remaining outstanding pursuant to such Borrowing being less than $5,000,000 (unless all such outstanding LIBO Loans are being prepaid in full); and 

(iv) Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date, the principal amount, Type and Class of Term Loans to be
prepaid and, in the case of LIBO Loans, the Borrowing or Borrowings pursuant to which such Term Loans were made. Each notice of prepayment shall be revocable, provided that, within five (5) Business Days of receiving a written demand for such
reimbursement which sets forth the calculation of such Breakage Costs in reasonable detail, the Borrower shall reimburse the Lenders for all Breakage Costs associated with the revocation of any notice of prepayment. The Administrative Agent shall,
promptly after receiving notice from the Borrower hereunder, notify each applicable Lender of the principal amount, Type and Class of Term Loans held by such Lender which are to be prepaid, the prepayment date and the manner of application of the
prepayment. 
 (b) The Borrower shall reimburse each Lender as set forth below for any loss incurred or to be incurred by the
Lenders in the reemployment of the funds resulting from any prepayment (for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, conversion to Prime Rate Loans or acceleration by virtue of, and after, the occurrence and during the continuance of an
Event of Default) of any LIBO Loan required or permitted under this Agreement, if such LIBO Loan is prepaid other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such LIBO Loan. Such loss shall be the amount (herein, collectively, “Breakage
Costs”) as reasonably determined by such Lender as the excess, if any, of (A) the amount of interest which would have accrued to such Lender on the amount so paid, not prepaid or not borrowed at a rate of interest equal to the Adjusted
LIBO Rate for such LIBO Loan (but specifically excluding any Applicable Margin), for the period from the date of such payment or failure to borrow or failure to prepay to the last day (x) in the case of a payment or refinancing of a LIBO Loan
with Prime Rate Loans other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such LIBO Loan or the failure to prepay a LIBO Loan, of the then current Interest Period for such LIBO Loan or (y) in the case of such failure to borrow, of the
Interest Period for such LIBO Loan which would have commenced on the date of such failure to borrow, over (B) the amount of interest which would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable
period with leading banks in the London interbank market. Any Lender demanding reimbursement for such loss shall deliver to the Borrower from time to time one or more certificates setting forth the amount of such loss as determined by such Lender
and setting forth in reasonable detail the manner in which such amount was determined and such amounts shall be due within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt of such notice. 

(c) Whenever any partial prepayment of Term Loans are to be applied to LIBO Loans of any Class, such LIBO Loans shall be prepaid in the
chronological order of their Interest Payment Dates or as the Borrower may otherwise designate in writing. 

  
 - 43-

 (d) (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in SECTION 2.16 (which provisions
shall not be applicable to this SECTION 2.16(d)), the Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay Term Loans of any Class from Lenders electing to participate in such prepayments at a discount to the par value of such
Loans and on a non-pro rata basis (each, a “Discounted Voluntary Prepayment”) pursuant to the procedures described in this SECTION 2.16(d); provided that (A) no Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be made unless
(A) immediately after giving effect to such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) the Borrower is in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the Financial Performance
Covenants as of the most recently completed Fiscal Quarter and (iii) the Borrower shall have Excess Availability (as defined in the ABL Facility) plus unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of at least $150,000,000, (B) any Discounted
Voluntary Prepayment shall be offered to all Lenders with Term Loans of such Class on a pro rata basis and (C) the Borrower on the date such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment is made, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a
Responsible Officer of the Borrower stating (1) that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment (after giving effect to any related waivers or amendments obtained in
connection with such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment), (2) that each of the conditions to such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment contained in this SECTION 2.16(d) has been satisfied or waived, (3) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans
so prepaid pursuant to such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment and (4) neither the Borrower nor any of its Affiliates has any MNPI. 
 (ii) To the extent the Borrower seeks to make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, the Borrower will provide written notice to the Administrative Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto (each, a
“Discounted Prepayment Option Notice”) that the Borrower desires to prepay Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount specified therein by the Borrower (each, a “Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount”), in each
case at a discount to the par value of such Term Loans as specified below. The Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount of Term Loans shall not be less than $10,000,000. The Discounted Prepayment Option Notice shall further specify with respect to the
proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment: (A) the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount for Term Loans and the Class of Term Loans to which such offer relates, (B) a discount range (which may be a single percentage) selected by the
Borrower with respect to such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment equal to a percentage of par of the principal amount of such Term Loans (the “Discount Range”) and (C) the date by which Lenders are required to indicate
their election to participate in such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment which shall be at least five Business Days following the date of the Discounted Prepayment Option Notice (the “Acceptance Date”). 

(iii) Upon receipt of a Discounted Prepayment Option Notice in accordance with SECTION 2.16(d)(ii), the Administrative
Agent shall promptly notify each applicable Lender thereof. On or prior to the Acceptance Date, each Lender with Term Loans of the applicable Class may specify by written notice substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto (each, a
“Lender Participation Notice”) to the Administrative Agent (A) a maximum discount to par (the “Acceptable Discount”) within the Discount Range (for example, a Lender specifying a discount to par of 20% would
accept a prepayment price of 80% of the par value of the Term Loans to be prepaid) and (B) a maximum principal amount (subject to rounding requirements specified by the Administrative Agent) of Term Loans of the applicable Class held by such
Lender with respect to which such Lender is willing to permit a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment at the Acceptable Discount (“Offered Loans”). Based on the Acceptable Discounts and principal amounts of Term Loans of the applicable
Class specified by the Lenders in Lender Participation Notices, the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Borrower, shall calculate the applicable discount for Term Loans (the “Applicable Discount”), which Applicable
Discount shall be (A) the percentage specified by the Borrower if the Borrower has selected a single percentage pursuant to SECTION 2.16(d)(ii) for the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment or (B) otherwise, the highest Acceptable Discount at
which the Borrower can pay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount in full (determined by adding the principal amounts of Offered Loans commencing with the Offered Loans with the highest Acceptable Discount); provided, however, that
in the event that such Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount cannot be repaid in full at any Acceptable Discount, the Applicable Discount shall be the lowest Acceptable Discount specified by the Lenders that is within the Discount Range. The
Applicable Discount shall be applicable for all Lenders who have offered to participate in the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment and have Qualifying Loans (as defined below). Any Lender with outstanding Term Loans under the applicable Class whose
Lender Participation Notice is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Acceptance Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value within the
Applicable Discount. 

  
 - 44-

 (iv) The Borrower shall make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment by prepaying
those Term Loans (or the respective portions thereof) offered by the Lenders (“Qualifying Lenders”) that specify an Acceptable Discount that is equal to or greater than the Applicable Discount (“Qualifying Loans”)
at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the aggregate proceeds required to prepay all Qualifying Loans (disregarding any interest payable at such time) would exceed the amount of aggregate proceeds required to prepay the Proposed
Discounted Prepayment Amount, such amounts in each case calculated by applying the Applicable Discount, the Borrower shall prepay such Qualifying Loans ratably among the Qualifying Lenders based on their respective principal amounts of such
Qualifying Loans (subject to rounding requirements specified by the Administrative Agent). If the aggregate proceeds required to prepay all Qualifying Loans (disregarding any interest payable at such time) would be less than the amount of aggregate
proceeds required to prepay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount, such amounts in each case calculated by applying the Applicable Discount, the Borrower shall prepay all Qualifying Loans. 

(v) Each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be made within five Business Days of the Acceptance Date, without premium
or penalty (and without Breakage Costs), upon irrevocable notice substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto (each a “Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice”), delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 1:00 P.M.
New York City time, two Business Days prior to the date of such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, which notice shall specify the date and amount of the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment and the Applicable Discount determined by the Administrative
Agent. Upon receipt of any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due
and payable to the applicable Lenders, subject to the Applicable Discount on the applicable Term Loans, on the date specified therein together with accrued interest (on the par principal amount) to, but not including, such date on the amount
prepaid. 
 (vi) To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be
consummated pursuant to reasonable procedures (including as to timing, rounding, minimum amounts, Type and Interest Periods and calculation of Applicable Discount in accordance with SECTION 2.16(d)(iii) above) reasonably established by the
Administrative Agent and the Borrower. 
 (vii) Prior to the delivery of a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment
Notice, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower may withdraw its offer to make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment pursuant to any Discounted Prepayment Option Notice. 

(viii) To the extent the Term Loans of any Class are prepaid pursuant to this SECTION 2.16(d), scheduled amortization
amounts for the Term Loans of such Class under SECTION 2.04 shall be reduced on a pro rata basis by the principal amount of the Term Loans so prepaid. 
 SECTION 2.17 Mandatory Prepayment. The outstanding Obligations shall be subject to prepayment as follows: 
 (a) If on any date any Loan Party shall have received Net Proceeds from any sale, transfer or other disposition (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction) of any Collateral (other than the
sale of Collateral (other than Real Estate, Capital Stock and Intellectual Property) in the ordinary course of business and the transfer of any Collateral among Stores and other locations of the Loan Parties), to the extent that such Net Proceeds
are not required to be applied to the payment of obligations of the Borrower or other borrowers under the ABL Facility, an amount equal to 100% of such Net Proceeds shall be applied within five Business Days after such date toward the prepayment of
Term Loans as set forth in SECTION 2.17(f) unless, provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) the proceeds therefrom are (a) utilized for purposes of replacing or repairing the assets in respect of which
such proceeds were received or reinvesting in assets used in any of the Loan Parties’ business within twelve (12) months of the receipt of such proceeds (or, in the case of any disposition of Real Estate the proceeds of which will be used
to reinvest in Real Estate, within eighteen (18) months of receipt of such proceeds if 

  
 - 45-

 
a letter of intent or other binding commitment to reinvest such proceeds is entered into within twelve (12) months of receipt of such proceeds) or (b) in the case of any disposition of
Real Estate listed on Schedule 1.1(b), reinvested in additional Real Estate within twelve (12) months of the receipt of such proceeds or within eighteen (18) months of receipt of such proceeds if a letter of intent or other binding
commitment to reinvest such proceeds is entered into within twelve (12) months of receipt of such proceeds and (ii) the aggregate amount at any time of such reinvested proceeds (A) in the case of any such sale, transfer or other
disposition of any such Collateral pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction, is equal to or less than $10,000,000 and (B) in the case of any such sale, transfer or other disposition of such Collateral (other than pursuant to a sale and
leaseback transaction and other than a disposition of Real Estate the proceeds of which will be used to reinvest in Real Estate) is equal to or less than $10,000,000; or 
 (b) If on any date any Loan Party shall have received Net Proceeds from any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation, expropriation or similar
proceeding of, any Collateral of a Loan Party, to the extent that such Net Proceeds are not required to be applied to the payment of obligations of the Borrower or other borrowers under the ABL Facility, an amount equal to 100% of such Net Proceeds
shall be applied within five Business Days after such date toward the prepayment of Term Loans as set forth in SECTION 2.17(f) unless (i) the proceeds therefrom are required to be paid to the holder of a Lien on such property or asset having
priority over the Lien of the Collateral Agent, or (ii) the proceeds therefrom are utilized for purposes of replacing or repairing the assets in respect of which such proceeds, awards or payments were received or reinvesting in assets used in
any of the Loan Parties’ business within twelve (12) months of the receipt of such proceeds; 
 (c) If on any date any
Loan Party shall have received Net Proceeds (i) from any Refinancing Term Loans or Indebtedness pursuant to clause (w)(i) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” or (ii) from the incurrence of any Indebtedness of the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Permitted Indebtedness), an amount equal to 100% of such Net Proceeds shall be applied within five Business Days after such date toward the prepayment of Term Loans as set forth in SECTION 2.17(f); and

 (d) If, for any Fiscal Year of the Borrower commencing with the Fiscal Year ending January 28, 2012, there shall be
Excess Cash Flow, the Borrower shall, on the relevant Excess Cash Flow Application Date (as defined below), apply an amount, if positive, equal to the excess of (i) the ECF Percentage of such Excess Cash Flow minus (ii) the principal
amount of Term Loans optionally prepaid pursuant to Section 2.16 during such Fiscal Year toward the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in SECTION 2.17(f) (it being understood that such payment for the Fiscal Year ending February 28,
2012 was made prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date). Each such prepayment shall be made on a date (an “Excess Cash Flow Application Date”) no later than five Business Days after the date on which financial statements of
the Borrower have been delivered pursuant to SECTION 5.01(a). 
 (e) Reserved. 

(f) Any prepayment of any Term Loans pursuant to SECTIONS 2.17(a) through (d) above shall be applied to repay Term Loans of each
then outstanding Class, provided, that any prepayment of any Term Loans pursuant to SECTION 2.17(c) shall be applied to repay Term Loans of each Class with an earlier Maturity Date prior to being applied to repay any Term Loans of any other
Class with a later Maturity Date (and, if two Classes of Term Loans have the same Maturity Date, shall be applied on a pro rata basis to such Classes). Any prepayment of any Class of Term Loans in accordance with the foregoing shall be applied
first, to the remaining scheduled installments of principal of such Term Loans pursuant to SECTION 2.04 that are due within 24 months of such prepayment and thereafter to the remaining scheduled installments of principal of the Term Loans of such
Class on a pro rata basis. Subject to the foregoing, outstanding Prime Rate Loans of any Class shall be prepaid before outstanding LIBO Loans of such Class are prepaid. No prepayment of LIBO Loans of any Class shall be permitted pursuant to this
SECTION 2.17 until the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, unless the Borrower reimburses the Lenders for all Breakage Costs associated therewith within five (5) Business Days of receiving a written demand for such reimbursement
which sets forth the calculation of such Breakage Costs in reasonable detail. In order to avoid such Breakage Costs, as long as no Specified Default has occurred and is continuing, at the request of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall hold
all amounts required to be applied to LIBO Loans of a particular Class in a Cash Collateral Account and will apply such funds to the applicable LIBO Loans of such Class at the end of the then pending Interest Period therefor (provided that
the foregoing shall in no way limit or restrict the Agents’ rights upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any other Event of Default). 
 (g) The Borrower shall prepay all Non-Converted Term B Loans on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date. 

  
 - 46-

 SECTION 2.18 Reserved. 

SECTION 2.19 Fees. 
 (a) The Borrower shall pay to the Agents, for their respective accounts, (i) the fees set forth in the Fee Letter as and when payment of such fees is due as therein set forth and (ii) such other
fees in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Agents. 
 (b) All fees shall be paid
on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Administrative Agent and other Credit Parties as provided herein. Once due, all fees shall be fully earned and shall not be refundable under any
circumstances (except to the extent set forth in the Fee Letter). 
 (c) The Borrower shall pay to each Lender on the Closing
Date an upfront fee equal to 1.00% of the Term B Loan made by such Lender on the Closing Date (which fee may be netted by each Lender from the proceeds of its Term B Loan made to the Borrower); and 

(d) In the event that, at any time on or prior to the first anniversary of the Amendment No. 1 Effective
Date,August 16, 2013, the Borrower makes any voluntary prepayment of all of the Term B-1 Loans with the proceeds of any term loan Indebtedness under any credit facility (other
than pursuant to a Discounted Prepayment Offer or with the proceeds from any public offering or other issuance of BCF Holdings’ or the Parent’s Capital Stock), which term loan Indebtedness has a lower Yield than the Yield of the Term B-1
Loans, then, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Term B-1 Lender a fee in an amount equal to 1.00% of such Lender’s Term B-1 Loans prepaid with the proceeds of such term loan Indebtedness. 

SECTION 2.20 Maintenance of Loan Account; Statements of Account. The Administrative Agent shall maintain an account on its books
in the name of the Borrower (each, the “Loan Account”) which will reflect (i) all Term Loans of each Class made by the Lenders to the Borrower or for the Borrower’s account and (ii) any and all other monetary
Obligations that have become payable. The Loan Account will be credited with all amounts received by the Administrative Agent from the Borrower or from other Persons for the Borrower’s account, and the amounts so credited shall be applied as
set forth in and to the extent required by SECTIONS 2.17(f) or 7.03, as applicable. 
 SECTION 2.21 Payments. 

(a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made hereunder or under any other Loan Document (whether of principal, interest,
fees, amounts payable under SECTIONS 2.14, 2.16(b) or 2.23, or otherwise) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without setoff or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the
discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its Funding Office, except that
payments pursuant to SECTIONS 2.14, 2.16(b), 2.23 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto and payments pursuant to other Loan Documents shall be made to the Persons specified therein. The Administrative Agent shall distribute
any such payments to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment under any Loan Document shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, except with respect to LIBO Borrowings, the date for payment shall be
extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, if any payment due with respect to LIBO Borrowings shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, unless that
succeeding Business Day is in the next calendar month, in which event, the date of such payment shall be on the last Business Day of subject calendar month, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the
period of such extension. 
 (b) Except as specifically provided herein all funds received by and available to the
Administrative Agent to pay principal, interest, fees and other amounts then due hereunder, shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of SECTIONS 2.17(f) or 7.03 ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of
principal, interest, fees and other amounts then due to such respective parties. 

  
 - 47-

 (c) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to
the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in
accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent
forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender with interest thereon for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds
Effective Rate. 
 SECTION 2.22 Reserved. 
 SECTION 2.23 Taxes. 
 (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any
obligation of the Loan Parties hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided, however, that if any applicable withholding agent shall be required
to deduct or remit any such Taxes from such payments, then (i) in the case of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions or remittances for such Taxes
(including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this SECTION 2.23) the applicable Credit Party receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the applicable withholding agent
shall make such deductions and (iii) the applicable withholding agent shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law. 

(b) In addition, the Loan Parties shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law.

 (c) The Borrower shall indemnify each Credit Party, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, for the full
amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid or payable by such Credit Party on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Loan Parties hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including Indemnified Taxes or
Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this SECTION 2.23) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto to the extent not already paid by the Loan Parties pursuant
to SECTION 2.23(a); provided that if the Borrower reasonably believes that such Taxes were not correctly or legally asserted, each Lender will use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to obtain a refund of such taxes so long as
such efforts would not, in the sole determination of such Lender, result in any additional costs, expenses or risks or be otherwise disadvantageous to it; provided further, that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate any
Lender pursuant to this SECTION 2.23 for any penalties and interest incurred in any Fiscal Year for which such Lender is claiming compensation if such Lender does not furnish notice of such claim within six (6) months from the end of such
Fiscal Year; provided further, that if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then the beginning of such six month period shall be extended to include such period of retroactive effect. A certificate as
to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Credit Party, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of any other Credit Party, setting forth in reasonable detail the manner in which such amount was
determined, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. 
 (d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or
Other Taxes by a Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return
reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 
 (e) Each Lender
shall (x) prior to the date hereof in the case of each Lender that is a signatory hereto (or the date of Assignment and Acceptance in the case of a Person that becomes a Lender after the date hereof) and (y) at such times as are reasonably
requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, provide the Borrower and 

  
 - 48-

 
the Administrative Agent with any documentation prescribed by law, or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, certifying as to any entitlement of such Lender to an
exemption from, or reduction in, withholding tax with respect to any payments to be made to such Lender under the Loan Documents. Unless the applicable withholding agent has received forms or other documents satisfactory to it indicating that
payments under any Loan Document to or for a Lender are not subject to withholding tax or are subject to such tax at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty, the Borrower, Administrative Agent or other applicable withholding agent shall withhold
amounts required to be withheld by applicable law from such payments at the applicable statutory rate. 
 Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing: 
 (i) Each Lender that is a U.S. Person within the meaning of
Section 7701(a)(3) of the Code (a “Domestic Lender”) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement two properly completed and duly signed original
copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any successor form) certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding. 
 (ii) Each Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter when required by
law or upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) whichever of the following is applicable: 
 (A) two duly completed and executed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor forms) claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States of
America is a party; 
 (B) two duly completed and executed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form
W-8ECI (or any successor forms); 
 (C) in the case of a Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for
portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit L-1, or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to the effect that such Lender is not
(A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled
foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and that no payments in connection with the Loan Documents are effectively connected with such Lender’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business and (y) two duly
completed and executed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor form); 
 (D) to
the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Foreign Lender is a partnership, or is a Participant holding a participation granted by a participating Lender), Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or any successor
forms) of the Lender, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit L-2, L-3 or L-4 (as applicable), Form W-9, Form W-8IMY (or other successor forms) or any other required information
from each beneficial owner, as applicable (provided that, if the Lender is a partnership (and not a participating Lender) and one or more beneficial owners are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, a certificate in substantially the form
of Exhibit L-2 shall be provided by such Lender on behalf of such beneficial owner(s)); or 
 (E) any
other form prescribed by applicable requirements of U.S. federal income tax law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed
by applicable requirements of law to permit the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made. 

  
 - 49-

 Each Lender shall, from time to time after the initial delivery by such Lender of the forms
described above, whenever a lapse in time or change in such Lender’s circumstances renders such forms, certificates or other evidence so delivered obsolete or inaccurate, promptly (1) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent
(in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) renewals, amendments or additional or successor forms, properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, together with any other certificate or statement of exemption required in
order to confirm or establish such Lender’s status or that such Lender is entitled to an exemption from or reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax or (2) notify Administrative Agent and the Borrower of its inability to deliver any such
forms, certificates or other evidence. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this clause (e), a Lender shall not be required
to deliver any form that such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver. 
 (f) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an
exemption from or reduction in United States withholding tax shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two (2) copies of (i) either United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (claiming a treaty benefit) or Form
W-8ECI, or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto, or, (ii) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming exemption from or reduction in U.S. Federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to
payments of “portfolio interest,” a (A) Form W-8BEN, or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto and (B) a certificate representing that such Foreign Lender (1) is not a bank for purposes of Section 881(c)
of the Code, (2) is not a 10 percent shareholder (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code) of any Loan Party and (3) is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Loan Parties (within the meaning of
Section 864(d)(4) of the Code)), in all cases, properly completed and duly executed by such Foreign Lender claiming, as applicable, complete exemption from or reduced rate of, U.S. Federal withholding tax on payments by the Loan Parties under
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming exemption for “portfolio interest” certifying that it is not a foreign corporation, partnership, estate or trust. Such forms shall be delivered by
each Foreign Lender on or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement (or, in the case of a transferee that is a participation holder, on or before the date such participation holder becomes a transferee hereunder) and on or before the
date, if any, such Foreign Lender changes its applicable lending office by designating a different lending office (a “New Lending Office”). In addition, each Foreign Lender shall deliver such forms promptly upon the obsolescence or
invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Foreign Lender. Notwithstanding any other provision of this SECTION 2.23(f), a Foreign Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this SECTION 2.23(f) that such Foreign Lender is
not legally able to deliver. 
 (g) The Borrower shall not be required to indemnify any Foreign Lender or to pay any additional
amounts to any Foreign Lender in respect of U.S. Federal withholding tax pursuant to paragraph (a) or (c) above to the extent that the obligation to pay such additional amounts would not have arisen but for a failure by such Foreign Lender
to comply with the provisions of paragraph (e) above. Should a Lender become subject to Taxes because of its failure to deliver a form required hereunder, the Loan Parties shall, at such Lender’s expense, take such steps as such Lender
shall reasonably request to assist such Lender to recover such Taxes. 
 (h) If any Loan Party shall be required pursuant to
this SECTION 2.23 to pay any additional amount to, or to indemnify, any Credit Party to the extent that such Credit Party becomes subject to Taxes subsequent to the Closing Date (or, if applicable, subsequent to the date such Person becomes a party
to this Agreement) as a result of any change in the circumstances of such Credit Party (other than a change in Applicable Law), including without limitation a change in the residence, place of incorporation, principal place of business of such
Credit Party or a change in the branch or lending office of such Credit Party, as the case may be, such Credit Party shall use reasonable efforts to avoid or minimize any amounts which might otherwise be payable pursuant to this SECTION 2.23(g);
provided, however, that such efforts shall not include the taking of any actions by such Credit Party that would result in any tax, costs or other expense to such Credit Party (other than a tax, cost or other expense for which such
Credit Party shall have been reimbursed or indemnified by the Loan Parties pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise) or any action which would or might in the reasonable opinion of such Credit Party have an adverse effect upon its business,
operations or financial condition or otherwise be disadvantageous to such Credit Party. 
 (i) If the Administrative Agent or a
Lender determines, in its good faith discretion, that it has received a refund in respect of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amount pursuant to this Section 2.23, it shall pay over
such refund within 30 days of its receipt thereof to the 

  
 - 50-

 
Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower or other relevant Loan Party under this Section 2.23 with respect to the Taxes giving
rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such Lender or Administrative Agent and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided, that
the Borrower, upon the request of such Lender or Administrative Agent, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or
such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This Section 2.23 shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its
tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person. 

(j) If a payment made to a Credit Party would be subject to United States federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Credit Party
fails to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Credit Party shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time
or times prescribed by FATCA and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Loan Parties or the Administrative Agent (A) a certification signed by the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller, and
(B) other documentation reasonably requested by the Loan Parties or the Administrative Agent sufficient for the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Credit Party has
complied with such applicable reporting requirements. 
 SECTION 2.24 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

 (a) If any Lender requests compensation under SECTION 2.14 or cannot make LIBO Loans under SECTION 2.11, or if the Borrower
is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to SECTION 2.23, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking
its Term Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts
payable pursuant to SECTION 2.14 or SECTION 2.23, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any
Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment; provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be liable for such costs and expenses of a Lender requesting compensation if (i) such Lender becomes a party to this
Agreement on a date after the Closing Date and (ii) the relevant Change in Law occurs on a date prior to the date such Lender becomes a party hereto. 
 (b) If any Lender requests compensation under SECTION 2.14 or cannot make Term Loans under SECTION 2.11 for thirty (30) consecutive days, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount
to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to SECTION 2.23, then the Borrower may, at their sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and
delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in SECTION 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be
another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided, however, that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld,
(ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Term Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder from the assignee (to the extent of such
outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under SECTION 2.14 or payments required to be made
pursuant to SECTION 2.23, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise,
the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. 

  
 - 51-

 ARTICLE III 
 Representations and Warranties 
 To induce the Credit Parties to enter into
this Agreement and make the Term B Loans, the Loan Parties executing this Agreement or a Joinder hereto, jointly and severally, make the following representations and warranties to each Credit Party with respect to each Loan Party on the Closing
Date, and in each case as of the date such representation and warranty is made unless an earlier date is specified: 
 SECTION
3.01 Organization; Powers. Each Loan Party is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite corporate or other applicable entity power and authority to own its
property and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted, except, in each case, where the failure to do so, or so possess, individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan
Party has all requisite organizational power and authority to execute and deliver and perform all its obligations under all Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party. Each Loan Party is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing
(where such concept exists) in, every jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the ownership or leasing of its properties makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing individually or
in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 3.01 attached hereto sets forth, as of the Closing Date, each Loan Party’s name as it appears in official filings in its state of
incorporation or organization, its state of incorporation or organization, organization type, organization number, if any, issued by its state of incorporation or organization, and its federal employer identification number. 

SECTION 3.02 Authorization; Enforceability. The transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents to be entered
into by each Loan Party are within such Loan Party’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, membership, partnership or other necessary action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan
Party that is a party hereto or thereto and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is a party, when executed and delivered by such Loan Party will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party,
enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered
in a proceeding in equity or at law. 
 SECTION 3.03 Governmental and Other Approvals; No Conflicts. The transactions to
be entered into and contemplated by the Loan Documents (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except for (i) such as have been obtained or made and
are in full force and effect, (ii) filings and recordings necessary to perfect in the United States Liens created under the Loan Documents and enforce the rights of the Lenders and the Secured Parties under the Loan Documents, in each case to
the extent required under the Security Documents or (iii) the failure of which to obtain would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) will not violate any Applicable Law (except to the extent that such
violation would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect) or the Charter Documents of any Loan Party, (c) do not violate or result in a default (with due notice, lapse of grace period or both) under any indenture or any
other agreement, instrument or other evidence of Material Indebtedness, except to the extent that such default would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any
Lien on any asset of any Loan Party, except Liens created under the Loan Documents and other Permitted Encumbrances. 
 SECTION
3.04 Financial Condition. The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Agents the Consolidated balance sheet, and statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (i) as of and for
the Fiscal Years ended May 31, 2008 and May 30, 2009, and as of the last day of the Transition Period for the Transition Period, in each case audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent public accountants, and (ii) as of
and for the Fiscal Quarter ending October 30, 2010, certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes. Since January 30, 2010 there has been no event, change, condition or development
that has had or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. 

  
 - 52-

 SECTION 3.05 Properties. 

(a) Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.05(a), each Loan Party has title to, or valid leasehold interests in or right to use, all
its real and personal property material to its business, except for defects which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (b) Schedule 3.05(b) sets forth with respect to each Loan Party a list of all registrations and issuances of the United States registered Intellectual Property owned by such Loan Party and all
applications for the registrations or issuance thereof as of the Closing Date. To the knowledge of each Loan Party, each such registration, issuance and application is subsisting except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material
Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of each Loan Party, the Intellectual Property owned by each Loan Party is valid and enforceable, and no proceeding is pending challenging the ownership, registration, validity, enforceability or use of any item of
Intellectual Property except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Party owns or is licensed to use, all Intellectual Property used in its business, except to the extent that the failure to so own
or have the right to use would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and each Loan Party’s use of Intellectual Property owned by such Loan Party does not infringe upon, misappropriate, dilute or otherwise violate the
rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements, misappropriations, dilutions or other violations that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No proceeding is pending
(or to the knowledge of each Loan Party, threatened) in which any Person is alleging that a Loan Party is infringing, misappropriating, diluting, or otherwise violating the Intellectual Property rights of any Person except as would not, individually
or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (c) Schedule 3.05(c)(i) sets forth the address (including county)
of all Real Estate that is owned by the Loan Parties as of the Closing Date. Schedule 3.05(c)(ii) sets forth the address (including county) of all Real Estate that is leased by the Loan Parties as of the Closing Date. Except as would not
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers of the Loan Parties each of such Leases is in full force and effect and the Loan Parties are not in default of the terms thereof. 

SECTION 3.06 Litigation and Environmental Matters. 
 (a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.06(a), there are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the actual knowledge of
Responsible Officers of a Loan Party, threatened in writing against or affecting any Loan Party as to which there is a reasonable expectation of an adverse determination which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected individually or in
the aggregate to result in a Material Adverse Effect (other than Disclosed Matters). 
 (b) Except as set forth on Schedule
3.06(b), no Loan Party (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental
Liability, (iii) has received written notice of any actual or potential claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability, which, in each case, individually or in the aggregate,
would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (c) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.06(c), to
the knowledge of the Loan Parties, no Real Estate or facility owned, operated or leased by any Loan Party is listed or proposed for listing on the National Priorities List promulgated pursuant to CERCLA or similar state “Superfund” list
except to the extent that such filings, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (d) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.06(d) as of the Closing Date, no Lien has been recorded or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened under any Environmental Law with respect to any Real
Estate of the Loan Parties. 

  
 - 53-

 (e) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby will not require any notification, registration, filing, reporting, disclosure, investigation, remediation or cleanup pursuant to any Governmental Real Property Disclosure Requirements or any other applicable
Environmental Law, except for any requirement the noncompliance with which could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. 

(f) Since the date of this Agreement, there has been no change in the status of the Disclosed Matters that, individually or in the
aggregate, has resulted in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect. 
 SECTION 3.07
Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each Loan Party is in compliance with all Applicable Law and all Material Indebtedness, and no event of default has occurred and is continuing thereunder, except in each case where the failure to comply or
the existence of a default, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Loan Party has obtained all permits, licenses and other
authorizations which are required with respect to the ownership and operations of its business, except where the failure to obtain such permits, licenses or other authorizations, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Party in compliance with all terms and conditions of all such permits, licenses, orders and authorizations, except where the failure to comply with such terms or conditions, individually or in the aggregate,
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 SECTION 3.08 Investment and Holding Company
Status. No Loan Party is an “investment company” as defined in, and subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. 
 SECTION 3.09 Taxes. Each Loan Party has timely filed or caused to be filed all tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by
it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, for which such Loan Party has set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP, and as to which no Lien has arisen or (b) to the extent
that the failure to do so would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 
 SECTION 3.10 ERISA. The Loan Parties and their ERISA Affiliates are in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan except as would not reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service and nothing has occurred subsequent to the
issuance of such determination letter which would cause such Plan to lose its qualified status. Since the Closing Date, no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for
which liability is reasonably expected to occur, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth on Schedule 3.10. The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan subject to
ERISA (based on the assumptions used for purposes of the most recent actuarial report prepared by such Plan’s actuaries) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of
the assets of such Plan by an amount that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 
 SECTION 3.11
Disclosure. None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other information (other than any projections, pro formas, budgets and general market information) concerning the Loan Parties furnished by or on at the direction of any
Loan Party to any Credit Party in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or delivered hereunder or thereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), when taken as a whole, contains, as
of the date furnished, any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made. 

  
 - 54-

 SECTION 3.12 Subsidiaries. 

(a) Schedule 3.12 sets forth the name of, and the ownership interest of each Loan Party in, each Subsidiary as of the Closing
Date; there is no other Capital Stock of any class outstanding as of the Closing Date. To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, all such shares of Capital Stock as of the Closing Date are validly issued, fully paid, and, with respect to corporate
shares, nonassessable. 
 (b) No Loan Party is party to any joint venture or similar agreement as of the Closing Date.

 SECTION 3.13 Insurance. Schedule 3.13 sets forth a description of all business interruption, general liability,
directors and officers liability, comprehensive, casualty and other insurance maintained by or on behalf of the Loan Parties as of the Closing Date. Each insurance policy listed on Schedule 3.13 is in full force and effect as of the Closing
Date and all premiums in respect thereof that are due and payable as of the Closing Date have been paid and such insurance is in such amounts and covering such risks and liabilities (and with such deductibles, retentions and exclusions) as are in
accordance with normal and prudent industry practice. As of the Closing Date, none of BCF Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (a) has received notice from any insurer (or any agent thereof) that substantial capital improvements or other
substantial expenditures will have to be made in order to continue such insurance or (b) has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from
similar insurers at a substantially similar cost. 
 SECTION 3.14 Labor Matters. As of the Closing Date, there are no
strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against any Loan Party pending or, to the actual knowledge of any Responsible Officer of any Loan Party, threatened, except to the extent that strikes, lockouts or slowdowns would not reasonably be expected to result
in a Material Adverse Affect. The hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Loan Parties have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters to
the extent that any such violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except for Disclosed Matters and to the extent that such liability would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, all payments
due from any Loan Party, or for which any claim may be made against any Loan Party, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued in accordance with GAAP as a liability on the books of
such Loan Party. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.14, as of the Closing Date no Loan Party is a party to or bound by any material collective bargaining agreement, bonus, restricted stock, stock option, or stock appreciation plan or agreement
or any similar plan, agreement or arrangement. As of the Closing Date, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under
any collective bargaining agreement to which any Loan Party is bound to the extent that such would be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 
 SECTION 3.15 Security Documents. The Security Documents create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, a legal, valid and
enforceable security or mortgage interests in the Collateral (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless
of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), and the Security Documents constitute, or will upon the filing of financing statements or other instruments within the time periods prescribed under Applicable Law and/or the obtaining of
“control,” in each case with respect to the relevant Collateral as required under the applicable Uniform Commercial Code or similar legislation of any jurisdiction, to the extent security interests in such Collateral can be perfected by
such filings or control, the creation of a fully perfected and enforceable first priority Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties thereunder in such Collateral (to the extent required under the Security
Documents), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person, except for Permitted Encumbrances (x) having priority by operation of Applicable Law on all Term Priority Collateral, (y) in favor of the agent under the ABL
Facility on any Revolver Priority Collateral or (z) Qualifying Secured Debt ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations. 
 SECTION 3.16 Federal Reserve Regulations. 
 No Loan Party is engaged
principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock. As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party owns any Margin Stock. 

  
 - 55-

 No part of the proceeds of any Term Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and
whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, (i) to buy or carry Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose in violation of
Regulation U or X or (ii) for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulation U or Regulation X. 

SECTION 3.17 Solvency. The Loan Parties, on a Consolidated basis, are Solvent (and, on the Closing Date will be Solvent
immediately after giving effect to the Transactions). No transfer of property is being made by any Loan Party and no obligation is being incurred by any Loan Party in connection with the Transactions, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with
the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of any Loan Party. 
 ARTICLE IV 

Conditions 
 SECTION 4.01 Closing Date. The obligation of the Lenders to make Term B Loans on the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of each of the following conditions precedent: 

(a) The Agents (or their counsel) shall have received from each party thereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement and the
Security Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Agents (which may include telecopy transmission or electronic pdf copy of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a
counterpart of this Agreement and the Security Agreement Loan Documents. 
 (b) The Agents and the Arrangers shall have received
a written opinion (addressed to each Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders and dated the Closing Date) of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, special counsel for the Loan Parties, and Martinez Odell & Calabria, special Puerto Rican counsel to the
Loan Parties, covering such matters relating to the Loan Parties, the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby as the Agents shall reasonably request. The Loan Parties hereby request such counsel to deliver such opinions. 

(c) The Agents shall have received Charter Documents and such other documents and certificates as the Agents or their counsel may
reasonably request relating to the organization and existence of each Loan Party and the authorization of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents thereby in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents, the Arrangers and
their counsel. 
 (d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice with respect to such Borrowing as required by
Article II. 
 (e) The Agents and the Arrangers shall have received a certificate, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance
to the Agents and the Arrangers, certifying that, as of the Closing Date immediately prior to and immediately following the Dividend Payment, no Default or Event of Default exists and the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, are Solvent and that
immediately after the Transactions, no Default or Event of Default will exist and the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, will be Solvent. 
 (f) The representations and warranties set forth in Article III are true and correct in all material respects. 
 (g) The Collateral Agent shall have received results of searches or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (in each case dated as of a date reasonably satisfactory to the
Collateral Agent) indicating the absence of Liens on the assets of the Loan Parties, except for Permitted Encumbrances and Liens for which termination statements and releases or subordination agreements are being tendered on the Closing Date.

 (h) The Agents shall be reasonably satisfied that all fees due at or immediately after the Closing Date and all Credit Party
Expenses incurred by in connection with the establishment of the credit facility contemplated hereby (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Agents), shall be paid in full from the proceeds of the initial borrowing hereunder.

  
 - 56-

 (i) The Borrower and/or their Affiliates shall have received the proceeds from the Senior
Notes, which Senior Notes shall be consistent with the terms set forth in the Offering Memorandum for the Senior Notes dated February 17, 2011. 
 (j) The Collateral Agent shall have received (i) fully executed copies of the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, short-form security agreements in appropriate form for filing with the United
States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office with respect to the Collateral consisting of United States registered patents, trademarks and copyrights, (ii) UCC-1 financing statements appropriately completed and naming
the Collateral Agent as secured party and each Loan Party as debtor in appropriate form for filing with the applicable filing office in the jurisdiction of organization of each Loan Party and (iii) all certificates of stock of the Loan Parties
and their Subsidiaries constituting Collateral together with appropriate stock powers or other instruments of transfer. 
 (k)
There shall have been delivered to the Agents and the Arrangers all documentation and other information requested by them that is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and
regulations, including the Act (as defined in Section 9.16 below). 
 (l) To the extent not otherwise set forth in
this SECTION 4.01, there shall have been delivered to the Agents and the Arrangers each of the instruments, agreements, opinions, certificates and other documents identified on the closing agenda attached hereto as Exhibit F. 

ARTICLE V 

Affirmative Covenants 
 Until (i) the Commitments have expired or been terminated and (ii) the principal of and interest on the Term Loans and all fees and other Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations
with respect to then unasserted claims) shall have been paid in full, each Loan Party covenants and agrees with the Credit Parties that: 
 SECTION 5.01 Financial Statements and Other Information. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent: 
 (a) Within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of BCF Holdings commencing with the Fiscal Year ending January 29, 2011, the Consolidated balance sheet and related statements of
operations, and Consolidated statements of cash flows as of the end of and for such year for BCF Holdings and its Subsidiaries, setting forth in comparative form, the Consolidated figures for the previous Fiscal Year and the figures as set forth in
the projections delivered pursuant to SECTION 5.01(e), all audited and reported on by independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without a qualification
or exception as to the scope of such audit), except for the aforementioned projections, to the effect that such Consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the
applicable Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; 
 (b) Within forty-five
(45) days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter of BCF Holdings commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending April 30, 2011, excluding the last Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year of BCF Holdings, the Consolidated balance sheet and related
statements of operations, and Consolidated statements of cash flows for BCF Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the end of and for such Fiscal Quarter and the elapsed portion of the Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case, in comparative form the
Consolidated figures for the previous Fiscal Year and the figures as set forth in the projections delivered pursuant to SECTION 5.01(e), all such Consolidated figures certified by one of the Borrower’s Financial Officers as fairly presenting in
all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, subject to year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; 

  
 - 57-

 (c) Within thirty (30) days after the end of each Fiscal Month of BCF Holdings and its
Subsidiaries commencing with the Fiscal Month ending February 26, (i) internally prepared monthly operating financial reports for BCF Holdings and its Subsidiaries, as of the end of and for such Fiscal Month and the elapsed portion of the
Fiscal Year, all certified by one of the Borrower’s Financial Officers as, to such officer’s knowledge, presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries on a
Consolidated basis, and (ii) such reports as are prepared by the Loan Parties’ management for their own use, including the Consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, and Consolidated statements of cash flows for BCF
Holdings and its Subsidiaries, as of the end of and for such Fiscal Month and the elapsed portion of the Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case, in comparative form the Consolidated figures for the previous Fiscal Year and the figures as set forth
in the projections delivered pursuant to SECTION 5.01(e), all certified by one of the Borrower’s Financial Officers as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Loan Parties and their
Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; 
 (d) Concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or clause (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower in the form of Exhibit E hereto (a
“Compliance Certificate”) (i) certifying as to whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken
with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations with respect to the Excess Cash Flow (in the case of any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) above for any Fiscal Year ending after the Closing Date),
Consolidated Leverage Ratio and Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio, in each case, for such period, (iii) detailing all Store openings and Store closings during the immediately preceding fiscal period and stating the aggregate number of the
Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ Stores as of the first day of the current fiscal period, (iv) setting forth the Cure Amount, if any, exercised in the immediately preceding fiscal period and (v) stating whether any change in
GAAP or in the application thereof has occurred since the date of BCF Holdings’ most recent audited financial statements and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such
Compliance Certificate; 
 (e) Within sixty (60) days after the commencement of each Fiscal Year of the Loan Parties,
commencing with the Fiscal Year ending January 28, 2012, a detailed, Consolidated budget by month for the applicable Fiscal Year for BCF Holdings and its Subsidiaries and including a projected Consolidated income statement, balance sheet, and
statement of cash flow, by month, and promptly when available, any revisions to such budget resulting from any Permitted Acquisition, Permitted Disposition or other transaction, the effect of which would reasonably be expected to change the
projected Consolidated EBITDA of the Loan Parties in the subsequent Fiscal Year by 20% or more; 
 (f) Reserved; 

(g) Promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of (i) all material periodic and other reports, proxy statements and
other materials filed by any Loan Party with the SEC, and (ii) SEC Forms 10-K and 10-Q for BCF Holdings (for so long as BCF Holdings is subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended); 

(h) Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all material reports submitted to any Loan Party by independent certified public accountants
in connection with each annual or special audit of the books of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries made by such accountants, including any management letter commenting on the Loan Parties’ internal controls submitted by such
accountants to management in connection with their annual audit; 
 (i) Reserved; 

(j) A detailed summary of the Net Proceeds received from any Prepayment Event resulting in Net Proceeds in excess of $5,000,000 within
five (5) Business Days after receipt of such Net Proceeds other than from sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; 
 (k) Reserved; 

  
 - 58-

 (l) Promptly following any reasonable request therefor, such other information regarding the
operations, business affairs and financial condition of any Loan Party as the Agents may reasonably request (other than information which is subject to an attorney-client privilege or would result in a breach of a confidentiality obligation of the
Loan Parties to any other Person); and 
 (m) Not later than any date on which financial statements are delivered with respect
to any period in which any Pro Forma Adjustment is made as a result of the consummation of an acquisition of an Acquired Entity, a disposition of an entity or business or a shut-down of any discontinued operations, as the case may be, for which
there shall be any Pro Forma Adjustments, a certificate of one of the Borrower’s Responsible Officers setting forth the amount of such Pro Forma Adjustments and, in reasonable detail, the calculations and basis therefor. 

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to this SECTION 5.01 (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise
filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website (the
“Informational Website”), if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have unrestricted access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that
(A) the accommodation provided by the foregoing sentence shall not impair the right of the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, to request and receive from the Borrower physical delivery of specific financial
information provided for in this SECTION 5.01 and (B) the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent and each Lender (or if applicable, the Administrative Agent shall give each Lender) written or electronic notice each time any information is
delivered by posting to the Informational Website. The Credit Parties shall have no liability to any Loan Party or any Credit Party associated with establishing and maintaining the security and confidentiality of the Informational Website and the
information posted thereto. 
 SECTION 5.02 Notices of Material Events. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative
Agent prompt written notice of the occurrence of any of the following after any Responsible Officer of the Borrower obtains knowledge thereof: 
 (a) A Default or Event of Default, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the action (if any) which is proposed to be taken with respect thereto; 

(b) The filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or
affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Borrower that, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; 
 (c) The occurrence of an ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in a liability to BCF Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries
or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates in excess of $25,000,000 or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; 
 (d) Any development that results in a Material Adverse Effect; 
 (e) Any change in
any Loan Party’s chief executive officer or chief financial officer; 
 (f) Any material change in any Loan Party’s
financial reporting practices; 
 (g) Any strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against any Loan Party which would reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; 
 (h) The filing of any Lien for unpaid Taxes against any Loan Party in excess
of $5,000,000; 
 (i) The discharge by any Loan Party of its present independent accountants or any withdrawal or resignation by
such independent accountants; and 
 (j) Any casualty or other insured damage to any portion of the Term Priority Collateral in
excess of $5,000,000, or the commencement of any action or proceeding for the taking of any interest in a portion of the Term Priority Collateral in excess of $5,000,000 or any part thereof or interest therein under power of eminent domain or by
condemnation or similar proceeding. 

  
 - 59-

 Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other
executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and, if applicable, any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto. 

SECTION 5.03 Information Regarding Collateral. The Borrower will furnish to the Agents prompt written notice of any change in:
(a) any Loan Party’s name; (b) the location of any Loan Party’s chief executive office or its principal place of business; (c) any Loan Party’s organizational structure or jurisdiction of incorporation or formation; or
(d) any Loan Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number assigned to it by its state of organization. The Loan Parties agree not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding
sentence unless all filings, publications and registrations, have been made (or will be made in a timely fashion) under the Uniform Commercial Code or other Applicable Law that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times
following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected first priority security interest to the extent required under the Security Documents (subject only to Permitted Encumbrances having priority by operation of Applicable Law and Liens
permitted to be pari passu to the Liens of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement) in all the Collateral for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties. 

SECTION 5.04 Existence; Conduct of Business. Each Loan Party will do all things necessary to comply with its Charter Documents in all
material respects, and to obtain, preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names material to the conduct of its
business, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution
permitted under SECTION 6.03 or SECTION 6.05. 
 SECTION 5.05 Payment of Obligations. Each Loan Party will pay its Taxes
before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and such Loan Party or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate
reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, (b) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation, or (c) the failure to make payment, individually or
in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 
 SECTION 5.06 Maintenance of
Properties. Each Loan Party will keep and maintain all tangible property material to the conduct of its business in substantially the same condition as of the Closing Date (ordinary wear and tear, casualty loss and condemnation excepted), except
(a) where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (b) for Store closings and Permitted Dispositions permitted hereunder. Each Loan Party will use commercially reasonable efforts to
prosecute, maintain, and enforce the Intellectual Property, except to the extent such Intellectual Property is no longer used or deemed by such Loan Party in its reasonable business judgment to be useful in the conduct of the business of the Loan
Parties. 
 SECTION 5.07 Insurance. 
 (a) Each Loan Party shall (i) maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable insurers (or, to the extent consistent with business practices in effect on the Closing Date, a program of
self-insurance) on such of its property and in at least such amounts and against at least such risks as is consistent with business practices in effect on the Closing Date or as otherwise determined by the Responsible Officers of the Loan Parties
acting reasonably in their business judgment, including public liability insurance against claims for personal injury or death occurring upon, in or about or in connection with the use of any properties owned, occupied or controlled by it (including
the insurance required pursuant to the Security Documents); (ii) maintain such other insurance as may be required by law; and (iii) furnish to the Agents, upon written request, full information as to the insurance carried. 

  
 - 60-

 (b) Fire and extended coverage policies maintained with respect to any Collateral shall be
endorsed or otherwise amended to include (i) a lenders’ loss payable clause (regarding personal property), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents, which endorsements or amendments shall provide that the insurer shall
pay all proceeds otherwise payable to the Loan Parties under the policies directly to the Administrative Agent, (ii) a provision to the effect that none of the Loan Parties, Credit Parties (in their capacity as such) or any other Affiliate of a
Loan Party shall be a co-insurer (the foregoing not being deemed to limit the amount of self-insured retention or deductibles under such policies, which self-insured retention or deductibles shall be consistent with business practices in effect on
the Closing Date or as otherwise determined by the Responsible Officers of the Loan Parties acting reasonably in their business judgment), and (iii) such other provisions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time to
protect the interests of the Credit Parties. Commercial general liability policies shall be endorsed to name the Collateral Agent as an additional insured. Business interruption policies shall name the Collateral Agent as a loss payee and shall be
endorsed or amended to include (i) a provision that after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Specified Default and notice from the Collateral Agent to the insurer, the insurer shall pay all proceeds of such business interruption
policies otherwise payable to the Loan Parties under the policies directly to the Collateral Agent and (ii) such other provisions to the endorsement as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time to protect the interests
of the Credit Parties. Each such casualty or liability policy referred to in this SECTION 5.07(b) shall also provide that it shall not be canceled, modified in any manner that would cause this SECTION 5.07 to be violated, or not renewed (i) by
reason of nonpayment of premium except upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Administrative Agent (giving the Administrative Agent the right to cure defaults in the payment of premiums) or
(ii) for any other reason except upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Administrative Agent. The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, prior to the cancellation,
modification or non-renewal of any such policy of insurance, a copy of a renewal or replacement policy (or other evidence of renewal of a policy previously delivered to the Administrative Agent, including an insurance binder) together with evidence
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of payment of the premium therefor. 
 (c) If any portion of any Mortgaged Property is
at any time located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a Special Flood Hazard Area with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of
1968 (as now or hereafter in effect or successor act thereto), then the Borrower shall, or shall cause each Loan Party to (i) maintain, or cause to be maintained, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, flood insurance in an amount and
otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence of such compliance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to
the Administrative Agent. 
 (d) The Agents acknowledge that the insurance policies described on Schedule 3.13 are
satisfactory to them as of the Closing Date and are in compliance with the provisions of this SECTION 5.07. 
 SECTION 5.08
Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights; Appraisals; Accountants. 
 (a) Each Loan Party will keep proper books of
record and account in accordance with GAAP and in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Each Loan Party will permit any representatives designated by any Agent,
upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and to examine and make extracts from its books and records, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably
requested. 
 (b) At its election, upon its reasonable belief that any Loan Party has breached any representation, warranty or
covenant herein relating to environmental matters in any material respect, or in connection with the enforcement of remedies against any Real Estate after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent or any
Lender may, at its own cost and expense, retain an independent engineer or environmental consultant to conduct an environmental assessment (but, prior to the occurrence of any such Event of Default, only with respect to the subject matter of such
breach, including, as relevant to such breach, of the condition of any Real Estate or facility of any Loan Party) and/or such Loan Party’s compliance with Environmental Law. Each Loan Party shall cooperate in the performance of any such
environmental assessment and permit any such engineer or consultant designated by the Collateral Agent or such Lender to have full access to each property or facility at reasonable times and after reasonable notice to the Borrower of the plans to
conduct such an environmental 

  
 - 61-

 
assessment. Environmental assessments conducted under this paragraph shall be limited to visual inspections of the Real Estate or facility, interviews with representatives of the Loan Parties or
facility personnel, and review of applicable records and documents pertaining to the condition of the property or facility, its compliance with Environmental Law and any potential Environmental Liabilities, in each case prior to the occurrence and
during the continuance of an Event of Default, to the extent relevant to the subject matter of such breach. All environmental assessments conducted pursuant to this paragraph shall be at the Loan Parties’ sole cost and expense. 

SECTION 5.09 Reserved. 
 SECTION 5.10 Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party will comply with all Applicable Laws and the orders of any Governmental Authority except where the failure to do so, individually or in the
aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party shall:
(a) conduct its operations and keep and maintain its Real Estate in compliance with all Environmental Laws; and (b) implement any and all investigation, remediation, removal and response actions that are appropriate or necessary to
materially comply with Environmental Laws pertaining to the presence, generation, treatment, storage, use, disposal, transportation or Release of any Hazardous Materials on, at, in, under, above, to, from or about any of its Real Estate. The Loan
Parties shall notify the Administrative Agent promptly after such Person becomes aware of any violation of or non-compliance with any Environmental Laws or any Release on, at, in, under, above, to, from or about any Real Estate that is reasonably
likely to result in Environmental Liabilities in excess of $1,000,000 individually or in the aggregate; and (d) promptly forward to Administrative Agent a copy of any order, notice, request for information or any communication or report
received by such Person in connection with any such violation or Release or any other matter that could reasonably be expected to result in Environmental Liabilities in excess of $1,000,000 individually or in the aggregate in each case whether or
not any Governmental Authority has taken or threatened any action in connection with any such violation, Release or other matter. 
 SECTION 5.11 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Term B Loans made hereunder will be used only to finance a portion of the Transactions. The proceeds of Incremental Term Loans shall be used for
general corporate purposes (except for Refinancing Term Loans, the proceeds of which shall be applied pursuant to SECTION 2.17). No part of the proceeds of any Term Loans will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a
violation of any of the regulations of the Board, including Regulations U and X. The proceeds of the Additional Term B-1 Loans will be used on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date to prepay the Non-Converted Term B Loans. 

SECTION 5.12 Additional Subsidiaries. If any Loan Party shall form or acquire a Subsidiary that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary, a
Foreign Subsidiary or a Subsidiary in which substantially all of its assets consist of the Capital Stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries after the Closing Date, the Borrower will notify the Agents thereof and will cause such Subsidiary to become
a Loan Party hereunder and under each applicable Security Document in the manner provided therein within ten (10) Business Days after such Subsidiary is formed or acquired and promptly take such actions to create and perfect Liens on such
Subsidiary’s assets to secure the Obligations as the Agents shall reasonably request. If any shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of such Subsidiary are owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party, the Borrower will cause such shares and
promissory notes evidencing such Indebtedness to be pledged to secure the Obligations within ten (10) Business Days after such Subsidiary is formed or acquired (except that, if such Subsidiary is a Foreign Subsidiary or a Subsidiary in which
substantially all of its assets consist of the Capital Stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries, shares of Capital Stock of such Subsidiary to be pledged may be limited to 65% of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock of such Subsidiary).

 SECTION 5.13 Further Assurances. Each Loan Party will execute any and all further documents, financing statements,
agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements and other documents), that may be required under any Applicable Law, or which any Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably
request, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or to grant, preserve, protect or perfect in the United States the Liens created or intended to be created by the Security Documents or the validity or priority of any such
Lien, all at the expense of the Loan Parties, and in each case to the extent required under the Security Documents. 
 SECTION
5.14 Post Closing Covenants. The Loan Parties shall comply with the terms and conditions set forth on Schedule 5.14. 

  
 - 62-

 ARTICLE VI 
 Negative Covenants 
 Until (i) the Commitments have expired or been
terminated and (ii) the principal of and interest on each Term Loan and all fees and other Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations with respect to then unasserted claims) shall have been paid in full, each Loan Party covenants
and agrees with the Credit Parties that: 
 SECTION 6.01 Indebtedness and Other Obligations. No Loan Party will, nor will
it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except Permitted Indebtedness. 

SECTION 6.02 Liens. No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist
any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, except Permitted Encumbrances. 
 SECTION 6.03
Fundamental Changes. 
 (a) No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, merge into or consolidate
with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing or would arise therefrom, (i) any Subsidiary may liquidate, dissolve, consolidate, or merge into a Loan Party in a transaction in which a Loan Party is the surviving corporation, (ii) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party
may liquidate, dissolve, consolidate, or merge into any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, (iii) any Loan Party may merge with or into any other Loan Party, (iv) the Loan Parties and its Subsidiaries may dispose of Capital Stock of their
respective Subsidiaries in a transaction permitted by SECTION 6.05, and (v) Permitted Acquisitions and transactions permitted pursuant to SECTION 6.05 may be consummated in the form of a merger or consolidation, as long as, in the event of a
Permitted Acquisition, a Loan Party is the surviving Person, provided that any such merger involving a Person that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger shall not be permitted unless also permitted by SECTION 6.04.

 (b) No Loan Party will engage, to any material extent, in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by such
Loan Party on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related thereto and those supportive, complementary or ancillary thereto. 
 SECTION 6.04 Investments, Guarantees and Acquisitions. No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make or permit to exist any Investment, except Permitted Investments.

 SECTION 6.05 Asset Sales. No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, transfer, lease (as
lessor), license (as licensor), abandon or otherwise voluntarily dispose of any asset, including any Capital Stock of another Person, except sales of Inventory and the use of cash or cash equivalents in the ordinary course of business, transactions
permitted by SECTION 6.03 and Permitted Dispositions and the making of Permitted Investments (to the extent such Investment would involve a sale, transfer or disposition of any assets). 

SECTION 6.06 Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of Indebtedness. 

(a) No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly,
any Restricted Payment, except that: 
 (i) Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party may declare and pay
cash dividends or make other distributions of property to a Loan Party, provided that any such Restricted Payments made to BCF Holdings or Parent under this clause (i) shall be used (w) to pay general corporate and overhead expenses
incurred by BCF Holdings or Parent in the ordinary course of business, or the amount of any indemnification claims made by any director or officer of BCF Holdings or Parent, (x) to pay franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required
to maintain the corporate existence of BCF Holdings or 

  
 - 63-

 
Parent, (y) to pay taxes that are due and payable by BCF Holdings as the parent of a consolidated group that includes Parent and its Subsidiaries or (z) to make other payments that BCF
Holdings and Parent are not otherwise prohibited from making pursuant to this Agreement; 
 (ii) The Loan Parties
and their Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments for the purpose of paying amounts owing under the Advisory Agreement, to the extent permitted under SECTION 6.07; 

(iii) The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments consisting of Permitted Dispositions of the
type described, and subject to the limitations contained, in the definition thereof; 
 (iv) The Loan Parties and
their Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments constituting repurchases of equity interests in BCF Holdings or any Subsidiary (or distributions to BCF Holdings for such purpose) in connection with the exercise of stock options or warrants if such
equity interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such option or warrants, provided that Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (iv) shall not exceed $5,000,000 in any Fiscal Year of BCF Holdings; 

(v) in addition to the foregoing Restricted Payments, the Borrower may declare, pay and/or make the Dividend Payment;
and 
 (vi) so long as (x) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
(y) on a Pro Forma Basis, the Borrower would be in compliance with each of the Financial Performance Covenants for the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter for which financial statements have been or are then required to have been delivered and
(z) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter for which financial statements have been or are then required to have been delivered would be less than or equal to 3.5 to 1.0, any Loan Party or
any Subsidiary may make any Restricted Payment; 

(vii) so long as (x) no Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing and (y) on a Pro Forma Basis, the Borrower would be in compliance with each of the Financial Performance Covenants for the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter for which financial statements have been or were required
to be delivered, any Loan Party and any of its Subsidiaries may make any Restricted Payments from the portion of the Available Amount such Loan Party or such Subsidiary elects to apply pursuant to this clause (vii); and 

(viii) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, when
taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (viii), not to exceed $25.0 million. 
 (b)
No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make or agree to pay or make any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) of or in respect of principal of or interest on any Specified
Indebtedness, or any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any
Specified Indebtedness, except: 
 (i) payments in Capital Stock (so long as no Change of Control would result
therefrom) and payments of interest in-kind of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries; 
 (ii) payments of
regularly scheduled interest in respect of any Subordinated Indebtedness (subject to applicable subordination provisions relating thereto); 
 (iii) payments of principal (including mandatory prepayments) and interest as and when due in respect of any Specified Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness); 

(iv) prepayment in whole or in part of Specified Indebtedness from any refinancing of such Specified Indebtedness with the
proceeds of (x) any equity securities (other than Permitted Cure Securities) issued or capital contributions received by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary for the purpose of making such payment or prepayment and/or (y) other Indebtedness
not prohibited hereunder; 

  
 - 64-

 (v) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, any Loan Party and any of its Subsidiaries may make payments in respect of Specified Indebtedness from the portion of the Available Amount such Loan Party or such Subsidiary elects to apply pursuant to this clause (v); and 

(vi) refinancings of Specified Indebtedness to the extent permitted under this Agreement. 

SECTION 6.07 Transactions with Affiliates. No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or
otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) transactions in the ordinary course of
business that are at prices and on terms and conditions, taken as a whole, not less favorable to such Loan Party or Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) transactions between or among
the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries not otherwise prohibited hereunder, (c) payments due pursuant to the Advisory Agreement on account of Advisory Fees consisting of payments (but not prepayments) on account of annual advisory fees
provided that such payments may not be made if an Event of Default under SECTIONS 7.01(a), 7.01(b), 7.01(h) or 7.01(i) has occurred and is continuing or would arise therefrom, provided further that such fees not paid shall
accrue and be paid when the applicable Event of Default has been cured or waived and no additional Event of Default of this type has occurred and is continuing or would arise as a result of such payment, and (iii) transaction fees,
provided that such payments in excess of $1,000,000 may not be made if a Specified Default exists or would arise therefrom, provided further that such fees in excess of $1,000,000 not paid shall accrue and be paid when the
applicable Specified Default has been cured or waived and no additional Specified Default has occurred and is continuing or would arise as a result of such payment, (d) payments of indemnities and reasonable expense reimbursements under the
Advisory Agreement, (e) as set forth on Schedule 6.07, (f) payment of reasonable compensation to officers and employees for services actually rendered to any such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, (g) payment of
director’s fees, expenses and indemnities, (h) stock option, stock incentive, equity, bonus and other compensation plans of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, (i) employment contracts with officers and management of the Loan
Parties and their Subsidiaries, (j) Restricted Payments to the extent specifically permitted under this Agreement, (k) advances and loans to officers and employees of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries to the extent specifically
permitted under this Agreement, (l) Investments consisting of notes from officers, directors and employees to purchase equity interests to the extent specifically permitted under this Agreement, (m) payments pursuant to the tax sharing
agreements among the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries to the extent attributable to the ownership or operations of BCF Holdings and its Subsidiaries and to the extent permitted under Section 6.06(a)(i) and (n) other transactions with
Affiliates specifically permitted under this Agreement (including, without limitation, sale/leaseback transactions, Permitted Dispositions, Restricted Payments, Permitted Investments and Indebtedness). 

SECTION 6.08 Restrictive Agreements. No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly
enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of any Loan Party to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets in
favor of the Collateral Agent or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary thereof to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its Capital Stock to such Loan Party or to make or repay loans or advances to a Loan Party or to
guarantee Indebtedness of the Loan Parties, provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by Applicable Law, by any Loan Document, by any documents in existence on the Closing Date or under any
documents relating to joint ventures of any Loan Party to the extent that such joint ventures are not prohibited hereunder, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale
of assets or equity permitted hereunder by a Loan Party or a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the assets of the Loan Party or Subsidiary that are to be sold and such sale is permitted
hereunder, (iii) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property
or assets securing such Indebtedness and (iv) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in contracts or leases restricting the assignment or subleasing or sublicensing thereof, (v) the foregoing shall not
apply to any agreement related to Indebtedness under the Senior Notes or the ABL Facility, (vi) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to licenses or contracts which by the terms of such licenses and contracts prohibit the granting of
Liens on the rights contained therein, (vii) the foregoing shall 

  
 - 65-

 
not apply to any restrictions in existence prior to the time any such Person became a Subsidiary and not created in contemplation of any such acquisition, and (viii) the foregoing shall not
apply to any restrictions in Qualifying Unsecured Debt and Qualifying Secured Debt so long as such restrictions are not materially more onerous, taken as a whole, to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries than the terms of this Agreement. 

SECTION 6.09 Amendment of Material Documents. No Loan Party will amend, modify or waive any of its rights under (a) its
Charter Documents, (b) the nature of the obligations under any guaranty of recourse obligations, (c) the Advisory Agreement, or (d) any Material Indebtedness, in each case to the extent that such amendment, modification or waiver
would reasonably likely have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 SECTION 6.10 Financial Performance Covenants. 

(a) Consolidated Leverage Ratio. The Borrower shall not permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio on the last day of any Fiscal
Quarter set forth below to be greater than the ratio set forth opposite such Fiscal Quarter below: 
  

					
	 Fiscal Quarter
	  	Ratio	 
		
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on April 30, 2011
	  	 	6.75:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on July 30, 2011
	  	 	6.75:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on October 29, 2011
	  	 	6.75:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on January 28, 2012
	  	 	6.75:1.00	  
		
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on April 28, 2012
	  	 	6.75:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on July 28, 2012
	  	 	6.75:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on October 27, 2012
	  	 	6.75:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on February 2, 2013
	  	 	6.25:1.00	  
		
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on May 4, 2013
	  	 	6.25:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on August 3, 2013
	  	 	6.25:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on November 2, 2013
	  	 	6.25:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on February 1, 2014
	  	 	5.50:1.00	  
		
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on May 3, 2014
	  	 	5.50:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on August 2, 2014
	  	 	5.50:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on November 1, 2014
	  	 	5.50:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on January 31, 2015
	  	 	5.00:1.00	  
		
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on May 2, 2015
	  	 	5.00:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on August 1, 2015
	  	 	5.00:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on October 31, 2015
	  	 	5.00:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on January 30, 2016
	  	 	4.75:1.00	  
		
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on April 30, 2016
	  	 	4.75:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on July 30, 2016
	  	 	4.75:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on October 29, 2016
	  	 	4.75:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on January 28, 2017
	  	 	4.75:1.00	  

  
 - 66-

 (b) Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio. The Borrower shall not permit the
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio on the last day of any Fiscal Quarter set forth below to be less than the ratio set forth opposite such Fiscal Quarter below: 
  

					
	 Fiscal Quarter
	  	Ratio	 
		
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on April 30, 2011
	  	 	1.75:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on July 30, 2011
	  	 	1.75:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on October 29, 2011
	  	 	1.75:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on January 28, 2012
	  	 	1.75:1.00	  
		
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on April 28, 2012
	  	 	1.75:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on July 28, 2012
	  	 	1.75:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on October 27, 2012
	  	 	1.75:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on February 2, 2013
	  	 	1.85:1.00	  
		
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on May 4, 2013
	  	 	1.85:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on August 3, 2013
	  	 	1.85:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on November 2, 2013
	  	 	1.85:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on February 1, 2014
	  	 	2.00:1.00	  
		
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on May 3, 2014
	  	 	2.00:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on August 2, 2014
	  	 	2.00:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on November 1, 2014
	  	 	2.00:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on January 31, 2015
	  	 	2.00:1.00	  
		
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on May 2, 2015
	  	 	2.00:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on August 1, 2015
	  	 	2.00:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on October 31, 2015
	  	 	2.00:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on January 30, 2016
	  	 	2.10:1.00	  
		
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on April 30, 2016
	  	 	2.10:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on July 30, 2016
	  	 	2.10:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on October 29, 2016
	  	 	2.10:1.00	  
	 Fiscal Quarter ending on January 28, 2017
	  	 	2.10:1.00	  

 (c) Capital Expenditures. The Borrower shall not and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
make or commit to make any Capital Expenditure that would cause the aggregate amount of such Capital Expenditures made by the Loan Parties in any Fiscal Year of the Borrower commencing with the Fiscal Year ending January 28, 2012 to exceed the
sum of (i) (x) in the case of the first two Fiscal Years ending after the Closing Date, $150,000,000 and (y) in the case of each Fiscal Year ending thereafter, $130,000,000 (in each case, such amount, the “Permitted Capital
Expenditure Amount”) and (ii) the portion of the Available Amount the Borrower elects to apply pursuant to this clause (ii); provided that to the extent that Capital Expenditures during any Fiscal Year are less than the applicable
Permitted Capital Expenditure Amount, (x) up to 100% of any such unused amount may be carried over for expenditure in the next succeeding Fiscal Year and (y) Capital Expenditures made pursuant to this Section during any Fiscal Year shall
be deemed made, first, in respect of amounts carried over from the prior Fiscal Year pursuant to subclause (x) above and second, to the applicable Permitted Capital Expenditure Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the closing of any
Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment consisting of the purchase of a business unit, line of business or a division of a Person or all or substantially all of the assets of a Person permitted hereunder, the applicable Permitted Capital
Expenditure Amount shall be automatically increased by an amount equal to the greater of (A) the average annual historical capital expenditures made with respect to such acquired business for the last three fiscal years applicable to such
acquired business ending prior to such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment and (B) 2.5% of the revenues applicable to such acquired business for the twelve month period most recently ended. 

SECTION 6.11 Fiscal Year. No Loan Party will change its Fiscal Year. 

ARTICLE VII 
 Events of Default 
 SECTION 7.01 Events of Default. If any of the
following events (“Events of Default”) shall occur: 
 (a) Any Loan Party shall fail to pay any principal of
any Term Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or by acceleration or otherwise; 

  
 - 67-

 (b) Any Loan Party shall fail to pay any interest on any Term Loan or any fee or any other
amount (other than an amount referred to in SECTION 7.01(a)) as the same shall become due and payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and such failure continues for five (5) Business Days; 

(c) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Loan Party in, or in connection with, any Loan Document or
any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder (including, without limitation, in any certificate of a Financial Officer accompanying any financial statement) shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed
made; 
 (d) Any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform when due any covenant, condition or agreement contained in
(i) SECTION 6.10 (after a three (3) day grace period), or (ii) any other Section of ARTICLE VI or (iii) in any of SECTION 5.02(a), SECTION 5.07 or SECTION 5.11 (provided that, if (A) any such Default described in this
clause (iii) is of a type that can be cured within 5 Business Days and (B) such Default could not materially adversely impact the Lenders’ Liens on the Collateral, such default shall not constitute an Event of Default for 5 Business
Days after the occurrence of such Default so long as the Loan Parties are diligently pursuing the cure of such Default); 
 (e)
Any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform when due any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in SECTION 7.01(a), SECTION 7.01(b), SECTION 7.01(c), or SECTION 7.01(d)), and such failure
shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower; 
 (f) (i) Any Loan Party shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness when and as the same shall become due and
payable (after giving effect to the expiration of any grace or cure period set forth therein) or (ii) any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or (iii) any event
or condition occurs that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any such Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any such Material
Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity, which default, event or condition is not being contested in good faith; provided that any event of
default under the ABL Facility shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under this clause (f)(iii) unless such event of default has not been waived for a period of 60 consecutive days following the occurrence thereof; 

(g) a Change in Control shall occur; 
 (h) An involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of any Loan Party or its debts, or of a
substantial part of its assets, under the Bankruptcy Code or any other federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian,
sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Loan Party or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for sixty (60) days or an order or decree approving or
ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered; 
 (i) Any Loan Party shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file
any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under the Bankruptcy Code or any other federal, state, provincial or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the
institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in SECTION 7.01(h), (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or
similar official for any Loan Party or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of
creditors, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; 

  
 - 68-

 (j) Reserved; 
 (k) One or more final judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $40,000,000, (or such lesser amount as would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or
an Event of Default under the ABL Agreement) in excess of insurance coverage (or indemnities from indemnitors reasonably satisfactory to the Agents) shall be rendered against any Loan Party or any combination of Loan Parties and the same shall
remain undischarged for a period of forty-five (45) days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, satisfied or bonded or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any material assets of any
Loan Party to enforce any such judgment; 
 (l) An ERISA Event (other than any ERISA Event set forth on Schedule 3.10)
shall have occurred that when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in a liability of any Loan Party in excess of $25,000,000 or such other amount that would reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days; 

(m) Any challenge by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the validity of any Loan Document or the applicability or enforceability of any
Loan Document strictly in accordance with the subject Loan Document’s terms or which seeks to void, avoid, limit, or otherwise adversely affect any security interest created by or in any Loan Document or any payment made pursuant thereto;

 (n) Any challenge by or on behalf of any other Person to the validity of any Loan Document or the applicability or
enforceability of any Loan Document strictly in accordance with the subject Loan Document’s terms or which seeks to void, avoid, limit, or otherwise adversely affect any security interest created by or in any Loan Document or any payment made
pursuant thereto, in each case, as to which an order or judgment has been entered materially adverse to the Agents and the Lenders; 
 (o) Any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected Lien on any such Collateral, with the priority
required by (but subject to the limitations set forth in) the applicable Security Document and this Agreement except (i) as a result of the sale, release or other disposition of the applicable Collateral in a Permitted Disposition or other
transaction permitted under the Loan Documents or, (ii) relating to an immaterial amount of Collateral not constituting Term Priority Collateral, or (iii) as a result of the failure of the Collateral Agent, through its acts or omissions
and through no fault of the Loan Parties, to maintain the perfection of its Liens in accordance with Applicable Law; 
 (p) The
occurrence of any uninsured loss to any material portion of the Collateral which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; 
 (q) The termination of the Facility Guaranty or any other guaranty of the Obligations (except for any release or termination permitted hereunder); 

(r) The indictment of any Loan Party, under any Applicable Law where the crime alleged would constitute a felony under Applicable Law and
such indictment remains unquashed or such legal process remains undismissed for a period of 90 days or more, unless the Administrative Agent, in its reasonable discretion, determines that the indictment is not material; or 

(s) the imposition of any stay or other order, the effect of which restrains the conduct by the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, of their
business in the ordinary course in a manner that has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; 
 then,
and in every such event (other than an event with respect to any Loan Party described in SECTION 7.01(h) or SECTION 7.01(i)), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the
Required Lenders, shall, by notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (a) require each of the following to become immediately due and payable, in each case without presentment, demand,
protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly 

  
 - 69-

 
waived by each Loan Party to the extent permitted under Applicable Law: (i) the unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest on the Term Loans and (ii) all other Obligations; and
(b) subject to the Intercreditor Agreements, cause the Collateral Agent to enforce any and all Liens and security interests created pursuant to the Security Documents. In the case of any event with respect to any Loan Party described in SECTION
7.01(h) or SECTION 7.01(i), (a) each of the following shall automatically become immediately due and payable, in each case without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each
Loan Party to the extent permitted under Applicable Law: (i) the unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest on the Term Loans and (ii) all other Obligations, and (b) Administrative Agent may, subject to the Intercreditor
Agreements, cause Collateral Agent to enforce any and all Liens and security interests created pursuant to Collateral Documents. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article VII, in the event that the Borrower fails to comply with the requirements of any Financial Performance Covenant for any Fiscal Quarter,
from the first day of such Fiscal Quarter until the date that is ten days after the date the Compliance Certificate calculating such Financial Performance Covenant is required to be delivered pursuant to SECTION 5.01(d), BCF Holdings and/or Parent
shall have the right to issue Permitted Cure Securities for cash or otherwise receive cash contributions to the common capital of BCF Holdings and/or Parent, as the case may be, the proceeds of which BCF Holdings and/or Parent, as the case may be,
will contribute in cash to the Borrower as common equity (collectively, the “Cure Right”); provided that at the Borrower’s option, the Borrower may elect to exercise such Cure Right prior to the date of the delivery of
the Compliance Certificate if the Borrower reasonably determines that it will fail to comply with the requirements of any Financial Performance Covenant upon the delivery of such Compliance Certificate, and upon the receipt by the Borrower of such
cash (the “Cure Amount”) pursuant to the exercise by the Borrower of such Cure Right such Financial Performance Covenants shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments: 

(i) Consolidated EBITDA shall be increased, solely for the purpose of measuring the Financial Performance Covenants and
not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount; and 
 (ii) if, after
giving effect to the foregoing recalculations, the Borrower shall then be in compliance with the requirements of all Financial Performance Covenants, the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the Financial Performance
Covenants as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the Financial Performance Covenants that had occurred shall be
deemed cured for this purposes of this Agreement. 
 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (a) in each
four-Fiscal-Quarter period there shall be at least two Fiscal Quarters in which the Cure Right is not exercised and no more than four Cure Rights shall be exercised during the term of this Agreement, (b) the Cure Amount shall be no greater than
120% of the amount required for purposes of complying with the Financial Performance Covenants and (c) the Cure Amount shall be set forth in each applicable Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to SECTION 5.01(d). 

SECTION 7.02 Remedies on Default. In case any one or more of the Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and
whether or not the maturity of the Obligations shall have been accelerated pursuant hereto, the Agents may (and at the direction of the Required Lenders, shall) proceed to protect and enforce their rights and remedies under this Agreement or any of
the other Loan Documents by suit in equity, action at law or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any instrument pursuant to which
the Obligations are evidenced, and, if such amount shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, proceed to enforce the payment thereof or any other legal or equitable right of the Secured Parties. No remedy herein is intended to be exclusive
of any other remedy and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or any other provision of law. 

SECTION 7.03 Application of Proceeds. After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and acceleration of
the Obligations, all proceeds realized from any Loan Party or on account of any Collateral owned by a Loan Party or, without limiting the foregoing, on account of any Prepayment Event or Excess Cash Flow, any payments in respect of any Obligations
and all proceeds of the Collateral, shall be applied in the following order: 
 (a) FIRST, ratably to pay the Obligations in
respect of any Credit Party Expenses, indemnities and other amounts then due to the Agents until paid in full; 

  
 - 70-

 (b) SECOND, ratably to pay any Credit Party Expenses and indemnities, and to pay any fees
then due to the Lenders, until paid in full; 
 (c) THIRD, ratably to pay interest accrued in respect of the Obligations until
paid in full; 
 (d) FOURTH, to pay principal due in respect of the Term Loans until paid in full; and 

(e) FIFTH, to the Borrower or such other Person entitled thereto under Applicable Law. 

ARTICLE VIII 
 The Agents 
 SECTION 8.01 Appointment and Administration by
Administrative Agent. Each Credit Party hereby irrevocably designates JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The general administration of the Loan Documents shall be by the
Administrative Agent. The Credit Parties each hereby (a) irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent (i) to enter into the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (ii) at its discretion, to take or refrain from taking such
actions as agent on its behalf and to exercise or refrain from exercising such powers under the Loan Documents as are delegated by the terms hereof or thereof, as appropriate, together with all powers reasonably incidental thereto, and
(b) agrees and consents to all of the provisions of the Security Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except as set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, nor shall it have any fiduciary
relationship with any other Credit Party, and no implied covenants, responsibilities, duties, obligations, or liabilities shall be read into the Loan Documents or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. 

SECTION 8.02 Appointment of Collateral Agent. Each Secured Party hereby irrevocably designates JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as
Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Secured Parties each hereby (i) irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent (x) to enter into the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (y) at its
discretion, to take or refrain from taking such actions as agent on its behalf and to exercise or refrain from exercising such powers under the Loan Documents as are delegated by the terms hereof or thereof, as appropriate, together with all powers
reasonably incidental thereto, and (ii) agrees and consents to all of the provisions of the Security Documents. All Collateral shall be held or administered by the Collateral Agent (or its duly-appointed agent) for its own benefit and for the
ratable benefit of the other Credit Parties. Any proceeds received by the Collateral Agent from the foreclosure, sale, lease or other disposition of any of the Collateral and any other proceeds received pursuant to the terms of the Security
Documents or the other Loan Documents shall be paid over to the Administrative Agent for application as provided in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Collateral Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except as set forth in
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, nor shall it have any fiduciary relationship with any other Secured Party, and no implied covenants, responsibilities, duties, obligations, or liabilities shall be read into the Loan Documents or
otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent. 
 SECTION 8.03 Sharing of Excess Payments. Except as otherwise provided in
this Agreement, at any time or times any Lender shall receive (i) by payment, foreclosure, setoff, banker’s lien, counterclaim, or otherwise, or any payments with respect to the Obligations owing to such Secured Party arising under, or
relating to, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or (ii) payments from the Administrative Agent in excess of such Secured Party’s ratable portion of all such distributions by the Administrative Agent, such Secured Party shall
promptly (1) turn the same over to the Administrative Agent, in kind, and with such endorsements as may be required to negotiate the same to the Administrative Agent, or in same day funds, as applicable, for the account of all of the Secured

  
 - 71-

 
Parties and for application to the Obligations in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement, or (2) purchase, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and
participation in the Obligations owed to the other Secured Parties so that such excess payment received shall be applied ratably as among the Secured Parties in accordance with the provisions of SECTION 2.17 or SECTION 7.03, as applicable;
provided, however, that if all or part of such excess payment received by the purchasing party is thereafter recovered from it, those purchases of participations shall be rescinded in whole or in part, as applicable, and the applicable
portion of the purchase price paid therefor shall be returned to such purchasing party, but without interest except to the extent that such purchasing party is required to pay interest in connection with the recovery of the excess payment. In no
event shall the provisions of this paragraph be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of
or sale of a participation in any of its Term Loans to any assignee or participant, other than, except as provided in this Agreement or may be approved by the Required Lenders, to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which provisions of
this paragraph shall apply). 
 SECTION 8.04 Agreement of Applicable Lenders. Upon any occasion requiring or permitting
an approval, consent, waiver, election or other action on the part of the Applicable Lenders, action shall be taken by each Agent for and on behalf or for the benefit of all Credit Parties upon the direction of the Applicable Lenders, and any such
action shall be binding on all Credit Parties. No amendment, modification, consent, or waiver shall be effective except in accordance with the provisions of SECTION 9.02. 
 SECTION 8.05 Liability of Agents. 
 (a) The Agents, when acting on behalf
of the Credit Parties, may execute any of their respective duties under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents by or through any of their respective officers, agents and employees, and no Agent nor any of their respective directors,
officers, agents or employees shall be liable to any other Secured Party for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith, or be responsible to any other Secured Party for the consequences of any oversight or error of judgment, or for any
loss, except to the extent of any liability imposed by law by reason of such Agent’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision). No Agent nor any of
their respective directors, officers, agents and employees shall in any event be liable to any other Secured Party for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it pursuant to instructions received by it from the Applicable Lenders, or in reliance
upon the advice of counsel selected by it. Without limiting the foregoing no Agent, nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees, or agents shall be: (i) responsible to any other Secured Party for the due execution, validity,
genuineness, effectiveness, sufficiency, or enforceability of, or for any recital, statement, warranty or representation in, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement, document or order; (ii) required to ascertain or to
make any inquiry concerning the performance or observance by any Loan Party of any of the terms, conditions, covenants, or agreements of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents; (iii) responsible to any other Secured Party for the state or
condition of any properties of the Loan Parties or any other obligor hereunder constituting Collateral for the Obligations or any information contained in the books or records of the Loan Parties; (iv) responsible to any other Secured Party for
the validity, enforceability, collectibility, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other certificate, document or instrument furnished in connection therewith; or (v) responsible to any other Secured
Party for the validity, priority or perfection of any Lien securing or purporting to secure the Obligations or for the value or sufficiency of any of the Collateral. 
 (b) The Agents may execute any of their duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through their agents or attorneys-in-fact, and shall be entitled to the advice of counsel concerning
all matters pertaining to its rights and duties hereunder or under the other Loan Documents. The Agents shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by them with reasonable care. 

(c) None of the Agents nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees, or agents shall have any responsibility to any Loan
Party on account of the failure or delay in performance or breach by any other Secured Party (other than by each such Agent in its capacity as a Lender) of any of its respective obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or
in connection herewith or therewith. 
 (d) The Agents shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon
any notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, or other document or writing believed by them to be genuine and correct and to have 

  
 - 72-

 
been signed, sent or made by the proper person or persons, and upon the advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without, limitation, counsel to the Loan Parties), independent
accountants and other experts selected by any Loan Party or any Secured Party. The Agents shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless they shall first receive such advice
or concurrence of the Applicable Lenders as they deem appropriate or they shall first be indemnified to their satisfaction by the other Secured Parties against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by them by reason of the taking
or failing to take any such action. 
 SECTION 8.06 Notice of Default. No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or
notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless such Agent has actual knowledge of the same or has received notice from a Secured Party or Loan Party referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and
stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” In the event that an Agent obtains such actual knowledge or receives such a notice, such Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to each of the other Secured Parties. Upon the occurrence of
an Event of Default, the Agents shall (subject to the provisions of SECTION 9.02) take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders. Unless and until the Agents shall have
received such direction, the Agents may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to any such Default or Event of Default as they shall deem advisable in the best interest of the Secured
Parties. In no event shall the Agents be required to comply with any such directions to the extent that the Agents believe that their compliance with such directions would be unlawful. 

SECTION 8.07 Credit Decisions. Each Secured Party (other than the Agents) acknowledges that it has, independently and without
reliance upon the Agents or any other Secured Party, and based on the financial statements prepared by the Loan Parties and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and investigation into the
business, assets, operations, property, and financial and other condition of the Loan Parties and has made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Each Credit Party (other than the Agents) also acknowledges that
it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Secured Party, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in determining whether or not
conditions precedent to closing any Revolving Credit Loan hereunder have been satisfied and in taking or not taking any action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. 

SECTION 8.08 Reimbursement and Indemnification. Each Secured Party (other than the Agents) agrees to (i) reimburse the Agents
for such Secured Party’s pro rata share of all Obligations held by such Secured Party of (x) any expenses and fees incurred by any Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties under this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents,
including, without limitation, counsel fees and compensation of agents and employees paid for services rendered on behalf of the Secured Parties, and any other expense incurred in connection with the operations or enforcement thereof not reimbursed
by the Loan Parties, and (y) any expenses of any Agent incurred for the benefit of the Secured Parties that the Loan Parties have agreed to reimburse pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document and have failed to so reimburse, and
(ii) indemnify and hold harmless each Agent and any of their respective directors, officers, employees, or agents, on demand, in the amount of such Secured Party’s pro rata share of all Obligations held by such Secured Party, from and
against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses, or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against it or any Secured Party
in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any action taken or omitted by it or any of them under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to the extent not reimbursed by the Loan Parties,
including, without limitation, costs of any suit initiated by each Agent against any Secured Party (except such as shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or another independent tribunal having jurisdiction by final and
non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent); provided, however, that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may
be, was incurred by or asserted against such Secured Party in its capacity as such. The provisions of this SECTION 8.08 shall survive the repayment of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments. 

SECTION 8.09 Rights of Agents. It is understood and agreed that the Agents shall have the same rights and powers hereunder
(including the right to give such instructions) as the other Lenders and may exercise such rights and powers, as well as their rights and powers under other agreements and instruments to which they are or may be party, and engage in other
transactions with the Loan Parties, as though they were not the Agents. Each 

  
 - 73-

 
Agent and their respective Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of commercial or investment banking, trust, advisory or other business with the
Loan Parties and their Affiliates as if it were not an Agent thereunder. 
 SECTION 8.10 Notice of Transfer. The
Administrative Agent may deem and treat a Lender party to this Agreement as the owner of such Lender’s portion of the Obligations for all purposes, unless and until, and except to the extent, an Assignment and Acceptance shall have become
effective as set forth in SECTION 9.04. 
 SECTION 8.11 Successor Agents. Any Agent may resign at any time by giving
thirty (30) Business Days’ written notice thereof to the other Secured Parties and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation of an Agent, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent, which, so long as there is no
Specified Default, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower (whose consent in any event shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and/or none shall
have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Agent’s giving of notice of resignation, the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the other Secured Parties, appoint a successor Agent which shall be a Person a
commercial bank (or affiliate thereof) organized under the laws of the United States of America or of any State thereof and having a combined capital and surplus of a least $1,000,000,000, or capable of complying with all of the duties of such Agent
hereunder (in the opinion of the retiring Agent and as certified to the other Secured Parties in writing by such successor Agent) which, so long as there is no Specified Default, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower (whose consent shall
not in any event be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and
duties of the retiring Agent and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement. After any retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder as such Agent, the provisions of this Article VIII shall inure to its
benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was such Agent under this Agreement. 
 SECTION 8.12
Relation Among the Lenders. The Lenders are not partners or co-venturers, and no Lender shall be liable for the acts or omissions of, or (except as otherwise set forth herein in case of any Agent) authorized to act for, any other Lender.

 SECTION 8.13 Reports and Financial Statements. By signing this Agreement, each Lender: 

(a) is deemed to have requested that the Agents furnish such Lender, promptly after they become available, copies of all financial
statements required to be delivered by the Borrower hereunder and all commercial finance examinations and appraisals of the Collateral received by the Agents (collectively, the “Reports”) (and the Agents agree to furnish such Reports
promptly to the Lenders, which Reports may be furnished in accordance with the final paragraph of SECTION 5.01); 
 (b)
expressly agrees and acknowledges that no Agent makes any representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the Reports, and shall not be liable for any information contained in any Report; 

(c) expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Reports are not comprehensive audits or examinations, that the Agents or any other party
performing any audit or examination will inspect only specific information regarding the Loan Parties and will rely significantly upon the Loan Parties’ books and records, as well as on representations of the Loan Parties’ personnel;

 (d) agrees to keep all Reports confidential and strictly for its internal use, and not to distribute except to its
participants, or use any Report in any other manner; and 
 (e) without limiting the generality of any other indemnification
provision contained in this Agreement, agrees: (i) to hold each Agent and any such other Lender preparing a Report harmless from any action the indemnifying Lender may take or conclusion the indemnifying Lender may reach or draw from any Report
in connection with any Term Loans that the indemnifying Lender has made or may make to the Borrower, or the indemnifying Lender’s participation in, or the indemnifying Lender’s purchase of, a Term Loan or Term Loans of the Borrower; and
(ii) to pay and protect, and indemnify, defend, and hold each Agent and any such other Lender 

  
 - 74-

 
preparing a Report harmless from and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, and other amounts (including attorney costs) incurred by the Agents and any such other
Lender preparing a Report as the direct or indirect result of any third parties who might obtain all or part of any Report through the indemnifying Lender in violation of the terms hereof. 

SECTION 8.14 Agency for Perfection. Each Lender hereby appoints each other Lender as agent for the purpose of perfecting Liens for
the benefit of the Agents and the Secured Parties, in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC or any other Applicable Law of the United States of America can be perfected only by possession. Should any Secured Party (other than an
Agent) obtain possession of any such Collateral, such Secured Party shall notify the Collateral Agent thereof, and, promptly upon the Collateral Agent’s request therefor shall deliver such Collateral to the Collateral Agent, or otherwise deal
with such Collateral in accordance with the Collateral Agent’s instructions. 
 SECTION 8.15 Authority to Enter Into
Intercreditor Agreements. The Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent are hereby authorized, without any further consent of any Lender (other than the consent of the Required Lenders provided in connection with this Agreement) to enter into
any Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement or Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement with the holders of any Qualifying Secured Debt (or their agents) and to amend any Intercreditor Agreement in order to include the holders of such Qualifying Secured
Debt appropriately therein. 
 SECTION 8.16 Collateral Matters. 

(a) The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Collateral Agent to release any Lien upon any Collateral (i) upon the termination
of the Commitments and payment and satisfaction in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations with respect to then unasserted claims), or (ii) constituting property being sold, transferred or disposed of in a Permitted
Disposition upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of the Net Proceeds thereof to the extent required by this Agreement. Except as provided above, the Collateral Agent will not release any of the Collateral Agent’s Liens without the prior
written authorization of the Applicable Lenders. Upon request by any Agent or any Loan Party at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Collateral Agent’s authority to release any Liens upon particular types or items of Collateral
pursuant to this SECTION 8.16. 
 (b) Upon at least two (2) Business Days’ prior written request by the Borrower, the
Collateral Agent shall (and is hereby irrevocably authorized by the Lenders to) execute such documents as may be necessary to evidence the release of the Liens upon any Collateral described in SECTION 8.16(b); provided, however, that
(i) the Collateral Agent shall not be required to execute any such document on terms which, in its reasonable opinion, would, under Applicable Law, expose the Collateral Agent to liability or create any obligation or entail any adverse
consequence other than the release of such Liens without recourse or warranty, and (ii) such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those expressly being released) upon (or
obligations of any Loan Party in respect of) all interests retained by any Loan Party, including (without limitation) the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral. 

SECTION 8.17 Syndication Agent and Arrangers. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents,
the Syndication Agent and the Arrangers shall have no powers, rights, duties, responsibilities or liabilities with respect to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. 
 SECTION 8.18 Withholding Taxes. To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may deduct or withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable
withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender (because
the appropriate form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, or for
any other reason), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to Sections 2.14 and 2.23 and without limiting, expanding
or otherwise affecting any obligation of the Borrower to do so) fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, together with all expenses 

  
 - 75-

 
incurred, including legal expenses, allocated staff costs and any out of pocket expenses, whether or not such Tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental
Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The agreements in this Section 8.18 shall survive the resignation and/or
replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Agreement and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other obligations. 

ARTICLE IX 

Miscellaneous 
 SECTION 9.01 Notices. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone or electronically, all notices and other communications provided for herein
shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy or e-mail, as follows: 
 (a) if to any Loan Party, to it at 1830 Route 130, Burlington, New Jersey 08016, Attention: Legal Department (Telecopy No. (609) 239-9675) (E-Mail: paul.tang@coat.com), with copies to Bain Capital
Partners, LLC, 111 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02199, Attention: David Humphrey (Telecopy No. (617) 516-2010) (E Mail: dhumphrey@baincapital.com), and Kirkland & Ellis LLP, 300 North LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois
60654, Attention: Linda K. Myers, P.C. (Telecopy No. (312) 862-2200) (E Mail linda.myers@kirkland.com); 
 (b) if to
the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 1111 Fannin St., Houston, TX 77002 Attention: Lisa McCants (Telecopy No. (713) 750-2956 (E-Mail: lisa.a.mccants@jpmchase.com) With copies to: JPMorgan Chase Bank,
N.A., 270 Park Ave., New York, New York 10017, Attention: Jennifer Heard (Telecopy No. (646) 534-2274 (E-Mail: Jennifer.s.heard@jpmorgan.com), and to Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP, 80 Pine Street, New York, New York 10005, Attention:
Corey Wright (Telecopy No. (212) 378-2544) (E-Mail: cwright@cahill.com); 
 (c) if to any other Credit Party, to it
at its address (or telecopy number or electronic mail address) set forth on the signature pages hereto or on any Assignment and Acceptance. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice hereunder sent by e-mail shall be solely for the distribution of (i) routine communications such as financial statements and (ii) documents and
signature pages for execution by the parties hereto, and for no other purpose. Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other
communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt. 
 SECTION 9.02 Waivers; Amendments. 
 (a) No failure or delay by any Credit
Party in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a
right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Credit Parties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other
rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by SECTION 9.02(b), and
then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Term Loan shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event
of Default, regardless of whether any Credit Party may have had notice or knowledge of such Default or Event of Default at the time. 

  
 - 76-

 (b) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any other
Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except, in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Loan Parties and the Required Lenders or, in the case
of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Agent(s) and the Loan Parties that are parties thereto, in each case with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided, however, that no
such waiver, amendment, modification or other agreement shall: 
 (i) Increase the Commitment of any Lender
without the prior written consent of such Lender (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent or of any Default or Event of Default or mandatory prepayment hereunder shall not constitute an increase of any Commitment of any Lender);

 (ii) Without: 
 (A) the prior written consent of all Lenders directly affected thereby, reduce the principal amount of any Obligation or reduce the rate of interest thereon (other than the waiver of the Default Rate), or
reduce any fees payable under the Loan Documents; 
 (B) the prior written consent of all Lenders directly
affected thereby, postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Obligation, or any interest thereon, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the Maturity Date (it being understood that the
waiver of (or amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest or constitute a reduction, waiver or excuse of any payment of principal or
interest); 
 (C) the prior written consent of all Lenders, except for Permitted Dispositions or for Collateral
releases as provided in SECTION 8.16, release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents (it being understood that entering into any Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or incurring any Qualifying Secured Debt
shall not constitute a release of all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents); 
 (D) the prior written consent of all Lenders, except in connection with Permitted Dispositions or as provided in Section 6.03, release any Loan Party from its obligations under any Loan Document, or
limit its liability in respect of such Loan Document; 
 (E) the prior written consent of all Lenders, change
SECTION 2.17(a) or (b), SECTION 7.03, or, during the continuance of an Event of Default or following an exercise of remedies pursuant to Section 7.02, SECTION 8.03; 

(F) the prior written consent of all Lenders, (i) subordinate the Obligations hereunder to any other Indebtedness, or
(ii) except as provided by operation of Applicable Law or in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, subordinate the Liens granted hereunder or under the other Loan Documents to any other Lien; or 

(iii) the prior written consent of all Lenders, change any of the provisions of this SECTION 9.02(b) or the definition of
“Required Lenders.” 
 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this SECTION 9.02: 

(i) in the event that the Borrower shall request that this Agreement or any other Loan Document be modified, amended or
waived in a manner which would require the consent of the Lenders pursuant to SECTION 9.02(b) and such amendment is approved by the Required Lenders, but not by the requisite percentage of the Lenders (other than the Required Lenders), the Borrower
and the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to amend this Agreement without the consent of the Lender or Lenders which did not agree to the modification or amendment requested by the Borrower (such Lender or Lenders, collectively the
“Minority Lenders”), provided that, with respect to each such Minority Lender, the 

  
 - 77-

 
Borrower shall, by giving written notice to Administrative Agent and such Minority Lender of its election to do so, elect to cause such Minority Lender (and such Minority Lender hereby
irrevocably agrees) to assign its outstanding Term Loans in full to one or more Eligible Assignees (each a “Replacement Lender”) in accordance with the provisions of SECTION 9.04 and such Minority Lender shall pay any fees payable
thereunder in connection with such assignment; provided further that (1) on the date of such assignment, the Replacement Lender shall pay to the Minority Lender an amount equal to the principal of, and all accrued interest on, all
outstanding Term Loans of the Minority Lender; (2) on the date of such assignment, the Borrower shall pay any amounts payable to such Minority Lender pursuant to SECTIONS 2.14, 2.16(b) or 2.23 or otherwise as if it were a prepayment (and, if
such Minority Lender is being removed in connection with an amendment that lowers the effective interest rates of the Term B-1 Loan or modifies Section 2.19(d) prior to the one year anniversary of the Amendment No. 1 Effective
Date,August 16, 2013, the Borrower shall also pay to such Minority Lender a fee equal to 1.00% of the Term B-1 Loan of such Minority Lender that is required to be so assigned);
and (3) each Replacement Lender shall consent, at the time of such assignment, to each matter in respect of which such Minority Lender did not consent. In connection with any such replacement, if the Minority Lender does not execute and deliver
to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assigned and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement within a period of time deemed reasonably by the Administrative Agent as of the date on which the Replacement
Lender executes such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation, then such Minority Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date and the Borrower
shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such documentation on behalf of such Minority Lender. Upon the prepayment of all amounts owing to any Minority Lender, such Minority Lender shall no
longer constitute a “Lender” for purposes hereof; provided, any rights of such Minority Lender to indemnification hereunder shall survive as to such Minority Lender; 

(ii) this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the
Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to
share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any
determination of the Required Lenders. 
 (iii) the Borrower and the Administrative Agent may without the input
or consent of the Lenders, effect amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to effect the provisions of SECTION 2.05 or 2.06 or to effect any
refinancing or replacement of the Term Loans with any Refinancing Term Loans, Qualifying Secured Debt or Qualifying Unsecured Debt. 
 (iv) guarantees, collateral security documents and related documents executed by Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may
be, together with this Agreement, amended, supplemented and waived with the consent of the Administrative Agent at the request of the Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment, supplement or waiver is
delivered in order (a) to comply with local Law or advice of local counsel, (b) to cure ambiguities, omissions, mistakes or defects or (c) to cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. 
 (v) if the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall have
jointly identified any obvious error or any error or omission of a technical or immaterial nature in any provision of the Loan Documents, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall be permitted to amend such provision and such amendment
shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within five Business Days following receipt of notice thereof. 

  
 - 78-

 (d) No notice to or demand on any Loan Party shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or
further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. Each holder of a Note shall be bound by any amendment, modification, waiver or consent authorized as provided herein, whether or not a Note shall have been marked to indicate such
amendment, modification, waiver or consent and any consent by a Lender, or any holder of a Note, shall bind any Person subsequently acquiring a Note, whether or not a Note is so marked. No amendment to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall
be effective against any Loan Party unless signed by such Loan Party. 
 SECTION 9.03 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

 (a) The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally pay all Credit Party Expenses incurred as of the Closing Date on the Closing
Date. Thereafter, the Loan Parties shall jointly and severally pay all Credit Party Expenses within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor setting forth such expenses in reasonable detail; provided that in the event the
Loan Parties have a bona fide dispute with any such expenses, payment of such disputed amounts shall not be required until the earlier of the date such dispute is resolved to the reasonable satisfaction of the Loan Parties or thirty (30) days
after receipt of any such invoice (and any such disputed amount which is so paid shall be subject to a reservation of the Loan Parties’ rights with respect thereto). 
 (b) The Loan Parties shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Secured Parties and each of their Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and each of the respective stockholders, directors, officers, employees,
agents, attorneys, and advisors of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all damages, actual out-of-pocket losses, claims, actions, causes of
action, settlement payments, obligations, liabilities and related expenses, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel for the Agents and one counsel for all other Indemnitees (other than the Agents), incurred, suffered,
sustained or required to be paid by, or asserted against, any Indemnitee arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument contemplated hereby,
the performance by the parties to the Loan Documents of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Term Loan or the
use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or any Environmental Liability related in
any way to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to or arising from any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of
whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto or (v) any documentary taxes, assessments or similar charges made by any Governmental Authority by reason of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided,
however, that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (w) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or another independent
tribunal having jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of any Agent or such Indemnitee or any Related Indemnitee of such Indemnitee or (x) are relating to disputes among Indemnitees (other than
the Agents and Arrangers in their capacities as such and other than conduct involving a Loan Party) or (y) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or another independent tribunal having jurisdiction to have resulted from a material
breach by such Indemnitee of its obligations under this Agreement. In connection with any indemnified claim hereunder, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to select its own counsel and the Loan Parties shall promptly pay the reasonable fees and
expenses of such counsel. 
 (c) No party to this Agreement shall assert and, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, each
such party hereby waives, any claim against any other party to this Agreement or any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in
connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, any Term Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof;
provided that nothing in this paragraph (c) shall limit the Loan Parties’ indemnification obligations under SECTION 9.03(b) to any Indemnitee. 
 (d) The provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this SECTION 9.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement, the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of any 

  
 - 79-

 
Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of any Credit Party. All amounts due under this SECTION 9.03 shall be payable within thirty (30) days of written demand therefor,
which written demand shall set forth such amounts in reasonable detail. 
 (e) For purposes of the foregoing, “Related
Indemnitee” of an Indemnitee means (i) any controlling person or controlled affiliate of such Indemnitee involved in the negotiation and preparation of the Loan Documents, performing services under the Loan Documents or extending of
credit or holding of credit hereunder and (ii) the respective directors, officers, partners, member, agents or employees of such Indemnitee or any of its controlling person or controlled affiliates involved in the negotiation and preparation of
the Loan Documents, performing services under the Loan Documents or extending of credit or holding of credit hereunder. 

SECTION 9.04 Successors and Assigns. 
 (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) the Borrower
may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no
Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their
respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or
by reason of this Agreement. 
 (b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may
assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Term Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not
to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) of (A) the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); provided that if the Borrower does not respond to a request within 10 Business Days
after receipt thereof, the Borrower will be deemed to have consented thereto), provided further that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment of a Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved
Fund or, if an Event of Default under clauses (a) or (b) of SECTION 7.01 or under clauses (h) or (i) (in each case with respect to the Borrower) of SECTION 7.01 has occurred and is continuing and (B) the Administrative
Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund. 

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions: 

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the
entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Term Loans of any Class, the amount of Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the trade date specified in the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to
such assignment or, if no trade date is so specified, as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000, unless the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent otherwise consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under clauses (a) or (b) of
SECTION 7.01 or under clauses (h) or (j) (in each case with respect to the Borrower) of SECTION 7.01 has occurred and is continuing, 
 (B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that this clause
(B) shall not be construed to prohibit assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Loans, 

  
 - 80-

 (C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the
Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, provided that assignments made pursuant to SECTION 9.02(c) shall not require the signature of the assigning Lender to become
effective, provided, further, that only one such processing and recordation fee shall be payable in connection with simultaneous assignments to two or more assignees that are Affiliates of one another, or to two or more Approved Funds
that are managed or advised by the same investment advisor, 
 (D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender,
shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and
its Affiliates and their related parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state
securities laws and any tax forms required by SECTION 2.23(e), 
 (E) No assignment shall be made to any member
of the Sponsor Group (other than an Investment Fund) except in accordance with clause (f) below and no member of the Sponsor Group (other than an Investment Fund) may assign any Term Loans except in compliance with the requirements of this
clause (b) and the requirements of paragraph (f)(i)(x) and (f)(i)(y) below, and 
 (F) the Borrower shall,
upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent, provide such documentation to the Administrative Agent in connection with any assignment by a Lender to an assignee that bears a relationship to the Borrower under Section 108(e)(4) of the
Code, so as to allow the Administrative Agent to determine whether the assigned portion of the Loan will have original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, if so, the amount of such original issue discount. 

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of this Section, from and after the
effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this
Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of
the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of SECTIONS 2.14, 2.23, 2.24 and 9.03, subject to the limitations and
requirements of those Sections including documentation requirements in Section 2.23, and entitled to any fees payable hereunder that have accrued for such Lender’s account but have not yet been paid). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender
of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c)(i) of
this Section. 
 (iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall
maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and principal amount (and related interest amounts) of the Loans owing to, each
Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person
whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at
any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. 
 (v) Upon its receipt of a duly
completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire and any tax forms required by SECTION 2.23(e) and 2.23(j) (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender
hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b)(ii) of this Section and any written consent to 

  
 - 81-

 
such assignment required by paragraph (b)(i) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance and record the information contained therein in the Register. No
assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph. 
 (vi) The words “execution”, “signed”, “signature” and words of like import in any Assignment and Acceptance shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of
records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any
applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act. 

(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or
other entities (a “Participant”) other than to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates (other than (i) Investment Funds and (ii) other than to a member of the Sponsor Group to the extent the terms of such participation
comply with the requirements applicable to an assignment to a member of the Sponsor Group and for purposes of this paragraph (c) and paragraph (f) below, any Term Loans in which a member of the Sponsor Group holds a participating interest
shall be subject to the 15% limitation set forth in paragraph (f)(i)(z) below and shall be treated as held directly by such member of the Sponsor Group for purposes of such paragraph; provided that (A) any Lender who sells a
participation to a member of the Sponsor Group shall notify the Agent of the terms thereof and (B) no member of the Sponsor Group (other than an Investment Fund) shall sell a participation unless the conditions set forth in paragraph (f)(i)(x)
below are satisfied) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Loans owing to it), provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall
remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely
and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole
right to enforce the Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents, provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the
Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of the first proviso to SECTION 9.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees
that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of SECTIONS 2.14, 2.23 and 2.24 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by
law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of SECTION 9.08 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower (solely for tax purposes), shall
maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “Participant
Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s
interest in any Term Loan or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Term Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c)
of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, and such Lender, each Loan Party and the Administrative Agent shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register pursuant
to the terms hereof as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. 
 (ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under SECTION 2.14 or Section 2.23 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the
participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent or the right to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law after the participant
becomes a Participant. A Participant shall not be entitled to the benefits of SECTION 2.23 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with
SECTION 2.23 as though it were a Lender. 

  
 - 82-

 (d) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any
time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not
apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest, provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such
Lender as a party hereto. 
 (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting
Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “SPV”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the option to provide to the Borrower
all or any part of any Term Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPV to make any Term Loan
and (ii) if an SPV elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Term Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Term Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. The making of a Term Loan by an
SPV hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Term Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPV shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment
obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the
date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPV, such party will not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPV any bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.04, any SPV may (i) with notice
to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Term Loan to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions
(consented to by the Borrower and Administrative Agent) providing liquidity or credit support to or for the account of such SPV to support the funding or maintenance of Term Loans and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public
information relating to its Term Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPV. 
 (f) (i) Notwithstanding SECTION 9.04(b), any Lender may assign all or a portion of its Term Loans to a member of the Sponsor Group (other than a natural person) in accordance with this SECTION
9.04(f) (and any member of the Sponsor Group (other than any Investment Fund) shall not assign any Term Loan pursuant to SECTION 9.04(b) above or acquire a participation in a Term Loan or sell a participation in its Term Loans unless the conditions
set forth in subparagraph (x) and, solely in the case of an assignment, subparagraph (y) below are satisfied); provided that: 
 (x) except as previously disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, such member of the Sponsor Group represents and warrants as of the date of any assignment or participation to or
from such member of the Sponsor Group pursuant to this SECTION 9.04, that no member of the Sponsor Group has any MNPI; 
 (y) the assigning Lender or the Lender to whom such assignment is being made, as the case may be, and the member of the Sponsor Group (other than any Investment Fund) purchasing such Lender’s Term
Loans or assigning Term Loans to such Lender, as applicable, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto (an “Affiliated Lender Assignment and
Acceptance”) in lieu of an Assignment and Acceptance; and 
 (z) no Loan may be assigned to a member of
the Sponsor Group (other than any Investment Fund) pursuant to this SECTION 9.04(f), if after giving effect to such assignment, the members of the Sponsor Group (other than any Investment Fund) in the aggregate would own (or hold participations in)
in excess of 15% of all Term Loans of any Class then outstanding. 
 (ii) Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Agreement, no member of the Sponsor Group (other than any Investment Fund) shall have any right to (a) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Administrative Agent or any Lender
to which 

  
 - 83-

 
representatives of the Loan Parties are not invited, (b) receive any information or material prepared by Administrative Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among Administrative
Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to any Loan Party or its representatives (and in any case, other than the right to receive notices of prepayments and other administrative
notices in respect of its Loans required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to ARTICLE II), or (c) make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as
a Lender, against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Lender with respect to any duties or obligations or alleged duties or obligations of such Agent or any other such Lender under the Loan Documents. 

(iii) Notwithstanding anything in SECTION 9.01 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for
purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (a) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party
therefrom, (b) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (c) directed or required the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or
under any Loan Document all Loans held by any member of the Sponsor Group (other than an Investment Fund) shall be deemed to be not outstanding for all purposes of calculating whether the Required Lenders have taken any actions. 

(iv) Additionally, if there is any assignment of any Loan pursuant to this SECTION 9.04(f), each Loan Party and each
member of the Sponsor Group (other than any Investment Fund) that becomes a Lender hereunder hereby agree that if a case under Title 11 of the United States Code is commenced against any Loan Party, such Loan Party shall seek (and each such member
of the Sponsor Group (other than any Investment Fund) shall consent) to provide that the vote of any member of the Sponsor Group (other than any Investment Fund) (in its capacity as a Lender) with respect to any plan of reorganization of such Loan
Party shall not be counted except that any member of the Sponsor Group’s (other than any Investment Fund) vote (in its capacity as a Lender) may be counted to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat the Obligations held by
such member of the Sponsor Group (other than any Investment Fund) in a manner that is less favorable in any material respect to such member of the Sponsor Group (other than any Investment Fund) than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held
by Lenders that are not Affiliates of the Borrower. Each member of the Sponsor Group (other than any Investment Fund) that becomes a Lender hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as
such Person’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such member of the Sponsor Group (other than any Investment Fund) and in the name of such member of the Sponsor Group (other than any Investment Fund), from time to
time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this paragraph. 

SECTION 9.05 Survival. All covenants, agreements, indemnities, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan
Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and
delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Term Loans, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and, notwithstanding that any Credit Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of
Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect until (i) the Commitments have expired or been terminated and (ii) the principal of and interest on
each Term Loan and all fees and other Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations with respect to then unasserted claims) shall have been paid in full. The provisions of SECTION 2.14, SECTION 2.23, SECTION 9.03 and Article VIII shall
survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the repayment of the Obligations, the expiration or termination of the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof. In connection with the termination of this
Agreement and the release and termination of the security interests in the Collateral, the Agents, on behalf of themselves and the other Credit Parties, may require such indemnities as they shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to protect
the Credit Parties against loss on account of credits previously applied to the Obligations that may subsequently be reversed or revoked. 

  
 - 84-

 SECTION 9.06 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed
in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute
the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all contemporaneous or previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in SECTION
4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the applicable Credit Parties and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the
other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or e-mail
shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. 
 SECTION 9.07 Severability. Any
provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof, and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. 

SECTION 9.08 Right of Setoff. If any Specified Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Secured Party, each Participant
and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to setoff and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, but excluding
any payroll, trust and tax withholding accounts) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Secured Party, Participant or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Loan Parties against any and all of the Obligations
of the Loan Parties now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or other Loan Document to the extent such are then due and owing, although such Obligations may be otherwise fully secured; provided that such Secured Party shall provide the
Borrower with written notice promptly after its exercise of such right of setoff. The rights of each Secured Party under this SECTION 9.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Credit Party may
have. No Credit Party will, or will permit its Participant to, exercise its rights under this SECTION 9.08 without the consent of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE THE COLLATERAL AGENT TO EXERCISE ITS
RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES ANY OF THE OBLIGATIONS PRIOR TO THE EXERCISE BY ANY SECURED PARTY, PARTICIPANT OR AFFILIATE OF ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF UNDER THIS SECTION ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND
IRREVOCABLY WAIVED. 
 SECTION 9.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. 

(a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

(b) Each Loan Party agrees that any suit for the enforcement of this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be brought in the courts of
the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan or any federal court sitting therein as the Administrative Agent may elect in its sole discretion and consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts. Each party to this Agreement
hereby waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such suit or any such court or that such suit is brought in an inconvenient forum and agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be
conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any Credit Party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding
relating to this Agreement against a Loan Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction. 
 (c) Each Loan Party
agrees that any action commenced by any Loan Party asserting any claim or counterclaim arising under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be brought solely in a court of the State of New York sitting in the Borough
of Manhattan or any federal court sitting therein as the Administrative Agent may elect in its sole discretion and consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts with respect to any such action. 

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in SECTION 9.01. Nothing
in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. 

  
 - 85-

 SECTION 9.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED
ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY); AND WAIVES DUE DILIGENCE, DEMAND, PRESENTMENT AND PROTEST AND ANY NOTICES THEREOF AS WELL AS NOTICE OF NONPAYMENT. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER
PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS, AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS
AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION. 
 SECTION 9.11 Press Releases and
Related Matters. The Borrower consents to the publication by the Administrative Agent of customary trade advertising material in tombstone format relating to the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement using the Borrower’s
name, and with the consent of the Borrower, logo or trademark. The Administrative Agent shall provide a draft reasonably in advance of any advertising material to the Borrower for review and comment prior to the publication thereof. The
Administrative Agent reserves the right to provide to industry trade organizations information necessary and customary for inclusion in league table measurements. 
 SECTION 9.12 Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction
of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement. 
 SECTION 9.13 Interest Rate Limitation.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Term Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts that are treated as interest on such Term Loan under Applicable Law (collectively, the
“Charges”), shall be found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final order to exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) that may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender
holding such Term Loan in accordance with Applicable Law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Term Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the
interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Term Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Term Loans or
periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender. 

SECTION 9.14 Additional Waivers. 
 (a) The Obligations are the joint and several obligation of each Loan Party. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall not be affected by
(i) the failure of any Credit Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce or exercise any right or remedy against any other Loan Party under the provisions of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or under Applicable Law, (ii) any
rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release of any Loan Party from, any of the terms or provisions of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or (iii) the failure to perfect any security interest in, or the release of,
any of the Collateral or other security held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent or any other Credit Party. 
 (b) The
obligations of each Loan Party to pay the Obligations in full hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than the payment in full in cash of the

  
 - 86-

 
Obligations after the termination of all Commitments to the Borrower under any Loan Document), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise of any of the
Obligations, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, the obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Credit Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under
this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any provision of any thereof, any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of any of the Obligations, or by any other act or
omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Loan Party or that would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Loan Party as a matter of law or equity (other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations
after termination of all Commitments to any Loan Party under any Loan Document). 
 (c) To the fullest extent permitted by
Applicable Law, each Loan Party waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of any
other Loan Party, other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations after the termination of all Commitments to any Loan Party under any Loan Document. The Collateral Agent and the other Credit Parties may, at their election, foreclose
on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with any other
Loan Party, or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against any other Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Loan Party hereunder except to the extent that all the Obligations have been
indefeasibly paid in full in cash and performed in full after the termination of Commitments to any Loan Party under any Loan Document. Pursuant to Applicable Law, each Loan Party waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such
election operates, pursuant to Applicable Law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Loan Party against any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security. 

(d) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, or of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Agreement, each Loan
Party waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by any Credit Party, even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed such Credit
Party’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against such Loan Party by the operation of Section 580(d) of the California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise. Each Loan Party waives all rights and defenses that such Loan Party may have
because the Obligations are secured by Real Estate which means, among other things: (i) a Credit Party may collect from any Loan Party without first foreclosing on any Real Estate or personal property Collateral pledged by a Loan Party;
(ii) if any Credit Party forecloses on any Real Estate pledged by any Loan Party, the amount of the Obligations may be reduced only by the price for which that Real Estate is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the Real Estate is worth more
than the sale price; and (iii) the Credit Parties may collect Obligations from a Loan Party even if a Credit Party, by foreclosing on any such Real Estate, has destroyed any right any Loan Party may have to collect from the other Loan Parties.
This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses any Loan Party may have because the Obligations are secured by Real Estate. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon
Section 580a, 580b, 580d or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. Each Loan Party hereby absolutely, knowingly, unconditionally, and expressly waives any and all claim, defense or benefit arising directly or indirectly under any one or
more of Sections 2787 to 2855 inclusive of the California Civil Code or any similar law of California. 
 (e) Each Loan Party
hereby agrees to keep each other Loan Party fully apprised at all times as to the status of its business, affairs, finances, and financial condition, and its ability to perform its Obligations under the Loan Documents, and in particular as to any
adverse developments with respect thereto. Each Loan Party hereby agrees to undertake to keep itself apprised at all times as to the status of the business, affairs, finances, and financial condition of each other Loan Party, and of the ability of
each other Loan Party to perform its Obligations under the Loan Documents, and in particular as to any adverse developments with respect to any thereof. Each Loan Party hereby agrees, in light of the foregoing mutual covenants to inform each other,
and to keep themselves and each other informed as to such matters, that the Credit Parties shall have no duty to inform any Loan Party of any information pertaining to the business, affairs, finances, or financial condition of any other Loan Party,
or pertaining to the ability of any other Loan Party to perform its Obligations under the Loan Documents, even if such information 

  
 - 87-

 
is adverse, and even if such information might influence the decision of one or more of the Loan Parties to continue to be jointly and severally liable for, or to provide Collateral for, the
Obligations of one or more of the other Loan Parties. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Loan Party hereby expressly waives any duty of the Credit Parties to inform any Loan Party of any such information. 

SECTION 9.15 Confidentiality. Each of the Credit Parties agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined
below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to their and their Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors involved with the financing (it being understood that
the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and agree to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority, (c) to the extent
required by Applicable Laws or by any subpoena or similar legal process (the Credit Parties’ agreeing to furnish the Borrower with notice of such process and an opportunity to contest such disclosure as long as furnishing such notice and
opportunity would not result in the Credit Parties’ violation of Applicable Law), (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to
this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as, or not less favorable to the Borrower than, those of this Section, to
any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and any actual or prospective counterparty or advisors to any swap or derivative transactions relating to the
Loan Parties and the Obligations so long as such Person or any of their Affiliates is not a competitor of any Loan Party, (g) with the consent of the Loan Parties, (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available
other than as a result of a breach of this Section, or to the knowledge of such Credit Party, the breach of any other Person’s obligation to keep the information confidential, or (ii) becomes available to any Credit Party on a
nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Loan Parties, or (i) to the extent that such Information is independently developed by such Credit Party. For the purposes of this Section, the term “Information” means all
information received from or on behalf of the Loan Parties or any of their Affiliates relating to their business. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied
with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information. 

SECTION 9.16 Patriot Act. Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title
III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of such Borrower and other
information that will allow such Lender to identify such Borrower in accordance with the Act. The Borrower is in compliance, in all material respects, with the Act. No part of the proceeds of the Term Loans will be used by the Loan Parties, directly
or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or
obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended. 
 SECTION
9.17 Foreign Asset Control Regulations. Neither of the advance of the Term Loans nor the use of the proceeds of any thereof will violate the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. § 1 et seq., as amended) (the “Trading With the
Enemy Act”) or any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) (the “Foreign Assets Control Regulations”) or any enabling legislation or
executive order relating thereto (which for the avoidance of doubt shall include, but shall not be limited to (a) Executive Order 13224 of September 21, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten
to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)) (the “Executive Order”) and (b) the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001
(Public Law 107-56)). Furthermore, none of the Borrower or its Affiliates (a) is or will become a “blocked person” as described in the Executive Order, the Trading With the Enemy Act or the Foreign Assets Control Regulations or
(b) knowingly engages or will engage in any dealings or transactions, or be otherwise associated, with any such “blocked person” or in any manner violative of any such order. 

SECTION 9.18 Intercreditor Agreements. The Loan Parties, the Agents, the Lenders and the other Credit Parties acknowledge that the
exercise of certain of the Agents’ rights and remedies hereunder may be subject to, and 

  
 - 88-

 
restricted by, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements. Except as specified herein, nothing contained in the Intercreditor Agreements shall be deemed to modify any of the provisions of
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, which, as among the Loan Parties, the Agents, the Lenders and the other Credit Parties shall remain in full force and effect. 
 SECTION 9.19 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other
modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each of the Loan Parties acknowledges and agrees that (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Agents and the Arrangers, are arm’s-length
commercial transactions between the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Agents and the Arrangers, on the other hand, (B) each of the Loan Parties has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax
advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each of Loan Parties is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents;
(ii) (A) each Agent and each Arranger is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the
Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any other Person and (B) neither any Agent nor any Arranger has any obligation to the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries with respect to the transactions contemplated
hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Agents, the Arrangers and their respective Subsidiaries may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ
from those of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, and neither any Agent nor any Arranger has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries. To the fullest extent
permitted by law, each of the Loan Parties hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Agents and the Arrangers with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any
transaction contemplated hereby. 
 [SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW] 

  
 - 89-

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by
their respective authorized officers as a sealed instrument as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	BURLINGTON COAT FACTORY WAREHOUSE CORPORATION,
	 as Borrower

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	BURLINGTON COAT FACTORY HOLDINGS, INC.,
	as a Facility Guarantor
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	BURLINGTON COAT FACTORY INVESTMENT HOLDINGS, INC.,
	as a Facility Guarantor
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARIES LISTED ON ANNEX A HERETO,
	as Facility Guarantors
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 
			
	JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
	 as Administrative Agent, as Collateral Agent and as a Lender

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 ANNEX A 
 Facility Guarantors 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Alabama, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Anchorage, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Arizona, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Arkansas, LLC 

Baby Depot of California, LLC 
 Burlington Coat
Factory of California, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of San Bernardino, LLC 
 MJM Designer Shoes of California, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Colorado, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Connecticut, LLC 

Cohoes Fashions of Connecticut, LLC 
 Burlington
Coat Factory of Delaware, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Texas, L.P. 
 MJM Designer Shoes of Delaware, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Florida, LLC 

MJM Designer Shoes of Florida, LLC 
 Burlington
Coat Factory of Georgia, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Atlanta, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Hawaii, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Idaho, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Illinois, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of East St. Louis, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Indiana, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Iowa, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Kansas, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Kentucky, Inc. 

Burlington Coat Factory of Louisiana, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Maine, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Maryland, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Massachusetts, LLC 

Cohoes Fashions of Massachusetts, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Michigan, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Detroit, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Redford, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Grand
Rapids, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Minnesota, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Mississippi, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Missouri, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Montana, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Nebraska, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Nevada, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of New Hampshire, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory Direct Corporation 

Burlington Coat Factory of New Jersey, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Edgewater Park, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of New Jersey, Inc. 

 Cohoes Fashions of New Jersey, LLC 
 MJM Designer Shoes of Moorestown, Inc. 
 MJM Designer Shoes of New Jersey, LLC 

Super Baby Depot of Moorestown, Inc. 
 Burlington
Coat Factory of New Mexico, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of New York, LLC 
 Georgetown Fashions Inc. 
 Monroe G. Milstein, Inc. 

Cohoes Fashions of New York, LLC 
 MJM Designer
Shoes of New York, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of North Carolina, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of North Dakota, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Ohio, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Cleveland, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Oklahoma, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Oregon, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Bristol, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Pennsylvania, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Montgomeryville, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Cheltenham, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of
Langhorne, Inc. 
 Burlington Factory Warehouse of Reading, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Inc. 
 MJM Designer Shoes of Pennsylvania, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Puerto Rico, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Rhode Island, LLC 

Cohoes Fashions of Cranston, Inc. 
 Burlington
Coat Factory of South Carolina, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Charleston, Inc. 

Burlington Coat Factory of South Dakota, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Memphis, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Shelby, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Hickory
Commons, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Baytown, Inc. 
 MJM Designer Shoes of Texas, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Utah, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Vermont, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Virginia, LLC 

Burlington Coat Factory of Pocono Crossing, LLC 

BCF Cards, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory
Warehouse of Coliseum, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Washington, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of West Virginia, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory of Wisconsin, LLC

 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Huntsville, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Mesa, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Desert Sky, Inc.

 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Dublin, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Florin, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Ventura, Inc.

 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of East Windsor, Inc. 

 Burlington Coat Factory of Texas, Inc. 
 C.F.I.C. Corporation 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty Corp. 

Burlington Coat Factory Realty of University Square, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Coral Springs, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of West
Colonial, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Orlando, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Sarasota, Inc. 
 K&T Acquisition Corp. 

Bee Ridge Plaza, LLC 
 Burlington Coat Factory
Realty of Morrow, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Realty of Gurnee, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Bloomingdale, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of River
Oaks, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Greenwood, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of North Attleboro, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Des
Peres, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Realty of Las Vegas, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Edgewater Park, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Paramus,
Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Pinebrook, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Edgewater Park Urban Renewal Corp. 
 Burlington Coat Factory
Realty of Yonkers, Inc. 
 LC Acquisition Corp. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Tulsa, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of West Mifflin,
Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Langhorne, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Whitehall, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Memphis, Inc.

 Burlington Coat Realty of Plano, Inc. 

Burlington Coat Realty of Houston, Inc. 

Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Westmoreland, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Bellaire, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of El Paso, Inc.

 Burlington Coat Realty of Potomac, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Fairfax, Inc. 
 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Coliseum, Inc.

 Burlington Coat Factory Realty of Franklin, Inc. 
 Scottchris, LLC 

Burlington Stores Corporation

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00212-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00212-of-00352.parquet"}]]